US20070077981A1 - Gaming system having sponsored awards - Google Patents
Gaming system having sponsored awards Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20070077981A1 US20070077981A1 US11/557,403 US55740306A US2007077981A1 US 20070077981 A1 US20070077981 A1 US 20070077981A1 US 55740306 A US55740306 A US 55740306A US 2007077981 A1 US2007077981 A1 US 2007077981A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- player
- sponsored
- brand
- award
- gaming
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G07—CHECKING-DEVICES
- G07F—COIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
- G07F17/00—Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
- G07F17/32—Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
- G07F17/3225—Data transfer within a gaming system, e.g. data sent between gaming machines and users
- G07F17/3227—Configuring a gaming machine, e.g. downloading personal settings, selecting working parameters
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- G06Q20/00—Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
- G06Q20/08—Payment architectures
- G06Q20/20—Point-of-sale [POS] network systems
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G07—CHECKING-DEVICES
- G07F—COIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
- G07F17/00—Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
- G07F17/32—Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G07—CHECKING-DEVICES
- G07F—COIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
- G07F17/00—Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
- G07F17/32—Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
- G07F17/3225—Data transfer within a gaming system, e.g. data sent between gaming machines and users
- G07F17/3232—Data transfer within a gaming system, e.g. data sent between gaming machines and users wherein the operator is informed
- G07F17/3237—Data transfer within a gaming system, e.g. data sent between gaming machines and users wherein the operator is informed about the players, e.g. profiling, responsible gaming, strategy/behavior of players, location of players
- G07F17/3239—Tracking of individual players
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G07—CHECKING-DEVICES
- G07F—COIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
- G07F17/00—Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
- G07F17/32—Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports, or amusements
- G07F17/326—Game play aspects of gaming systems
- G07F17/3267—Game outcomes which determine the course of the subsequent game, e.g. double or quits, free games, higher payouts, different new games
Definitions
- This disclosure is directed to methods and systems for gaming, and in particular to methods and systems for gaming with brand association and sponsored awards.
- a gaming method includes receiving a first wager from a player, displaying a first image representing a game, determining a first outcome associated with the game, and determining a first payout according to the first outcome and a first paytable.
- the gaming method also includes determining if a brand-association event has occurred, and if such event has occurred: (a) selecting a brand associated with the brand-association event, (b) using a second different paytable including at least one payout associated with the selected brand, (c) receiving a second wager from the player, (d) displaying a second image representing a game, (e) determining a second outcome associated with the game, and (f) determining a second payout according to the second outcome and the second paytable, the second payout comprising the at least one payout associated with the selected brand.
- a gaming method of the present disclosure includes selecting a brand, displaying an image representative of an advertisement for at least one of a good and a service provided by a brand-promoter associated with the selected brand, displaying an image representative of a game, the image comprising at least one game element incorporating brand information according to the selected brand, determining an outcome of the game, and determining a payout according to the outcome, the payout comprising at least one good or service associated with the selected brand.
- a gaming system of the present disclosure includes one or more gaming devices each having separate preferably different base game and sponsored paytables.
- This sponsored, third party prize system can be used with any suitable wagering game, such as slot, poker, blackjack, baccarat, craps, bingo, keno machine, table game, mobile gaming device, internet game, games of skill or chance, sports books or other types of sports betting, and central determination games such as Class II Bingo.
- potential sponsors wishing to advertise their brands, goods and/or services communicate with an advertising consultant (e.g., affiliated with the gaming device manufacturer or a casino) about amounts and types of game prizes they wish to sponsor in exchange for the display of their advertising or branding by the gaming devices.
- the potential service providers communicate directly with the casino or manufacturer. In either case, this information leads to the development of a separate sponsored paytable which is not part of the game paytable and, which coincides with the display of symbols and game indicia showing branding, logos or other advertising representing the one or more sponsors of the paytable.
- the separate sponsored paytable in addition to the base paytable having a plurality of different winning symbol combinations and a plurality of different awards associated with those winning symbol combinations, can include one or more additional winning symbol combinations and one or more additional awards associated with such additional winning symbol combinations. Such additional winning symbol combination and associated additional awards are different than the winning symbol combinations and associated awards of the base paytable.
- One method of implementing the sponsored paytable is through the use of software agents or “bots” that distribute the advertisements and control the licensing issues associated with such advertisements as discussed below.
- the sponsored awards or paytable are maintained separate and apart from the regular wagering game paytable (which may or may not include bonus game awards).
- This enables the standard base game to maintain its standard payout percentage.
- the sponsored paytable can therefore be retrofitted on conventional gaming machines without reworking the existing paytable and without the need to obtain additional regulatory approval because the awards provided are in addition and independent of the already approved base paytable.
- the system also enables the sponsored paytables to be swapped out for different paytables including different sponsors, different advertising and/or different prizes for the existing sponsors.
- the system further enables the sponsored paytable to be selectively used or not used as described further below.
- the advertising is displayed in one embodiment in connection with or in combination with game symbols such as slot machine symbols, playing card symbols, keno numbers, etc.
- the advertising symbols can be incorporated into the base game or provided via a separate bonus or secondary game.
- the average winning probability of any winning combination in the corresponding base game symbols is unaffected.
- the number of the symbols forming the standard winning combinations for the base game can be increased depending on the percentage of additional advertising symbols used to enhance the winning percentage for each of the winning base game combinations.
- the advertising does not need to be displayed based on game play or in conjunction with game play, and the determination to provide one or more players with sponsored awards can be completely independent or game play.
- the sponsored paytables can be implemented in stand alone gaming devices or gaming devices connected to a network, which can be casino wide, include multiple casinos and/or use an internet.
- third party payouts may alternatively be made through the casino's player tracking system.
- the payouts and associated paytables can appear on any one or more of the main screen or display of the gaming machine, a secondary display, on a player tracking display, a personal computer, or via any other suitable display.
- the sponsored payouts can be implemented as a part of any base wagering game, or as a full scale bonus game with its own animation and probability of winning.
- the sponsored bonus can be in lieu of or in addition to one or more non-sponsored bonus game or feature.
- the sponsored payouts can be progressive, e.g., grow over a period of time until finally paid to a winner.
- the trigger of whether to determine to provide a sponsored award can come from the underlying base game or the bonus game.
- the third party sponsored bonus feature may also be conducted in a sweepstake fashion. For example, participants can be asked to provide information about their age, occupation, household income, buying preferences, etc., such as by filling out a survey, to be able to enter sweepstakes. Demographic information can also be entered into a gaming device system using the sponsored paytable, e.g., via information obtained from the player's tracking card. In any case, the demographic information can then be used to determine which type and subject matter of advertising or branding is most effective, which in turn incentives the third parties to sponsor the sweepstakes or paytable prizes.
- the system is configurable to include one or more of a multitude of options.
- a player can be given an option to participate or decline participation in the sponsored payouts (i.e., in the base or bonus game). That is, the player can decide not to see the additional symbols and/or gaming indicia bearing the logos, advertising, branding, etc., of the sponsor. The player is then not eligible for the additional sponsored payout.
- the player can for example, choose to decline sponsored gaming at the beginning of game play, e.g., when the player puts credits on the machine, or at any other suitable time.
- the option of always disabling or always enabling sponsored gaming can be stored in relation to a player's player tracking account.
- the player tracking system upon reading the player's card recognizes the player's preference to allow or disable sponsored gaming and communicate the preference to the gaming device automatically.
- Another system option provides the player the ability to give or donate the sponsored prize to someone else or an organization such as a charity.
- the recipient can be a non-player who is contacted via a suitable device such as an email device or cellphone, that the recipient has won a sponsored prize and information concerning the prize, amount, type, etc.
- the recipient is alternatively another player who is sent the prize via a network linking the winning machine and the recipient's machine.
- the system can also provide the player an option to receive a sponsored payout in the form of a prize (e.g., merchandise or service) or game credit equivalent (can receive equal, more or less game credits).
- a sponsored payout in the form of a prize (e.g., merchandise or service) or game credit equivalent (can receive equal, more or less game credits).
- This option too is configurable to be selected at the gaming machine upon start up or preset on the player's tracking card.
- Another advantage of the embodiments described herein is to provide a third party advertising and branding system that does not affect the standard base game paytable of the gaming device.
- a further advantage of the embodiments described herein is to provide a third party advertising and branding system that does not affect the casino's average hold percentage.
- Another advantage of the embodiments described herein is to provide a third party advertising and branding system that can readily swap out different brands and advertisements.
- a further advantage of the embodiments described herein is to provide a third party advertising and branding system that readily allows the player to play with or without advertising and the additional paytable.
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an embodiment of a gaming and brand association system in accordance with the present disclosure.
- FIG. 1A is a block diagram of a brand association aspect of the gaming system shown in FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 2 is a perspective view of an embodiment of one of the gaming units shown schematically in FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 2A illustrates an embodiment of a control panel for a gaming unit.
- FIG. 3 is a block diagram of the electronic components of the gaming unit of FIG. 2 .
- FIG. 3A is a block diagram of the electronic components of an alternative gaming unit.
- FIG. 4A is a flowchart of a brand association routine that may be performed during operation of the system 50 .
- FIG. 4B is a flowchart of an alternative brand association routine employing a separate sponsored paytable that may be performed during operation of the system 50 .
- FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a routine for establishing a player profile that may be used in conjunction with the brand association routine of FIGS. 4A and 4B .
- FIG. 6A is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of a slots routine.
- FIG. 6B is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of a slots routine as modified according to the brand association aspect of the system 50 .
- FIG. 6C is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display showing separate paytables for the base game and sponsored player incentive.
- FIG. 7 is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of the brand association routine.
- FIG. 8 is an illustration of an embodiment of another visual display that may be displayed during performance of the brand association routine.
- FIG. 9 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a main gaming routine that may be performed during operation of one or more of the gaming units.
- FIG. 10 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a verification routine that may be performed during the operation of the main gaming routine of FIG. 9 .
- FIG. 11 is a flowchart of an alternative embodiment of a main gaming routine that may be performed during operation of one or more of the gaming units.
- FIG. 12 is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of the video poker routine of FIG. 14 .
- FIG. 13 is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of the video blackjack routine of FIG. 15 .
- FIG. 14 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a video poker routine that may be performed by one or more of the gaming units.
- FIG. 15 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a video blackjack routine that may be performed by one or more of the gaming units.
- FIG. 16 is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of the slots routine of FIG. 18 .
- FIG. 17 is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of the video keno routine of FIG. 19 .
- FIG. 18 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a slots routine that may be performed by one or more of the gaming units.
- FIG. 19 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a video keno routine that may be performed by one or more of the gaming units.
- FIG. 20 is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of the video bingo routine of FIG. 21 .
- FIG. 21 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a video bingo routine that may be performed by one or more of the gaming units.
- FIG. 1 illustrates one possible embodiment of a casino gaming and brand association system 50 (hereinafter “system 50”) in accordance with the disclosure.
- the system 50 may include a first group or network 52 of casino gaming units 54 operatively coupled to a network computer 56 via a network data link or a bus 58 .
- the first network 52 may also include a communications computer 60 , which may be coupled to the network computer 56 via the data link or bus 58 .
- the communications computer 60 may also be coupled to a transceiver 62 , which transceiver may be a wireless transceiver, such as a radio frequency transceiver or infrared transceiver, for example.
- the transceiver 62 may be in communication with one or more personal communication units 64 (such as a Personal Digital Assistant or the like, having a controller including a processor and memory operatively coupled to the processor), a data link 66 being formed according to the method of communication used (e.g., radio frequency, infrared, etc.).
- the personal communication units 64 may be owned by the player, or may be provided to the player by the operator of the network 52 .
- the system 50 may include a second group or network 72 of casino gaming units 74 , 75 operatively coupled to a network computer 76 via a network data link or a bus 78 .
- the second network 72 may also include a communications computer 80 , which may be coupled to the network computer 76 via the data link or bus 78 .
- the communications computer 80 may also be coupled via the data link or bus 78 to transceivers 82 that are attached to or integrated with the gaming units 75 , which transceivers may be wireless transceivers, such as a radio frequency transceivers or infrared transceivers, for example.
- the transceivers 82 may be in communication with one or more personal communication units 84 , a data link 86 being formed according to the method of communication used (e.g., radio frequency, infrared, etc.).
- the personal communication units 84 may be owned by the player, or may be provided to the player by the operator of the network 72 .
- the network 72 may also include a kiosk 88 , which differs from the gaming units 74 , 75 in that the kiosk is not programmed to operate according to the gaming aspect of the system 50 , the gaming aspect being explained in greater detail with reference to FIGS. 9-21 .
- the system 50 may further include a third group or network 92 of casino gaming units 94 .
- the gaming units 94 may be coupled via a data link or a bus 96 .
- the third network 92 differs from the first and second networks in that there is no network computer coupled to the data link 96 .
- the first, second, and third gaming networks 52 , 72 , 92 may be operatively coupled to each other via a fourth network 102 , which may comprise, for example, the Internet, an intranet, a wide area network (“WAN”), or a local area network (“LAN”).
- the network 102 may include a plurality of network computers or server computers (not shown), each of which may be operatively interconnected, and may include Internet Service Providers (“ISPs”) or online service providers.
- ISPs Internet Service Providers
- the first, second and third networks 52 , 72 , 92 may be coupled to the fourth network 102 via a first, second, and third data links 104 , 106 , 108 . Where the network 102 comprises an Intranet or the Internet, data communication may take place over the communication links 104 , 106 , 108 via an Internet communication protocol.
- the fourth network 102 may also be coupled to other computers or networks other than the first, second and third networks 52 , 72 , 92 discussed above.
- the fourth network 12 may be coupled to one or more other network computers 110 , 112 , via data links 114 , 116 . These network computers may, in turn, be coupled via data links 118 .
- the fourth network 102 may be coupled to a communications computer 120 via a data link 122 , the communications computer 120 being coupled to a transceiver 124 .
- the transceiver 124 is shown in communication with personal communication units 126 , which may be in the same geographic location as the gaming units 94 of the network 92 , via a data link 128 formed according to the method of communication used (e.g.
- the personal communication units 126 may be owned by the player, or may be provided to the player by the operator of the network 92 . Also shown coupled to the network 102 is a gaming unit 130 ; the network 102 may be coupled to the gaming unit 130 by a data link 132 .
- the network computer 56 may be a server. According to one embodiment, the network computer 56 may be used as an accounting system server to accumulate and analyze data relating to the operation of the gaming units 54 . For example, the network computer 56 may continuously receive data from each of the gaming units 54 indicative of the dollar amount and number of wagers being made on each of the gaming units 54 , data indicative of how much each of the gaming units 54 is paying out in winnings, etc. According to another embodiment, the network computer 56 may be used as a player tracking server or a bonusing server to accumulate and analyze data relating to the operation of particular gaming units 54 .
- the network computer 56 may receive data from a particular gaming unit 54 indicative of the identity of the player operating the gaming unit 54 , the number of wagers being made on the gaming unit 54 , etc. If the network computer 56 is being used as a player tracking server, the network computer 56 may use the data accumulated to award player tracking points to the player, which points may be used to assess comps or to be redeemed for goods or services. If the network computer is being used as a bonusing computer, the network computer 56 may use the data accumulated to award the player prizes, which may be goods or services, based on individual or collective performance, to award bonusing points which points may be redeemed for goods or services, etc.
- the network computer 56 may be used as a download server to monitor the software implemented by and the data utilized by the gaming units 54 , to determine if software or data upgrades are available, and to download the upgrades to the gaming units 54 .
- the network computer 56 may be used as a brand association server, as will be explained in greater detail with reference to FIG. 1A , below.
- the network computer 76 may be a server and may be used to perform the same or different functions in relation to the gaming units 74 as the network computer 56 described above.
- the network computers 110 , 112 may be servers, and may be used to perform the same or different functions in relation to the gaming units 54 , 74 and 94 as the network computers 56 , 76 .
- the network computers 110 , 112 may be different servers, and may perform the same or different functions in relation to the gaming units 54 , 74 and 94 .
- the operation of the gaming units may be monitored and/or coordinated without the use of a central computer or controller, as in the third network 92 .
- the processing required by the operations otherwise performed by a network computer may be shared by the gaming units 94 .
- shared processing may be referred to as peer-to-peer networking, and is also within the scope of the present disclosure.
- the communications computers 60 , 80 may also be servers. That is, the computers 60 , 80 may monitor and coordinate the communications between other computers, such as the network computers 56 , 76 , and the personal communication devices 64 , 84 via the transceivers 62 , 82 .
- the communications computer may be part of a mobile communications network that is operated and administered by an entity other than the entity that operates and administers the network of gaming units, such as gaming units 94 .
- Such a mobile communications network may be a cellular telephone network, and the communications computer 120 may represent the base station system of such a network, which base station system may be in communication with the Internet via a gateway, for example.
- the personal communication units 126 may be mobile stations, such as cellular telephones, portable e-mail devices (e.g., BLACKBERRYTM devices manufactured by Research In Motion Ltd., of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada), personal digital assistants (“PDAs”), laptops, tablet personal computers, etc.
- mobile stations such as cellular telephones, portable e-mail devices (e.g., BLACKBERRYTM devices manufactured by Research In Motion Ltd., of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada), personal digital assistants (“PDAs”), laptops, tablet personal computers, etc.
- PDAs personal digital assistants
- the first network 52 of gaming units 54 may be provided in a first casino
- the second network 72 of gaming units 74 may be provided in a second casino located in a separate geographic location than the first casino
- the third network 92 of gaming units 94 may be provided in a third casino in a separate geographic location that the first and the second networks.
- the three casinos maybe located in different areas of the same city, or they may be located in different states.
- the three networks 52 , 72 , 92 may be disposed in different sections of the same casino, or the gaming units 54 , 74 and 94 may even be disposed in the same section of the same casino.
- the networks 52 , 72 are shown as including one network computer 56 , 76 , one communications computer 60 , 80 , and four gaming units 54 , 74 and the network 92 as including four gaming units 94 , it should be understood that different numbers of computers and gaming units may be utilized.
- the network 52 may include a plurality of network computers 56 and tens or hundreds of gaming units 54 , all of which may be interconnected via the data link 58 .
- the data link 58 may be provided as a dedicated hardwired link, a wireless link, a fiber optic link, or a network (LAN, WAN, Internet, intranet) connection.
- the data link 58 is shown as a single data link 58 , the data link 58 may comprise multiple data links. Numerous gaming units 130 , kiosks 88 and personal communication units 64 , 84 , 126 may also be included.
- FIG. 1A is one embodiment of the system 50 , as seen from the point of view of the brand association aspect of the system 50 .
- many of the elements of the system 50 referenced in FIG. 1A correspond to one or more of the elements described with reference to FIG. 1 .
- the elements of FIG. 1A have been numbered separately, and the correspondences addressed in turn in detail below.
- the system 50 may include several servers 140 , 142 , 144 , 146 , although other servers may be included. These servers 140 , 142 , 144 , 146 may correspond to one or more of the network computers 56 , 76 , 110 , 112 or the communications computers 60 , 80 , or, alternatively, the processing of these servers may be shared by gaming units, as in the network 92 .
- the servers shown are as follows: a brand association server 140 , a player tracking server 142 , a gaming unit download server 144 , and a communication server 146 .
- Other servers that may be used with the system 50 could include advertisement scheduling servers, advertisement selection servers, advertising billing servers (which may include both local advertisement billing servers and national advertisement billing servers) etc.; many of the operations carried out by such servers are discussed below in regard to the brand association server 140 , but it should be understood that these operations could be tasked to one or more of the servers just mentioned.
- the servers 140 , 142 , 144 , 146 may be connected by one or more data links and one or more networks.
- the brand association server 140 is coupled via a data link 148 and a network 150 to the player tracking server 142 , the gaming unit download server 144 , and the communication server 146 via the data links 152 , 154 , 156 .
- the brand association server 140 is also coupled via a data link 158 another network 160 , which is in turn coupled via a data links 162 , 164 , 166 to remote servers 168 , 170 , 172 .
- the servers 168 , 170 , 172 may be associated with three different brands, for example, as will be explained in greater detail below.
- certain of the servers may be coupled to other elements, such as player tracking modules, gaming units, and personal communication units.
- the player tracking server 142 (which may be one of the network computers 56 , 76 , 110 , 112 ) is coupled, via data link 174 , to player tracking modules 176 .
- These player tracking modules 176 may be associated with the gaming units 54 , 74 and 94 , and are discussed in greater detail below.
- the gaming unit download server 144 (which may be one of the network computers 56 , 76 , 110 , 112 ) is coupled, via data link 178 , to gaming units 180 , which may be the gaming units 54 , 74 and 94 .
- the communications server 146 (which may be one of the communications computers 60 , 80 ) may be in communication with, via data links 182 , 184 , personal communication units 186 , which may be the personal communication units 64 , 84 .
- a gaming unit 188 may also be coupled to the network 150 separate and apart from the servers 142 , 144 , 146 via a data link 190 .
- FIG. 2 is a perspective view of one possible embodiment of one or more of the gaming units 54 .
- the gaming units 74 and 94 may have the same design as the gaming units 54 described below. It should be understood that the design of one or more of the gaming units 54 may be different than the design of other gaming units 54 , and that the design of one or more of the gaming units 74 and 94 may be different than the design of other gaming units 74 and 94 .
- Each gaming unit 54 may be any type of casino gaming unit and may have various different structures and methods of operation. For exemplary purposes, various designs of the gaming units 54 (and 74 ) are described below, but it should be understood that numerous other designs may be utilized.
- the casino gaming unit 54 may include a housing or cabinet 250 and one or more value input devices, which may include a coin slot or acceptor 252 , a paper currency acceptor 254 , and a ticket reader/printer 256 .
- the value input device may also be a card reader (not shown).
- a value input device may include any device that can accept value from or transfer value for a player, and may be disposed on the front of the gaming unit 54 or in any other suitable location.
- the term “value” may encompass money denominations or credits, and may be in the form of coins, paper currency, gaming tokens, ticket vouchers, credit or debit cards, smart cards, electronic funds transfers (“EFT”) and any other object representative of value.
- EFT electronic funds transfers
- the ticket reader/printer 256 may be used to print or otherwise encode ticket vouchers 258 .
- the ticket vouchers 258 may be composed of paper or another printable or encodable material and may have one or more of the following informational items printed or encoded thereon: the casino name, the type of ticket voucher, a validation number, a bar code with control and/or security data, the date and time of issuance of the ticket voucher, redemption instructions and restrictions, a description of an award, and any other information that may be necessary or desirable.
- ticket vouchers 258 could be used, such as bonus ticket vouchers, cash-redemption ticket vouchers, casino chip ticket vouchers, extra game play ticket vouchers, merchandise ticket vouchers, restaurant ticket vouchers, show ticket vouchers, etc.
- the ticket vouchers 258 could be printed with an optically readable material such as ink, or data on the ticket vouchers 258 could be magnetically encoded.
- the ticket reader/printer 256 may be provided with the ability to both read and print ticket vouchers 258 , or it may be provided with the ability to only read or only print or encode ticket vouchers 258 . In the latter case, for example, some of the gaming units 54 may have ticket printers 256 that may be used to print ticket vouchers 258 , which could then be used by a player in other gaming units 54 that have ticket readers 256 .
- an electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) device may operate as both a value input device and a value output device.
- EFT device may include a circuit capable of performing or a controller programmed to perform an electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) to the player's bank account or to a virtual account established, for example, on a PDA or a smart card (e.g., a card with an on-board processor and memory) or at a casino.
- EFT electronic funds transfer
- Such a transfer may be performed over a hardwired, wireless, fiber optic or network connection.
- a device is capable of transferring money to and from the gaming unit 54 , it may operate either as a value input device or a value output device.
- the player tracking module 260 includes a card reader 262 and a display 264 .
- the card reader 262 may include any type of card reading device, such as a magnetic card reader or an optical card reader, and may be used to read data from a card offered by a player, such as a player tracking card.
- the card reader 262 may be used to read data from, and/or write data to, player tracking cards that are capable of storing data representing the identity of a player, the identity of a casino, the player's gaming habits, etc.
- the display 264 may be a liquid crystal display (“LCD”), a vacuum fluorescent display (“VFD”), an array of light emitting diode (“LED”) elements, etc.
- the display 264 may be used to display messages particular to the player tracking system, or may be controlled by the gaming unit 54 or other servers to display messages particular to the operation of the gaming unit 54 or other systems (such as, for example, bonusing messages from a bonusing system).
- the gaming unit 54 may include one or more audio speakers 270 , a coin payout tray 272 , a display unit 274 , and an input control panel 276 .
- the audio speakers 270 may generate audio representing sounds or sound effects such as the noise of spinning slot machine reels, a dealer's voice, music, announcements or any other audio related to a casino game.
- the display unit 274 may be a color video display unit that displays images relating to the particular game or games.
- the display unit 274 may comprise a plurality of mechanical reels that are rotatable, with each of the reels having a plurality of reel images disposed thereon.
- the input control panel 276 may be provided with a plurality of pushbuttons or touch-sensitive-areas that may be pressed by a player to select games, make wagers, make gaming decisions, etc.
- FIG. 2A illustrates one possible embodiment of the control panel 276 , which may be used where the gaming unit 54 is a slot machine having a plurality of mechanical reels or representations of reels displayed on an electrical display unit 274 .
- the control panel 276 may include a “See Pays” button 280 that, when activated, causes the display unit 274 to generate one or more display screens showing the odds or payout information for the game or games provided by the gaming unit 54 .
- buttons are intended to encompass any device that allows a player to make an input, such as an input device that must be depressed to make an input selection or a display area that a player may simply touch.
- the control panel 276 may include a “Cash Out” button 282 that may be activated when a player decides to terminate play on the gaming unit 54 , in which case the gaming unit 54 may return value to the player, such as by returning a number of coins to the player via the payout tray 272 .
- the control panel 276 may be provided with a plurality of selection buttons 284 , each of which allows the player to select a different number of paylines prior to spinning the reels. For example, five buttons 284 may be provided, each of which may allow a player to select one, three, five, seven or nine paylines.
- the control panel 276 may be provided with a plurality of selection buttons 286 each of which allows a player to specify a wager amount for each payline selected. For example, if the smallest wager accepted by the gaming unit 54 is a quarter ($0.25), the gaming unit 54 may be provided with five selection buttons 286 , each of which may allow a player to select one, two, three, four or five quarters to wager for each payline selected.
- the control panel 276 may include a “Max Bet” button 288 to allow a player to make the maximum wager allowable for a game. In the above example, where up to nine paylines were provided and up to five quarters could be wagered for each payline selected, the maximum wager would be 45 quarters, or $11.25.
- the control panel 276 may include a spin button 290 to allow the player to initiate spinning of the reels of a slots game after a wager has been made.
- buttons 280 , 282 , 284 , 286 , 288 , 290 are shown around the buttons 280 , 282 , 284 , 286 , 288 , 290 . It should be understood that that rectangle simply designates, for ease of reference, an area in which the buttons 280 , 282 , 284 , 286 , 288 , 290 may be located. Consequently, the term “control panel” should not be construed to imply that a panel or plate separate from the housing 250 of the gaming unit 54 is required, and the term “control panel” may encompass a plurality or grouping of player activatable buttons.
- buttons could be utilized in the control panel 276 , and that the particular buttons used may depend on the game or games that could be played on the gaming unit 54 .
- the display unit 274 is provided as a video display unit, the control panel 276 could be generated by the display unit 274 .
- each of the buttons of the control panel 276 could be a colored area generated by the display unit 274 , and some type of mechanism may be associated with the display unit 274 to detect when each of the buttons was touched, such as a touch-sensitive screen.
- the gaming unit 54 may also include a mechanism 294 by which the gaming unit 54 may determine the identity of the player.
- This mechanism may be separate from the other elements of the gaming unit 54 , may be incorporated into one of the other elements of the gaming unit 54 , or its function may be provided by one of the other elements of the gaming unit 54 .
- the card reader 262 may be used to read a card that carries an identification code that may be uniquely associated with the player so that the gaming unit 54 can differentiate that player from all other players, or so that the gaming unit 54 can differentiate that player as a member of a group of players from all players not a member of the group of players.
- a separate identification device 294 is illustrated.
- the identification device 294 may include equipment, such as a keypad, an input pad (with optional stylus), a port (or antenna) adapted to communicate via a wired or wireless link (infrared or radio frequency link, for example) to a Personal Digital Assistant (“PDA”), a camera, a scanner, a retinal (or iris) scanner, fingerprint scanner, and/or a microphone.
- PDA Personal Digital Assistant
- the identification device 294 may include any one of these devices, or the identification device 294 may include a combination of some or all of these devices.
- a player may identify him or herself by entering a unique numeric or alpha-numeric code using the key pad, for example.
- the player may use his or her finger or the stylus to sign his or her signature on the input pad.
- the pad and/or stylus may include instrumentation to record such characteristics as position, form, speed, and/or pressure as the player signs his or her signature.
- the player may sign his or her signature on the Personal Digital Assistant, which signature is then converted to electronic data, and the data is then transferred via the port/antenna to the identification device 294 .
- the player may sign his or her signature on a piece of paper that is then photographed using the camera or scanned using the scanner (or the bill acceptor 254 ) to convert the signature into electronic data.
- the player may place one of his or her fingers or his or her hand on the scanner, and the scanner may generate an electronic data representation of the fingerprint on one or more of the player's fingers or an electronic data representation of the pattern of the entire hand.
- the camera may be used to take a picture (live or still) of the player, the picture then being converted into electronic data.
- the player may place his or her eye up to the retinal (or iris) scanner, and the retinal (or iris) scanner may generate an electronic data representation corresponding to the pattern of the retina (or iris) of the player.
- the player may speak into the microphone, and characteristics of the spoken words (or voiceprint) may be converted into an electronic data representation.
- a mouse or glove may be used.
- thermal imaging equipment may be included or substituted.
- a touch screen may be integrated with the display unit 274 and used, in place of the input pad, in combination with a stylus or a finger, for example.
- FIG. 3 is a block diagram of a number of components that may be incorporated in the gaming unit 54 .
- the gaming unit 54 may include a controller 310 that may comprise a program memory 312 , a microcontroller or microprocessor (“MP”) 314 , a random-access memory (“RAM”) 316 and an input/output (“I/O”) circuit 318 , all of which may be interconnected via an address/data bus 320 .
- MP microcontroller or microprocessor
- RAM random-access memory
- I/O input/output circuit 318 , all of which may be interconnected via an address/data bus 320 .
- the controller 310 may include multiple microprocessors 314 .
- the memory of the controller 310 may include multiple RAMs 316 and multiple program memories 312 .
- the I/O circuit 318 is shown as a single block, it should be appreciated that the I/O circuit 318 may include a number of different types of I/O circuits.
- the RAM(s) 316 and program memories 312 may be implemented as semiconductor memories, magnetically readable memories, and/or optically readable memories, for example.
- the program memory 312 is shown in FIG. 3 as a read-only memory (“ROM”) 312
- the program memory of the controller 310 may be a read/write or alterable memory, such as a hard disk.
- the address/data bus 320 shown schematically in FIG. 3 may comprise multiple address/data buses, which may be of different types, and there may be an I/O circuit disposed between the address/data buses.
- controller 310 is shown as a dashed box surrounding the memories 312 , 316 , processor 314 , and I/O circuit 318 , this should not be interpreted as a physical limitation on the controller 310 .
- the memories 312 , 316 and processor 314 may be disposed on a single board, or they may be disposed on separate boards.
- the I/O circuit 318 may be disposed on the same board as the memories 312 , 316 and processor 314 , or may be disposed on a separate board.
- FIG. 3 illustrates that the coin acceptor 252 , the bill acceptor 254 , the ticket reader/printer 256 , the player tracking module 260 , the display unit 274 , the control panel 276 , and the identification device 294 may be operatively coupled to the I/O circuit 318 , each of those components being so coupled by either a unidirectional or bidirectional, single-line or multiple-line data link, which may depend on the design of the component that is used.
- the speaker(s) 270 may be operatively coupled to a sound circuit 322 , that may comprise a voice- and sound-synthesis circuit or that may comprise a driver circuit.
- the sound generating circuit 322 may be coupled to the I/O circuit 318 .
- the transceiver 82 may also be coupled to the I/O circuit 318 .
- the components 252 , 254 , 256 , 260 , 274 , 276 , 294 , 322 may be connected to the I/O circuit 318 via a respective direct line or conductor.
- Different connection schemes could be used.
- one or more of the components shown in FIG. 3 may be connected to the I/O circuit 318 via a common bus or other data link that is shared by a number of components.
- some of the components may be directly connected to the microprocessor 314 without passing through the I/O circuit 318 .
- FIG. 3A is a block diagram of a number of components that may be incorporated in an alternative gaming unit, such as the gaming unit 130 shown in FIG. 1 or the gaming unit 188 shown in FIG. 1A (which may represent the same gaming unit). Elements similar to those in FIG. 3 are numbered similarly, with the distinction that the similar elements shown in FIG. 3A are denoted with a prime.
- the gaming unit 130 shown in FIG. 3A may include a controller 310 a having program memory 312 a , microprocessor 314 a , and RAM 316 a .
- the program memory 312 a , microprocessor 314 a and RAM 316 a may be operatively coupled to an input/output circuit 318 a via a data link or a bus 320 a .
- the I/O circuit 318 a may be coupled to a display 274 a and a control panel 276 a , and to speakers 270 a via a sound circuit 322 a .
- I/O circuit 318 a is shown coupled to wager input devices, such as a coin acceptor 252 a , a currency acceptor 254 a and a ticket reader/printer 256 a , these elements may be optional according to an embodiment of the gaming unit 130 that envisions implementation of cashless gaming.
- An identification device 294 a may also be coupled to the I/O circuit 318 a.
- the gaming unit 130 shown in FIG. 3A may differ from the gaming units 54 , 74 and 94 , which may be represented by the block diagram shown in FIG. 3 , in that the gaming unit 130 may include a modem 330 .
- the modem 330 is coupled to the I/O circuit 318 by a bidirectional link.
- the modem 330 is coupled to the network 102 by the data link 132 .
- the modem 330 may be any well known device that modulates digital signals into analog signals, and that demodulates analog signals into digital signals.
- the modem 330 may be one of a pair of a digital subscriber line (“DSL”) modems disposed at opposite ends of a telephone line.
- DSL modem may be an Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (“ADSL”) modem or a very high bit-rate DSL (“VDSL”) modem.
- ADSL Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
- VDSL very high bit-rate DSL
- the modem 330 may be a cable modem.
- the modem 330 may be an Integrated Services Digital Network (“ISDN”) modem or adapter.
- ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network
- the data link 132 may be selected to conform to the modem selected.
- the data link may include a telephone line.
- the modem is a DSL modem (whether ADSL; VDSL, etc.)
- the data link 132 may include a telephone line and a second modem at the opposite end of the telephone line.
- the data link 132 may be coaxial cable; in fact, a pre-existing coaxial TV cable installation may be used.
- An ISDN modem or adapter may also use a telephone line, but it further requires ISDN digital-switching equipment and an external power source.
- the programs or portions of programs may be written in any high level language such as C, C++, C#, Java, Visual Basic or the like, or any low-level assembly or machine language.
- the programs or portions of programs may include data files, binary files, scripts, data tables, graphic file formats, 3D models, etc.
- the programs or portions of programs may be implemented using an event-based triggering system. That is, the controller 310 , for example, may generate an event (for example, in connection with a game outcome) that is in turn communicated to the display unit 274 , the sound circuit 322 , and a payout device, for example, the ticket reader/printer 256 . Each unit or device may then determine if the communicated event has significance for that unit or device, and what that significance may be. As a result, units or device may be added or removed from the gaming unit 54 without requiring significant reprogramming of the controller 310 , thereby permitting a modular approach to be implemented.
- a machine accessible medium includes any mechanism that provides (i.e., stores and/or transmits) information in a form accessible by a machine (e.g., a computer, network device, personal digital assistant, any device with a set of one or more processors, etc.).
- a machine accessible medium includes recordable/non-recordable magnetic, optical and solid-state media (e.g., read only memory (“ROM”), programmable read only memory (“PROM”), erasable programmable read only memory (“EPROM”), electrically erasable programmable read only memory (“EEPROM”), random access memory (“RAM”), magnetic disk storage media, optical storage media, flash memory devices, etc.), as well as electrical, optical, acoustical or other form of propagated signals (e.g., carrier waves, infrared signals, digital signals, etc.), etc.
- the machine-accessible medium may include the memories associated with the servers 140 , 142 , 144 , 146 and the memories 312 , 316 of the controller 310 .
- the programs or portions of programs may be stored remotely, outside of the gaming unit 54 , and may control the operation of the gaming unit 54 from a remote location. Such remote control may be facilitated with the use of a wireless connection, or by an Internet interface that connects the gaming unit 54 with a remote computer (such as the network computer 56 ) having a memory in which the computer program portions are stored.
- a remote computer such as the network computer 56
- various portions of the memories are physically and/or structurally configured in accordance with the instructions of the programs or portions of programs.
- FIG. 4A is a flowchart of a brand association routine 350 that may be stored in the memory of a network computer, such as the brand association server 140 , or even in the memory of a gaming unit, such as the gaming units 54 , 74 , 94 and 130 .
- the brand association routine 350 may be used to promote associations as to one or more brands.
- the brand association routine 350 may promote associations as to one or more brands through various forms of advertising and/or promotional activities.
- the operation of the routine 350 may do more than form mental connections between a brand and, for example, the type and/or quality of the goods and/or services associated with the brand.
- the operation of the routine 350 may cause the player to be aware of a brand, the goods and/or services associated with the brand, or both the brand and the goods and/or services associated therewith. Further, the operation of the routine 350 may cause the player's recognition of the brand to increase. Consequently, “brand association” includes a variety of activities relative to the player and relating to one or more brands.
- brand as that term is used herein is not limited to only trademarks, service marks, trade dress and the like.
- the term “brand”, as used herein, may include trademarks, service marks, and trade dress, such marks and/or dress being registered, unregistered, or in whatever form that may be recognized by the laws of a particular jurisdiction.
- the term “brand” may also cover other devices that are not used solely or primarily to establish a connection between a particular individual or company and a particular good and/or service.
- the term “brand”, as used herein, may include devices that may not qualify as a trademark or service mark in a particular jurisdiction, whether because the jurisdiction does not permit such devices to serve as a trademark or service mark or because the device lacks sufficient distinctiveness or association in the minds of consumers.
- a “brand” may include alphanumeric combinations, words, phrases, drawings, designs, and logos.
- “Brand” also refers to any type of advertising and any materials used with advertising.
- routine 350 may begin at block 352 , where a determination may be made as to whether a player profile is available in those embodiments of the routine 350 that utilize a player profile. For those embodiments that use a player profile, if it is determined that a player profile is available, the routine 350 may proceed to block 354 , where the player profile may be received by the server 140 or the gaming unit 54 , 74 , 94 and 130 operating according to the routine 350 .
- a player profile may refer to any collection of information or data that is identified, related or associated with a player. This profile may be stored in a file in a database accessible by the brand association server 140 , or it may be stored in the memory of the gaming unit 54 , 74 94 and 130 or the personal communication unit 64 , 84 , 126 used by the player. As a still further alternative, the information may be stored on a player tracking card that may be disposed into the card reader 262 of the player tracking module 260 . Further, the profile may include data or information stored remotely to the server 140 or gaming unit 54 , 74 94 and 130 , which data or information may still be considered associated with the profile.
- the profile may include an identifier.
- the identifier may be unique to each player, like a cell phone number of the personal communication unit 64 , 84 , 126 used by the player to interface to the system 50 , or may be unique to a group of players relative to the remainder of players on the system 50 .
- the desired goal may not be for the brand association aspect of the system 50 to respond differently to each member of the tour group, but rather for the brand association aspect to respond to members of the tour group differently than to the general public.
- the gaming system operator may wish to target certain groups or categories of player, e.g., “high-rollers,” to receive certain opportunities relative to the brand association aspect of the system 50 not available to the general public, but available to all the members of the target group. Consequently, the members of the target group may receive personal communication units with an identifier which differentiates the members of the group from the public-at-large and all other players carrying personal communication units. In this regard, some of the personal communication units may develop recognition as a status symbol item as well as performing a practical function.
- more than one identifier may be assigned to a profile, or stated slightly differently, one profile may be associated with more than one identifier.
- a particular profile may be associated with a first identifier which indicates that the associated player belongs to a first group, e.g., the “high-roller” group, and with a second identifier which indicates that the associated player belongs to a second group, e.g., the “ultra high-roller” group, which may or may not be exclusive of the first group.
- the second identifier may be unique relative to all other identifiers, such that the associated player may be differentiated from all other players.
- the profile may also include one or more records that may contain data about the characteristics, habits and/or preferences of a player associated with the identifier.
- the profile may include basic personal data that will be stored in a personal data record, including such data as the name, address, Social Security number, date of birth, nationality, language skills, and cultural preferences of the player.
- the personal data record may also contain important dates, such as birthdays, anniversaries, and other occasions.
- the profile may also include data regarding the player's favorite foods, shows, prizes, complementaries (“comps”), and the like, this data being stored in an entertainment record and/or a personal prize preferences record.
- the profile may also include the player's preferences regarding the look of the game displayed, or the types or levels of sensory outputs utilized during the game.
- the profile may include the player's preferences regarding the brand association materials that the player is willing to or wishes to receive, or, conversely, the brand association materials that the player is not willing to or does not wish to receive. For example, a player that enjoys water sports may wish to receive brand association materials regarding a water park, while a non-drinker may not want to or wish to receive advertisements regarding alcohol.
- the information can include demographic information, such as age, occupation, date of birth, household income, buying preferences, etc.
- the information can be used to determine which brand or advertising materials are shown to the player. Young males may be shown advertising related to sports, while women are shown clothing ads, for example.
- Such records and information may be created and/or updated manually. That is, the player may enter the data personally, through the use of one or more of the gaming units 54 , 74 , 94 and 130 configured to permit such data entry or via the Internet from a remote location, through the use of a computer that may or may not be configured as a gaming unit. As an alternative, the player may answer questions on a questionnaire or survey, and an employee of the network or system operator may enter the data into the system 50 . The information may be used to make a person eligible to enter a sweepstakes to win cash or prizes sponsored by third party advertisers.
- Such records may also be created and/or updated by the system 50 .
- the system 50 may generate and maintain a bonus record including a running total of the value wagered by the player and bonuses awarded therefore, and this may be associated with the profile. This information may be obtained, for example, through the use of the player tracking server 142 and associated player tracking modules 176 . Extending beyond the monitoring of gaming information, the system 50 may also keep track of information of a player's use of other aspects of an operator's property or properties. Further, the system 50 may generate some of this data by analyzing the movements of the player to restaurants, theaters, etc. This data may then be stored in the entertainment record.
- the system 50 may establish other records reflecting Internet usage.
- the system 50 may track the products or services (e.g., travel) purchased by the player over the Internet, or the sites visited or searches run by the player while on the Internet, and store such information in an Internet usage record.
- the system 50 may have relationships with third-parties Internet companies who, with the permission of the player, make the information available to the operator to permit prizes to be selected according to the player's Internet habits. Alternatively, this information may be provided to the operator, with the player's permission, in exchange for providing Internet access via one of the gaming units 54 , 74 , 94 and 130 or personal communication units 64 , 84 , 126 .
- both the player and the system 50 may generate data about the player's gaming preferences (e.g., favorite casino games) to be stored in a gaming record.
- both the player and the system may generate (through data analysis) data about the player's wagering preferences to be stored in a wagering record. This data may include whether the player prefers to always bet the maximum, to always bet the maximum on certain games, to always bet a certain amount on certain value games, etc.
- the player profile may be received by the server 140 or the gaming units 54 , 74 , 94 and 130 at block 354 in a variety of manners.
- the player profile may be uploaded to the brand association server 140 or gaming unit 54 , 74 and 94 .
- the player profile may be uploaded from a personal communication device 64 , 84 , 126 or from a player tracking card disposed into the card reader 262 of the player tracking module 260 .
- the player profile may be uploaded from a plurality of storage locations, for example from the player tracking server 142 in addition to from a personal communication device 64 , 84 , 126 or a card disposed into the card reader 262 .
- the player profile may be created and stored in the memory associated with the server 140 or gaming unit 54 , 74 , 94 and 130 , rather than being retrieved from a memory storage location.
- a registration routine 360 is shown in FIG. 5 .
- the registration routine 360 may be carried out using devices and personnel of the network operator, or the routine may be carried out using devices of the system 50 but without the assistance of personnel of a network operator.
- an employee of the network operator may register players at a specific location set up for this purpose (e.g. at the concierge desk), or may “roam” a casino floor to perform this service wherever the player is located.
- the player may register him or herself over the Internet, at a kiosk (such as kiosk 88 ) established for registration at the casino, or at gaming units adapted to permit registration to occur.
- the player is queried at block 362 to determine if the player meets certain preconditions before registration can continue.
- These preconditions may include information regarding the location of the player at the time the player is accessing the brand association aspect of the system 50 , or the location of the player's place of residence. Some jurisdictions may prohibit or limit the use of the brand association aspect of the system 50 described herein, or place certain limitations on the types of people that may use the brand association aspect, particularly in conjunction with the gaming units 54 , 74 , 94 and 130 . Thus, the preconditions may also include information regarding characteristics of the player.
- some jurisdictions may prohibit players of a certain age from using the brand association aspect described herein or from using the brand association aspect described herein in conjunction with the gaming units 54 , 74 , 94 and 130 .
- Other jurisdictions may prohibit players that reside in certain locations from using the brand association aspect, while still others may maintain lists of certain persons that are not allowed to use the brand association aspects of the system 50 discussed herein.
- the player may provide the information concerning him or herself in a variety of manners, depending on the method by which registration is occurring.
- some information may be self-evident and other information may be gathered by the casino employee (for example, through the use of a questionnaire).
- the player may provide this information by way of an on-line questionnaire that is submitted over a network connection (such as the Internet) to the server 140 .
- certain types of security measures may need to be implemented before the player can take advantage of the brand association aspect of the system 50 ; for example, certain level of type of encryption may be required to be use the brand association aspect of the system 50 . If the player cannot provided the required information, or if the information shows that the player does not meet the preconditions, the routine exits at block 364 and the player is prevented from using the brand association aspect of the system 50 .
- the routine 360 proceeds to a block 366 , and the player may be required to verify one or more aspects of the information provided in regard to the information provided at block 362 , or to provide additional information that may be used to identify the player in the future, thereby providing an increased likelihood that a person using the player's profile is indeed the player or one of a group of players, where a common profile is used for a group of players.
- the routine exits at block 368 .
- the block 366 may be optional. That is, according to the regulations of the particular jurisdiction and the policies of the network operator, the information provided at block 362 need not be verified using a source of information separate from the player, but it may. Additionally, the operator may determine that it is not necessary to ensure that a registration is being used by a particular person or one of a particular group of people. In such a circumstance, additional information regarding the identity of the player or players need not be gathered. According to an embodiment, the determination of block 366 may be omitted where the operator can limit access by, for example, underage players to the gaming units 54 , 74 , and 94 (for example, in a casino-type gaming environment as opposed to an Internet-type gaming environment, as may be represented by the gaming unit 130 ).
- information verifying the data provided concerning the preconditions at the block 362 may be verified at the block 366 .
- the casino employee may ask the player for a picture identification card to verify that the person providing the information is who he or she is who they say they are, and to verify, for example, age information provided to complete the precondition qualification at block 362 .
- the player may need to use, for example, one or more devices coupled to the gaming unit or personal communication unit which they are using to interface with the system 50 .
- the gaming unit may be associated with a device that provides location data for the gaming unit that may be transmitted to the gaming system operator.
- the Global Positioning Satellite (“GPS”) system may be utilized by associating a special transceiver with the gaming unit.
- the gaming system operator may require the player to connect to the system 50 using a cellular mobile station (or at a minimum to make a call using the mobile station or to turn the cellular mobile station on during play).
- the gaming system operator may then access the location information available to the cellular system operator after the cellular system operator has processed the cellular transmission data from the mobile station (such as may be done in providing enhanced 911 (or “E-911” service, for example).
- the player may be required to connect to the system 50 from a land line (or to call the gaming system operator using a land line telephone during the verification process), whereupon the gaming system operator may check the telephone company's records to verify the number and pull the street address associated with the number.
- the gaming system operator may check the IP address of the gaming unit and of the Internet service provider, and obtain a street address from the Internet service provider.
- the operator may require the player to provide information that will be used at the present time and/or in the future to verify the identity of the player or players associated with a particular registration and/or profile.
- the player may provide a form of identification (such as a fingerprint or other form of biometric data, driver's license, or national identity card) that the gaming system operator may use to access age data established by a third party (for example, the state department of motor vehicles).
- the camera associated with the gaming unit may be used to monitor the player using the gaming unit 54 , 74 , 94 and 130 .
- routine 360 proceeds to block 370 , where the determination is made as to whether the profile for the registration is complete. If the registration is not complete, the routine may proceed through blocks 372 , 374 as necessary to gather the information necessary to complete the player's profile. When the profile is complete (as determined at block 370 ), the routine returns to routine 350 in FIG. 4A or 350 a of FIG. 4B .
- the brand association routine 350 After receiving the player profile at block 354 or having determined that there is no player profile to receive at block 352 , the brand association routine 350 proceeds to block 380 .
- the routine 350 determines if there are event criteria to be received by the brand association aspect of the system 50 . If there are event criteria to be received, the routine 350 proceeds to block 382 .
- event criteria may include game play events (e.g., a particular combination of game elements, a particular series of combinations of game elements, a bonus round trigger event, a progressive level trigger event), player tracking events (e.g., card-in, elapsed gaming time, number of coins in or out, rate of coins in or out), timed events (e.g., at a particular time of the day, on a particular day of the year, at a predetermined time, at a randomly selected time) and promotional events (e.g., to encourage use of underutilized machines, to encourage participation in a tournament). Other events may also be included.
- game play events e.g., a particular combination of game elements, a particular series of combinations of game elements, a bonus round trigger event, a progressive level trigger event
- player tracking events e.g., card-in, elapsed gaming time, number of coins in or out, rate of coins in or out
- timed events e.g., at a particular time of the day, on a particular
- these event criteria may be uploaded from a memory storage location elsewhere in the system 50 , or may be preloaded onto the server 140 or gaming unit 54 , 74 , 94 and 130 .
- the event criteria may be inputted and stored at the time block 382 is executed.
- routine 350 proceeds to block 384 .
- a determination is made as to whether there are criteria to be uploaded or entered in regard to the brand to be selected. If there are criteria to be uploaded or entered, the routine 350 proceeds to block 386 . If there are no criteria to be uploaded or entered, the routine 350 proceeds to block 388 .
- the brand criteria may include a variety of concerns relating to the brands themselves and the brand-promoters associated with the brands (which may be the manufacturer or retailer of the goods and services associated with the brand, or may be an intermediary acting on behalf of such manufacturer or retailer, for example). For example, a criteria may be established for a specific brand that advertising and promotional materials concerning the brand will only be distributed to players that have a preference not only for a particular good or service associated with the brand, but also for the particular brand itself.
- the advertising and/or promotional materials of that sponsor/brand-promoter may be given a priority or preference over the advertising and/or promotional materials of other brand-promoters relative to those gaming units 54 , 74 , and 94 .
- the advertising and/or promotional materials relating to another, competitive brand may not be displayed on the gaming units 54 , 74 , 94 during the time the particular event or prize is offered.
- the brand criteria may relate to agreements made between the operator of one or more of the networks 52 , 72 , 92 and the brand-promoter.
- the network operator may guarantee a certain number of placements to a particular brand-promoter for a specific brand.
- the brand-promoter may have a weighted or preferred status relative to other brands and to placement.
- the brand criteria data may be uploaded from a memory storage location elsewhere in the system 50 , or may be preloaded onto the server 140 or gaming unit 54 , 74 , 94 , 130 .
- the brand criteria data may be inputted and stored at the time block 386 is executed.
- the routine 350 proceeds to block 388 .
- a determination is made of a brand from among a plurality of brands. The determination may involve a consideration of the player profile, the event criteria, the brand criteria, or any combination thereof. Alternatively, the determination may not require a consideration of any of a player profile, an event criterion or a brand criterion. Once the determination is made, the routine 350 proceeds to block 390 .
- the determination of which brand to feature relative to a specific player or group of players may include matching information contained in one or more of the data records to one or more of the criteria related to a particular brand. For example, a particular brand criteria related to a particular brand may require that the player have a preference for the good and/or service related to the target brand. The brand criteria may also require that the player have a preference for a related good and/or service that marketing studies have shown is a common preference for persons who are repeat purchasers of the good and/or service offered in connection with the target brand. Players who match the brand criteria may be included in the distribution list for the materials related to the brand associated with the brand criteria, and players who do not match are not included in the distribution list.
- the event criteria may be used in combination with the matching of the player profile data and the brand criteria, or in substitution therefore.
- the operator of one or more of the networks 52 , 72 , 92 may determine that they do or do not want to distribute brand association materials during certain times of the day.
- One network operator may wish to prevent the distribution of brand association materials during a certain time of the day, week, month or year when players typically are the most active, under the assumption that the display of the brand association materials will distract the players from their gaming.
- a network operator may decide to target the same time period for increased distribution of brand association materials because he or she knows that an increased number of possible recipients will be available during that time period.
- a network operator may set an event criterion which is tied into the brand criteria, such as an event criteria which signals the beginning of a tournament and a brand criteria that places preference on the advertising and/or promotional materials of the sponsor/brand promoter.
- the determination of the brand may rely in part or not at all on the matching of player profile data with event and brand criteria, the ultimate determination of the selected brand being made according to an exchange of communications between the network operator and the brand promoter.
- the matching of player profile data with event and brand criteria may be used to narrow the group of potential brands from a larger number of possible brands, but not to select a specific brand.
- the matching of player profile data and event and brand criteria may be used to weigh the possibilities that one brand will be selected over another, without actually making the final determination as to which brand will be selected.
- the brand is selected according to an exchange of communications between the network operator and the brand promoter, for example in the form of an auction or reverse auction.
- the advertising and/or promotional materials of any one of three brands may be distributed at the present time.
- the network operator may send a request message via the network 160 (which may represent the Internet) to the servers 168 , 170 , 172 associated with each of the three brands, the message stating that a target audience of three hundred players has been identified for the brand in question and requesting a bid if the brand promoter for the identified brand wishes to secure the right to distribute the advertising and/or promotional information to the target audience.
- the bid might be requested in currency or in kind (such as a certain number of prizes each having a net worth equal to a certain amount of value).
- one, two or all of the brand promoters may transmit offers to the server 140 .
- the network operator associated with the brand association server 140 must then decide which offer to accept in regard to the target audience. In this fashion, not only the player profile, event criteria and brand criteria determine the brand selected, but the exchange of communications (in the form of an auction) also determines the brand selected.
- an auction is not the only kind of exchange of communications that might be used to make the determination as to the brand selected.
- the player profile data in combination with the event criteria and brand criteria, may be used to form a ranked list of potential brands.
- the network operator may then send an offer for a bid (in currency or in kind) to the brand promoter associated with the highest-ranked brand, and if the brand promoter accepts, the determination process is over; otherwise, the network operator sends a communication to the brand-promoter associated with the next name on the list, and so on.
- the network operator may need a certain number of prizes for a promotion to be used in conjunction with a group of players having certain common likes or dislikes, and the operator may provide a communication to a number of brand-promoters requesting bids for the opportunity to provide the prizes needed to the audience described.
- the determination may be made without consulting player profile data, event criteria or brand criteria, and without resort to communicating with the brand-promoter at the time the determination is made. Instead, the determination may be made according to an input received by the server 140 or gaming unit 54 , 74 , 94 , 130 operating according to the routine 350 , the input resulting in the determination of the selected brand.
- This input may be in the form of a ticket or coupon that may be disposed into the ticket reader 256 or a card that may be disposed into the card reader 262 , the ticket, coupon or card including an instruction which is used by the server 140 or gaming unit 54 , 74 , 94 , 130 to determine which brand is to be used.
- the input may be in the form of a password instead. According to any such embodiment, the determination is made after the input is received.
- a ticket, coupon or card may be provided to a player during the play of a game at one of the gaming units 54 , 74 , 94 , 130 , using, for example, the ticket reader/printer 256 , 256 a .
- the ticket, coupon or card may be provided to a player during as part of a special event (such as a tournament) relating to the casino related to one of the networks 52 , 72 , 92 .
- the ticket or coupon may be provided to the player by the brand-promoter, perhaps in connection with the sale of the good and/or service associated with the brand (for example, at a vending machine or a retail establishment) or as part of a mailing campaign.
- the selection may be performed in whole or in part by the player. That is, the server 140 may display a number of brands available, for example by generating an image on the display unit 274 , and the player may a select a brand from the brands displayed, using a touch screen associated with the display unit 274 or some other player input device, such as a button.
- the brand distribution aspect may be programmed to display one or more brands, and the player is permitted to select any one of the brands displayed.
- the brand distribution aspect may start with a first plurality of brands, the server 140 may be programmed to use one or more of the player profile, the event criteria and the brand criteria to reduce the number of brands to a second plurality, and then the player is permitted to select one of the second plurality of brands, which selected brand will be used hereafter.
- the player profile may be used to eliminate certain brands based on the players' willingness to accept certain advertisements or the players' desire not to receive other advertisements.
- Other variations are possible.
- the brand materials are retrieved at block 390 .
- the brand materials may include a variety of possibilities.
- the brand materials may include advertising information.
- the brand materials may include video or audio information associated with the brand, such as a particular logo, slogan, or jingle.
- the video information may in the form of stills or video clips, and may be incorporated into the images that make up the game aspect of the system 50 , or may be separate from the images involved in game play.
- the audio information may be in the form of audio or sound clips, and may also be incorporated into the sound effects that normally make up the game aspect of the system 50 (e.g., the sound effect jingle for the selected brand may be generated when a payout is awarded that includes a good or service of the selected brand), may be coordinated with the display of the video information associated with the selected brand, or may generated separately from the images involved in game play and the images associated with the selected brand.
- the brand materials may also represent bonusing opportunities not available to the general public, but only to players that have received the brand materials.
- the brand materials may further include prizes that are selected according to the brand (such as goods and/or services associated with the brand).
- the brand materials may include modifications to be made to a paytable or a downloadable paytable.
- the brand materials may include links which may provide a conduit for further information and/or prizes associated with the brand.
- materials may be already stored in memory somewhere on the system 50 for retrieval. However, where the brand is determined through a bargaining session, such as an auction, for example, the materials may need to be retrieved from a remote server associated with the brand-promoter that is associated with the brand selected at block 388 . Moreover, where the materials involved are prizes, the actual materials may not be transferred to the network operator, but instead other items representative of the prizes (such as a photograph or illustration of the prize) may be transferred to the network operator for use and/or display to the players.
- the routine 350 proceeds to block 392 , where the materials are distributed.
- the downloading of the materials at block 392 may be a direct download of materials from the server 140 to a storage device associated with a player, such as gaming unit 54 , 74 , 94 or personal communication unit 64 , 84 , 126 .
- the materials may be distributed using the servers 144 , 146 illustrated in FIG. 1A , for example. That is, the brand association materials may be downloaded to an intermediary server, such as the gaming machine download server 144 and the communications server 146 .
- the server 140 may provide a command, or event, that is then communicated to all of the servers in the system 50 .
- the individual servers determine if the event has significance for them, and, if so, what the significance might be. For example, the server may send a particular event that causes a download of brand materials from the gaming unit download server 144 , but which the communications server 146 may ignore. In the alternative, the server may send a particular event that causes a download to occur from the gaming unit download server 144 and the communications server 146 at approximately the same time (for example, a holiday). However, even if the servers 144 , 146 are generally synchronized as to the time of the distribution of the brand association materials according to the event sent, the servers 144 , 146 may download different brand association materials.
- the materials may be used to present information regarding the selected brand at block 394 .
- This information may include advertising information and/or promotional information. Examples of the information and its use in the brand association aspect of the system 50 are illustrated in FIGS. 6A, 6B , 7 and 8 .
- FIG. 6A illustrates an image 400 that might be displayed on the display unit 274 of a gaming unit (such as one of the gaming units 54 ) during the operation of the gaming unit 54 according to a slots game.
- the slots game image 400 may include a number of reels 402 , each reel having a plurality of symbols 404 (black “7”), 406 (white “7”), 408 (triple bar), 410 (double bar), 412 (single bar) displayed thereon.
- the slots game image may also include buttons 414 , such as a “Cash Out” button, a “See Pays” button, a “Spin” button, a “Max Bet” button, a plurality of payline buttons, and a plurality of bet buttons, the operation of each of which has been explained above relative to FIG. 2A .
- the image 400 may also include a paytable 416 .
- the paytable 416 includes a listing of certain combinations 418 and the associated payouts 420 .
- the image 400 may also include one or more areas 422 in which nothing is shown in the image 400 of FIG. 6A (while the area 422 is surrounded by a rectangle, the rectangle is for illustrative purposes only, and does not necessarily mean that a rectangularly-shaped border need be shown in the image 400 of FIG. 6A ).
- FIG. 6B illustrates the image 400 , now designated 400 a , as modified according to the brand association aspect of the system 50 . While a number of modifications have been made to the image 400 a in keeping with the brand association aspect of the system 50 , this is not to suggest that all of the modifications must be made in combination. Rather, the modifications may be taken individually or in combination, whether that is the combination illustrated in FIG. 6B or some other combination.
- one or more of the symbols 404 a , 406 a , 408 a , 410 a , 412 a may be replaced with material associated with the selected brand on the reels 402 a .
- the symbols 412 have been replaced with an image 424 (which includes pictorial and textual elements) that is associated with the selected brand (“LOGO”).
- all of the symbols 404 a , 406 a , 408 a , 410 a , 412 may be replaced with different images associated with the selected brand.
- These symbols 424 may be static—that is, the symbols 424 may be used in the display of outcomes in regard to the slots game only.
- the symbols 424 may be dynamic—that is, the symbols 424 may serve as buttons which activate links to other materials related to the selected brand as well as being used in the display of outcomes in regard to the slots game. For example, by touching the area of the touch screen associated with one of the symbols 424 , a signal may be generated that is received by the server 140 . In response, the server 140 may retrieve a webpage from a website associated with the selected brand, for example, as shown in FIG. 7 . The player may then navigate the website associated with the selected brand using input devices on the web pages, such as the buttons 426 , 428 shown in FIG. 7 .
- advertising information about the selected brand may be displayed in the area 422 a .
- This advertising may be static, or may be animated.
- the area 422 a may be dynamic, such that when a player touches the touch screen in the area 422 a , a signal is sent to the server 140 to pull up an advertisement or a webpage, such as shown in FIG. 7 .
- only sections of the area 422 a may be dynamic—for example, only the region overlying the “LOGO” symbol 430 .
- a symbol 430 may be displayed as part of the image without any accompanying advertising material, such as the text displayed in the area 422 a.
- the paytable 416 a may be modified as well, whether that paytable is of the primary game provided by the gaming unit, or a bonus or secondary bonus game or event. While the modification of the paytable 416 a , as shown, includes substituted game elements 424 , substitute combinations 418 a , payouts 420 a and a substituted payout in the form of a prize 432 , which may be, for example, a good or a service associated with the selected brand, the modification of the paytable 416 a need not include both modifications at the same time.
- This modification may be made by reprogramming a section of the existing paytable at the gaming machine to include a game element or a prize that is associated with the selected brand.
- the reprogramming of the paytable may include alteration of the original code or original associated data structures that represent the paytable to include one or more gaming elements associated with the selected brand (such as game elements 424 ) or a payout associated with the selected brand.
- the code or associated data structures may be originally written so as to permit the insertion or substitution of one or more game elements 424 or one or more prizes into the paytable after the code or associated data structure is stored in the memory of the gaming unit.
- the stored paytable may include one or more game outcomes (which may be represented by one or more combinations of game elements, such as symbols on a slot machine) that are not associated with a payout or are associated with a lesser value payout according to the normal operation of the gaming unit, but that may be later associated with a payout without altering the underlying paytable code.
- game outcomes which may be represented by one or more combinations of game elements, such as symbols on a slot machine
- the modification of the paytable may be performed by downloading a new paytable to the gaming unit, which paytable is then implemented by the gaming unit. While the paytable is referred to as “new”, the paytable may be new only in relation to the game elements that may result in game outcomes associated with payouts or the payouts that may be provided, the frequency and the size of the payouts remaining substantially unchanged relative to the paytable used by the gaming unit in the normal operation of the gaming unit.
- the paytable may remain unchanged as to the size and the frequency of all payouts, except that a prize associated with the selected brand is now provided as a payout for a game outcome (which may be represented by one or more combinations of game elements, such as symbols on a slot machine) that previously had no prize associated therewith or only a lesser value payout associated therewith.
- this game outcome may now include game elements 424 associated with the selected brand.
- the frequency and/or size of the payouts provided also may be changed.
- the new paytable may be one specifically written for the selected brand, or may be written for the inclusion of brand prizes without a particular brand in mind.
- the new paytable may include one or more prizes, which prizes are one of a good or a service associated with a selected brand.
- the new paytable may include one or more prizes, which prizes are one of a good or a service that have a certain value or a certain range of values, whether the value is the amount that it costs the sponsor or system or network operator to provide the prize or the player to select and receive the prize.
- the paytable is particularized for a selected brand at a later time, whether that is at the time of download to a software distribution server, at the time of download to the gaming unit, at the time of use, in accordance with a particular event, etc., by including in the paytable the good or service of the selected brand that matches or most substantially matches the value or range of values established in the new paytable.
- an identification other than value may be used for cross-reference of the prizes of different brands for inclusion in a paytable established for the goods and services of more than one brand; for example, the identifier may be one that is peculiar to the brand association aspect of the system 50 , unlike value which may have denominations and ready comparability even outside of the brand association aspect of the system 50 .
- the modification of the paytable may be implemented without changing the paytable of the gaming unit so as to insert or substitute game elements or a good or a service associated with the selected brand, or the size and/or frequency of the payouts awarded.
- the paytable modification may come in the form of a payout enhancement that is associated with the selected brand, but that is applied to some or all of the payouts determined as a consequence of the normal operation of the gaming unit in the primary gaming mode or a bonus or secondary gaming mode.
- Such a paytable modification may be a multiplier that is applied to all payouts according to the selection of a particular brand, or a prize that is awarded in combination with a payout above a threshold value and according to the selection of a particular brand.
- Such a paytable modification may be combined with the display of advertising material associated with the selected brand to remind the player as to the brand associated with the paytable modification being applied.
- the combination of three bars (symbol 412 ) is associated with a zero payout according to the normal operation of the gaming unit.
- the paytable 416 a may be modified such that three brand symbols 424 are now associated with the prize 432 .
- the prize may be a good or a service related to, and perhaps provided by, the brand-promoter associated with the selected brand.
- the image 436 shown in FIG. 8 may be displayed on ‘all or’ part of the display unit 274 , and may represent a form.
- the player is permitted to select his or her prize from among three prizes, each of which may be associated with the selected brand.
- the player may select the LOGO Snack-Yums product, the LOGO Snicky-Snacks product, or the LOGO Snack-O's product by activating the radio button 438 disposed below the text describing the prize option, which text may be replaced with or be used in combination with an illustration or photograph of the prize instead.
- the player may depress an enter button 440 .
- the form may be transmitted, for example, to the server 140 if the network operator is in charge of distributing the prizes, or to one of the servers 168 , 170 , 172 if the brand-promoter is in charge of distributing the prizes.
- a further transmission may occur from the server 140 , 168 , 170 , 172 to other servers, or to a fulfillment center, where personnel of the network operator or brand-promoter handle fulfillment of the prize request.
- the server 140 may control the ticket printer 256 associated with the gaming unit 54 to print a coupon or ticket which may be taken to a location within a casino associated with the network 52 for redemption.
- the coupon or ticket may, likewise, be redeemable at a retail establishment, perhaps even a retail establishment associated with the brand-promoter associated with the selected brand.
- this argument may be strongest where the modified paytable does not modify the frequency and size of the paytable used by the gaming unit in normal operation, but only includes a payout for a gaming outcome that previously had no payout associated therewith or includes a payout in addition to an existing payout. It is further believed that this argument may favor obtaining approval of such a paytable even when the specific prize or prizes to be distributed for game outcomes previously unassociated with a payout or associated with a payout of lesser value are not specifically identified, but the value or range of values of the prize to be distributed are identified (e.g., in the situation where the good or the service to be provided is not specifically known until the brand is selected and the paytable is downloaded, implemented in the gaming unit, etc.).
- the paytable is modified such that one or more of the game outcomes (such as, for example, the combinations of three symbols 424 shown in FIG. 6B ) may result in a payout of “brand points” rather than in currency or in kind.
- the combination of three symbols 424 may result in a number of points being awarded to the player, which points may be redeemed for prizes such as goods and/or services from the brand-promoter associated with the selected brand.
- the player may be able to redeem the points by connecting to a web site associated with the brand, or by visiting a retail establishment operated by the brand-promoter.
- the server 140 or gaming unit 54 , 74 , 94 , 130 may control an associated ticket printer 256 to print a ticket for the amount of points awarded according to the brand association aspect of the system 50 .
- an additional paytable structure is shown on image 400 b displayed on display unit 274 for separately sponsored gaming.
- the gaming system includes one or more gaming devices 54 and 74 each having separate base game and sponsored paytables.
- This sponsored, third party prize system can be used with any wagering game, such as slot, poker, blackjack, baccarat, craps, bingo, keno machine, table game, mobile gaming device, internet game, games of skill or chance, sports books or other types of sports betting, and central determination games such as Class II Bingo.
- potential sponsors wishing to advertise their brands, goods and/or services communicate with an advertising consultant (e.g., affiliated with the gaming device manufacturer or a casino) about amounts and types of game prizes the companies wish to sponsor in exchange for the display of their advertising or branding.
- the potential service providers communicate directly with the casino or manufacturer. In either case, this information leads to the development of a separate sponsored paytable 416 b including one or more sponsored awards, which operates with standard paytable 416 ( FIG. 6A ), and which coincides with the display of symbols and game indicia showing branding, logos or other advertising representing the one or more sponsor of sponsored paytable 416 b .
- Another method of implementing the sponsored paytable is through the use of “bots” that distribute the advertisements and control the licensing issues associated with such advertisements.
- U.S. patent application 11/497,740 describes software agents or bots which can be used in accordance with the present disclosure.
- a licensing bot can be employed to enforce the advertising contract. For example, $2,000.00 can be paid for 2,000 displays or impressions for three months of ads on a gaming machine.
- the bot notifies the advertisers when the contract needs renewal.
- Distribution bots can also be employed to detect when a target player is on line to display an adto. The bot goes to a database, finds the player information to match player preferences with advertising and sends output to the advertiser.
- Display unit 274 operates for example with a touch screen overlay to provide separate payout recall buttons 414 , namely, a game pays button 414 and logo pays button 414 .
- Game pays button 414 recalls the base game paytable 416 described above in connection in FIG. 6A .
- logo pays button 414 recalls a separate paytable 416 b , which is dedicated to prizes or payouts, via base or bonus game, which are achieved by obtaining the displayed combination of logo symbols 442 , 442 a or 442 b for different advertisers.
- Image 400 b shows additional advertising 446 for company one having logo one symbol 442 , advertising 446 a for company two having logo two symbol 442 a and advertising 446 b for company three having logo three symbol 442 b .
- Advertising 446 (referring collectively to advertising 446 , 446 a and 446 b ) can additionally or alternatively be provided elsewhere on gaming unit 54 and 74 , such as on its upper or lower glass or in association with a topper, which is placed on top of gaming unit 54 and 74 .
- the theme of gaming unit 54 and 74 in an embodiment is consistent with or incorporates either the products of the one or more different sponsor or advertiser or their associated logo 442 , 442 a or 442 b.
- the separate paytable configuration shown on image 400 b of display unit 274 is advantageous in one major respect because the base game paytable 416 is unaltered. That is, the game plays the same, with the same average payback percentage, as if the additional sponsored paytable 416 b did not exist. No changing of software for base game paytable 416 needs to occur. In one sense, the sponsored paytable 416 b acts as a bonus to the base game paytable 416 . Accordingly, it is believed that this paytable structure will readily meet governmental regulatory approval.
- the prizes or credits provided via sponsored paytable 416 b are instead integrated into the standard or base game paytable 416 , the sponsored prizes or credits then become part of the payback percentage of the overall gaming device. If the casino wishes to maintain a particular payback percentage, e.g., of 95%, the standard or base game winning combinations need to be adjusted to account for the additional payback amount provided via sponsored payouts 420 b .
- the percentage likelihood of generation of one or more of the standard combinations 418 has to change or its corresponding payout 420 has to change 418 to accommodate the payback percentage provided via sponsored payouts 420 b . Both procedures could be cumbersome, especially if the display unit 274 is constantly changing advertisers or changing the logos 422 (referring collectively to logos 442 to 442 b ), payouts 420 b and/or additional advertising 446 for existing advertisers.
- the payout structure of FIG. 6C enables existing games to be retrofitted readily with a sponsored paytable 416 b . Moreover, the payout configuration of FIG. 6C enables different sponsored paytables 416 b to be swapped out readily. It is contemplated for gaming unit 54 and 74 to store a plurality of different sponsored payout tables 416 b in the memory of controller 310 and selectively recall one or more of the sponsored paytables 416 b for a given player having certain purchasing demographics.
- sponsored payout table 416 b shows that different combinations of the same logo symbol 442 provide different sponsored payouts.
- Payout table 416 b also shows that different logos 442 , 442 a and 442 b for different advertisers can be provided.
- different logos for the same advertiser are provided. For example, if a machine has a fast food sponsor, different logos 442 can be different food items provided by the sponsor, which are displayed in combination with the sponsors logo.
- Sponsored payouts 420 b for sponsored wins 418 b can vary. For example, certain winning combinations 418 b yields game credits. Other combinations 418 b yields prizes 432 such as a trip or car. Other types of sponsored payouts 420 b for combinations 418 b include such as free spins or free games as illustrated.
- sponsored paytable 416 b is always used. That is, the player does not have an option to play or not play with the additional payouts 420 b of sponsored paytable 416 b .
- the sponsored paytable 416 b does not change. For example, if the entire gaming machine is dedicated to a particular sponsor, e.g., a famous motorcycle manufacturer, the branding and advertising 446 may be fixed in software and correspond to permanent branding and/or advertising provided on the exterior or console of the gaming device. In such case, a single reel stripe supplies both standard game symbols of combinations 418 and logo symbols 442 of combinations 418 b . That is, separate reel strips do not need to be provided.
- gaming unit 54 and 74 provides a logo option button 448 , e.g., as part of a touch screen overlay operating with display unit 274 .
- Button 448 can be a toggle type button, which switches the sponsored paytable option on or off as the player sequentially presses button 448 .
- gaming device 54 and 74 can store a separate reel strip, which does not include the logo symbols 442 .
- logo symbols 442 are shown even when the player chooses not to play with the sponsored paytable option, however, the player does not win any prize for obtaining any of the combinations shown in paytable 416 b.
- the payout percentage for gaming unit 54 and 74 be independent of whether the payouts 420 b of sponsored paytable 416 b are used or not. If the reel strip is set and logo symbols 442 are always provided regardless of whether or not the sponsored payout option is activated then the payout percentage for main game payouts 418 also does not change. If logo symbols are added or removed depending on whether sponsored payout option is used, however, then each of the symbols of base game combinations 418 needs to be increased when logo symbols 402 are added to the reel strip, so that the percentage likelihood of generating each of the winning combinations 418 remains the same.
- the incremental change in the likelihood of occurrence of a particular winning combination 418 due to the added logo symbols 442 would be small enough that the amount of base games symbols of combinations 418 would not to be changed. It should also be appreciated that one or more symbols could be replaced and that payout for existing symbol combinations could also be adjusted to provide the existing payout of the base paytable and the additional payout of the sponsored paytable for a same winning symbol combination. It should also be appreciated that various other changes could be made to the reels, symbols and probabilities for generating the symbols.
- gaming device 54 and 74 includes a card reader 262 and player tracking module 260 , which receives a player tracking card.
- the option to play or not play the wagering game with sponsored paytable 418 b can be preset on the player tracking card, so that the player does not have to press button 448 each time the player loads credits onto gaming device 54 , 74 .
- the player tracking module 260 recognizes the player's preset preference and allows or disables the advertising features accordingly.
- buttons 202 shown on image 400 b of display unit 274 are shown on image 400 b of display unit 274 .
- the player is given the option of giving the sponsored merchandise or credits to another player.
- Button 202 can operate in a toggle fashion similar to that of logo option button 448 .
- a separate screen appears and asks the payer to identify the intended recipient of the sponsored credits, prize or merchandise.
- the player can enter the recipient's email address, which system 50 uses to send a confirmation of merchandise or fund transfer to the selected recipient.
- the popup screen could prompt the player to have the recipient insert his/her identification or player tracking card into the player tracking slot 262 of gaming device 54 and 74 .
- the recipient of the prize or credits needs to be present.
- gaming units 54 and 74 connected along buss 58 for example are identified by a number or other suitable demarcation, allowing the player to enter the number or other identification of a linked machine to which the player wishes to transfer the prize or credits.
- system 50 uses buss 58 to update the recipient machine's credit meter or to indicate a prize on the recipient's machine when a winning combination of logo symbols 442 appears on the prize providing machine 54 and 74 .
- buttons 204 can operate with a touch screen overly and display unit 274 of gaming device 54 and 74 .
- the player can choose whether to receive any sponsored payout 420 b in the form of a prize or gaming device credits.
- This option may be implemented in a number of ways. For example, each of the sponsored pays 420 b could show both a prize and an associated number of credits. The number of credits could be worth more, less or approximate as closely as possible the value of the prize, which can be a retail value, wholesale value, etc., or some combination thereof.
- the player can view the different prizes and associated credit amounts and then select the player's preference via button 204 , which again can be a toggle type of input.
- selecting prize option button 204 sets each of the payouts 420 b of paytable 416 b to either a prize or associated credits.
- the payouts of each winning combination 418 b can be set individually.
- the sponsored paytable 416 b could be provided with a scroll option, which the player uses to scroll through each of the payouts to set whether it is paid as a prize or number of credits.
- the routine 350 may determine that the brand should be changed. For example, the brand materials associated with a specific brand may only be displayed for a limited time period, in accordance with an event criterion or a brand criterion. Alternatively, the event, which caused the brand materials of a particular brand to be distributed and used, may be complete. As such, during a gaming session of any significant duration, brand materials associated with a plurality of brands may be displayed. In fact, this may not only be possible, but may be desirable to the operator of the networks 52 , 72 , 92 . If the determination is made at block 444 that the brand should be changed, the routine returns to block 352 , otherwise the routine 350 may return to block 394 .
- routine 350 may return to block 252 if the determination is made to change the brand, it may not be necessary to repeat each one of the determinations made at blocks 352 , 380 , 384 . That is, once a player's profile is stored so as to be accessible to the server 140 operating according to the brand association routine 350 , it need not be stored for a second time if the determination is made to change the brand relative to the player. Similarly, the determinations at blocks 380 , 384 not need to be repeated. Eliminating the repetition of such determinations may reduce the processing load on the system 50 by reducing the number of redundancies in the operation of the routine 350 .
- FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a gaming main operating routine 450 that may be stored in the memory of the controller 310 , which may operate with any of the paytable schemes discussed above in connection with FIGS. 6A to 6 C.
- the main routine 450 may begin operation at block 452 during which an attraction sequence may be performed in an attempt to induce a potential player in a casino to play the gaming unit 54 .
- the attraction sequence may be performed by displaying one or more video images on the display unit 274 (if provided as a video display unit) and/or causing one or more sound segments or sound effects, such as voice or music, to be generated via the speakers 270 .
- the attraction sequence may include a scrolling list of games that may be played on the gaming unit 54 and/or video images of various games being played, such as video poker, video blackjack, video slots, video keno, video bingo, etc.
- the attraction sequence may be terminated.
- the gaming unit 54 may detect an input at block 454 in various ways. For example, the gaming unit 54 could detect if the player presses any button on the gaming unit 54 ; the gaming unit 54 could determine if the player deposited one or more coins into the gaming unit 54 ; the gaming unit 54 could determine if player deposited paper currency into the gaming unit; etc.
- the routine 450 may proceed to a block 456 , and a game selection display may be generated on the display unit 274 (if provided as a video display unit) to allow the player to select a game available on the gaming unit 54 .
- the gaming units may be provided at locations remote from the place of business of the operator of the system 50 (for example, as illustrated by the gaming unit 188 in FIG. 1A , which gaming unit is coupled to the remainder of the system 50 via the network 150 ). In such a situation, it may be necessary to ensure that certain preconditions are met before the player is permitted to place a wager and play a game.
- a block 458 is shown in FIG. 9 , and represents a determination as to whether a player has met the preconditions for placing a wager and playing a game. The determination represented by the block 458 in FIG. 9 may be discussed in greater detail with reference to verification routine 460 in FIG. 10 .
- the verification routine 460 begins at a block 462 , wherein a determination may be made at to whether the gaming unit (e.g., gaming unit 188 ) is located in a jurisdiction that permits gaming. This determination may be made by referring to the same types of information as was discussed above with reference to the block 362 of the routine 360 shown in FIG. 5 . If the determination is made that the gaming unit is not located in a jurisdiction that permits gaming, the routine exits at a block 464 , and the routine 450 returns to the block 452 ; otherwise, routine passes to a block 466 .
- the gaming unit e.g., gaming unit 188
- a determination may be made as to whether the player meets minimum age requirements (set by state gaming agencies, for example) necessary to operate the gaming unit. For example, a registration event at the gaming system operator's place of business, the player may provide proof of age and identity. The data may then be stored in a memory, such as a server operating as a database at the gaming system operator's place of business or a more portable memory device, such as a memory card or a PDA. The age data may be accessed later to prove age qualification by matching (within established standards) the identity data stored with the age data.
- minimum age requirements set by state gaming agencies, for example
- routine 460 may exit at block 468 , and the routine 450 returns to the block 452 ; if the player age qualifies or the determination is omitted, then the routine proceeds to block 470 .
- a determination may be made as to whether the identify of the player can be verified.
- the determination of block 470 may be omitted where the gaming system operator can limit access by underage players to the gaming units (for example, in a casino-type gaming environment as opposed to an Internet-type gaming environment).
- the system operator may require that the player provide a form of identification (such as a fingerprint or other form of biometric data, driver's license, or national identity card) that the gaming system operator may use to access age data established by a third party (for example, the state department of motor vehicles).
- a camera associated with the gaming unit may be used to monitor the player using the gaming unit to verify identity.
- routine 470 exists at a block 472 and the routine 450 returns to the block 452 ; alternatively, the routine 460 passes to a block 474 , and the routine 450 passes to the block 456 .
- the game selection display generated at block 456 may include, for example, a list of video games that may be played on the gaming unit 54 and/or a visual message to prompt the player to deposit value into the gaming unit 54 . While the game-selection display is generated, the gaming unit 54 may wait for the player to make a game selection. Upon selection of one of the games by the player as determined at block 478 , the controller 310 may cause one of a number of game routines to be performed to allow the selected game to be played. For example, the game routines could include a video poker routine 480 , a video blackjack routine 482 , a slots routine 484 , a video keno routine 486 , and a video bingo routine 488 . At block 478 , if no game selection is made within a given period of time, the operation may branch back to block 352 .
- block 490 may be utilized to determine whether the player wishes to terminate play on the gaming unit 54 or to select another game. If the player wishes to stop playing the gaming unit 54 , which wish may be expressed, for example, by selecting a “Cash Out” button, the controller 310 may dispense value to the player at block 492 based on the outcome of the game(s) played by the player. The operation may then return to block 452 . If the player did not wish to quit as determined at block 490 , the routine may return to block 456 where the game-selection display may again be generated to allow the player to select another game.
- the gaming unit 54 may also be programmed to allow play of different games.
- FIG. 11 is a flowchart of an alternative main operating routine 500 that may be stored in the memory of the controller 310 , and which may operate with any of the paytable schemes discussed above in connection with FIGS. 6A to 6 C.
- the main routine 500 may be utilized for gaming units 54 that are designed to allow play of only a single game or single type of game, and does not include the preconditions block shown in the routine of FIG. 9 , although the routine of FIG. 11 may be altered to include such block.
- the main routine 500 may begin operation at block 502 during which an attraction sequence may be performed in an attempt to induce a potential player in a casino to play the gaming unit 54 .
- the attraction sequence may be performed by displaying one or more video images on the display unit 274 (if provided as a video display unit) and/or causing one or more sound segments, such as voice or music, to be generated via the speakers 270 .
- the attraction sequence may be terminated and a game display may be generated on the display unit 274 (if provided as a video display unit) at block 506 .
- the game display generated at block 506 may include, for example, an image of the casino game that may be played on the gaming unit 54 and/or a visual message to prompt the player to deposit value into the gaming unit 54 .
- the gaming unit 54 may determine if the player requested information concerning the game, in which case the requested information may be displayed at block 510 .
- Block 512 may be used to determine if the player requested initiation of a game, in which case a game routine 514 may be performed.
- the game routine 514 could be any one of the game routines disclosed herein, such as one of the five game routines 480 , 482 , 484 , 486 , 488 , or another game routine.
- block 516 may be utilized to determine whether the player wishes to terminate play on the gaming unit 54 . If the player wishes to stop playing the gaming unit 54 , which wish may be expressed, for example, by selecting a “Cash Out” button, the controller 310 may dispense value to the player at block 518 based on the outcome of the game(s) played by the player. The operation may then return to block 502 . If the player did not wish to quit as determined at block 516 , the operation may return to block 508 .
- the display unit 274 may comprise a video display unit.
- FIG. 12 is an exemplary display 600 that may be shown on the display unit 274 during performance of the video poker routine 480 shown schematically in FIG. 9 .
- the display 600 may include video images 602 of a plurality of playing cards representing the player's hand, such as five cards.
- Display 600 is configured to operate with any of the paytable schemes discussed above in connection with FIGS. 6A to 6 C.
- a plurality of player-selectable buttons may be displayed.
- the buttons may include a “Hold” button 604 disposed directly below each of the playing card images 602 , a “Cash Out” button 606 , a “See Pays” button 608 , a “Bet One Credit” button 610 , a “Bet Max Credits” button 612 , and a “Deal/Draw” button 614 .
- the display 600 may also include an area 616 in which the number of remaining credits or value is displayed. If the display unit 274 is provided with a touch-sensitive screen, the buttons 604 , 606 , 608 , 610 , 612 , 614 may form part of the video display 600 . Alternatively, one or more of those buttons may be provided as part of a control panel that is provided separately from the display unit 274 .
- FIG. 14 is a flowchart of the video poker routine 360 shown schematically in FIG. 9 .
- the routine may determine whether the player has requested payout information, such as by activating the “See Pays” button 608 , in which case at block 622 the routine may cause one or more pay tables to be displayed on the display unit 274 .
- the routine may determine whether the player has made a bet, such as by pressing the “Bet One Credit” button 610 , in which case at block 626 bet data corresponding to the bet made by the player may be stored in the memory of the controller 310 .
- the routine may determine whether the player has pressed the “Bet Max Credits” button 612 , in which case at block 630 bet data corresponding to the maximum allowable bet may be stored in the memory of the controller 310 .
- the routine may determine if the player desires a new hand to be dealt, which may be determined by detecting if the “Deal/Draw” button 614 was activated after a wager was made. In that case, at block 634 a video poker hand may be “dealt” by causing the display unit 274 to generate the playing card images 602 . After the hand is dealt, at block 636 the routine may determine if any of the “Hold” buttons 604 have been activated by the player, in which case data regarding which of the playing card images 602 are to be “held” may be stored in the controller 310 at block 638 .
- each of the playing card images 602 that was not “held” may be caused to disappear from the video display 600 and to be replaced by a new, randomly selected, playing card image 602 at block 642 .
- the routine may determine whether the poker hand represented by the playing card images 602 currently displayed is a winner. That determination may be made by comparing data representing the currently displayed poker hand with data representing all possible winning hands, which may be stored in the memory of the controller 310 . If there is a winning hand, a payout value corresponding to the winning hand may be determined at block 646 .
- the player's cumulative value or number of credits may be updated by subtracting the bet made by the player and adding, if the hand was a winner, the payout value determined at block 646 . The cumulative value or number of credits may also be displayed in the display area 616 ( FIG. 12 ).
- the video poker routine 480 is described above in connection with a single poker hand of five cards, the routine 480 may be modified to allow other versions of poker to be played. For example, seven card poker may be played, or stud poker may be played. Alternatively, multiple poker hands may be simultaneously played. In that case, the game may begin by dealing a single poker hand, and the player may be allowed to hold certain cards. After deciding which cards to hold, the held cards may be duplicated in a plurality of different poker hands, with the remaining cards for each of those poker hands being randomly determined.
- the display unit 274 may comprise a video display unit.
- FIG. 13 is an exemplary display 700 that may be shown on the display unit 274 during performance of the video blackjack routine 482 shown schematically in FIG. 9 .
- the display 700 may include video images 702 of a pair of playing cards representing a dealer's hand, with one of the cards shown face up and the other card being shown face down, and video images 704 of a pair of playing cards representing a player's hand, with both the cards shown face up.
- the “dealer” may be the gaming unit 54 .
- Display 700 is configured to operate with any of the paytable configurations discussed above in connection with FIGS. 6A to 6 C.
- buttons may include a “Cash Out” button 706 , a “See Pays” button 708 , a “Stay” button 710 , a “Hit” button 712 , a “Bet One Credit” button 714 , and a “Bet Max Credits” button 716 .
- the display 700 may also include an area 718 in which the number of remaining credits or value is displayed. If the display unit 274 is provided with a touch-sensitive screen, the buttons 706 , 708 , 710 , 712 , 714 , 716 may form part of the video display 700 . Alternatively, one or more of those buttons may be provided as part of a control panel that is provided separately from the display unit 274 .
- FIG. 15 is a flowchart of the video blackjack routine 482 shown schematically in FIG. 9 .
- the video blackjack routine 482 may begin at block 720 where it may determine whether a bet has been made by the player. That may be determined, for example, by detecting the activation of either the “Bet One Credit” button 714 or the “Bet Max Credits” button 716 .
- bet data corresponding to the bet made at block 720 may be stored in the memory of the controller 310 .
- a dealer's hand and a player's hand may be “dealt” by making the playing card images 702 , 704 appear on the display unit 274 .
- the player may be allowed to be “hit,” in which case at block 728 another card will be dealt to the player's hand by making another playing card image 704 appear in the display 700 . If the player is hit, block 730 may determine if the player has “bust,” or exceeded 21 . If the player has not bust, blocks 726 and 728 may be performed again to allow the player to be hit again.
- the routine may determine whether the dealer should be hit. Whether the dealer hits may be determined in accordance with predetermined rules, such as the dealer always hit if the dealer's hand totals 15 or less. If the dealer hits, at block 734 the dealer's hand may be dealt another card by making another playing card image 702 appear in the display 700 . At block 736 the routine may determine whether the dealer has bust. If the dealer has not bust, blocks 732 , 734 may be performed again to allow the dealer to be hit again.
- the outcome of the blackjack game and a corresponding payout may be determined based on, for example, whether the player or the dealer has the higher hand that does not exceed 21 , as determined at block 738 . If the player has a winning hand, a payout value corresponding to the winning hand may be determined at block 740 .
- the player's cumulative value or number of credits may be updated by subtracting the bet made by the player and adding, if the player won, the payout value determined at block 740 . The cumulative value or number of credits may also be displayed in the display area 718 ( FIG. 13 ).
- the display unit 274 may comprise a video display unit.
- FIG. 16 is an exemplary display 800 that may be shown on the display unit 274 during performance of the slots routine 484 shown schematically in FIG. 9 .
- the display 800 may include video images 802 of a plurality of slot machine reels, each of the reels having a plurality of reel symbols 804 associated therewith.
- the display 800 shows five reel images 802 , each of which may have three reel symbols 804 that are visible at a time, other reel configurations could be utilized.
- Display 800 is configured to operate with any of the paytable configurations discussed above in connection with FIGS. 6A to 6 C.
- buttons may be displayed.
- the buttons may include a “Cash Out” button 806 , a “See Pays” button 808 , a plurality of payline-selection buttons 810 each of which allows the player to select a different number of paylines prior to “spinning” the reels, a plurality of bet-selection buttons 812 each of which allows a player to specify a wager amount for each payline selected, a “Spin” button 814 , and a “Max Bet” button 816 to allow a player to make the maximum wager allowable.
- FIG. 18 is a flowchart of the slots routine 484 shown schematically in FIG. 9 .
- the routine may determine whether the player has requested payout information, such as by activating the “See Pays” button 808 , in which case at block 822 the routine may cause one or more pay tables to be displayed on the display unit 274 .
- the routine may determine whether the player has pressed one of the payline-selection buttons 810 , in which case at block 826 data corresponding to the number of paylines selected by the player may be stored in the memory of the controller 310 .
- the routine may determine whether the player has pressed one of the bet-selection buttons 812 , in which case at block 830 data corresponding to the amount bet per payline may be stored in the memory of the controller 310 .
- the routine may determine whether the player has pressed the “Max Bet” button 816 , in which case at block 834 bet data (which may include both payline data and bet-per-payline data) corresponding to the maximum allowable bet may be stored in the memory of the controller 310 .
- the routine may cause the slot machine reel images 802 to begin “spinning” so as to simulate the appearance of a plurality of spinning mechanical slot machine reels.
- the routine may determine the positions at which the slot machine reel images will stop, or the particular symbol images 804 that will be displayed when the reel images 802 stop spinning.
- the routine may stop the reel images 802 from spinning by displaying stationary reel images 802 and images of three symbols 804 for each stopped reel image 802 . The reels may be stopped from left to right, from the perspective of the player, or in any other manner or sequence.
- the routine may provide for the possibility of a bonus game or round if certain conditions are met, such as the display in the stopped reel images 802 of a particular symbol 804 . If there is such a bonus condition as determined at block 844 , the routine may proceed to block 846 where a bonus round may be played.
- the bonus round may be a different game than slots, and many other types of bonus games could be provided.
- a bonus value may be determined at block 848 .
- a payout value corresponding to outcome of the slots game and/or the bonus round may be determined at block 850 .
- the player's cumulative value or number of credits may be updated by subtracting the bet made by the player and adding, if the slot game and/or bonus round was a winner, the payout value determined at block 850 .
- the determination of whether the player should receive a payout corresponding to the outcome of the slots game, an opportunity to play the bonus game, and/or receive a payout corresponding to the outcome of the bonus game may be made before the reels start “spinning.” That is, the outcome of the slots game may be determined shortly after the wager is made and the “Spin” button 814 is depressed, with the animation of the reels (whether mechanical, electro-mechanical, or electrical) being selected according to the outcome to signal the player that a particular outcome has been determined. Likewise, the determination of whether the outcome will provide the opportunity of a bonus game may be made before the animation of the reels, and the outcome of the bonus game before the bonus game is displayed.
- the order of the determination of the outcome of the slots game or bonus game and the animation of the reels need not be in the order shown in FIG. 18 , and, in fact, may be in a different order without departing from the spirit and teaching of this disclosure. Similar remarks may be made in regard to the determinations of the outcomes and animations of the poker and blackjack routines discussed above, and the outcomes and animations of the keno and bingo routines discussed below.
- the display unit 274 may comprise a video display unit.
- FIG. 17 is an exemplary display 900 that may be shown on the display unit 274 during performance of the video keno routine 486 shown schematically in FIG. 9 .
- the display 900 may include a video image 902 of a plurality of numbers that were selected by the player prior to the start of a keno game and a video image 904 of a plurality of numbers randomly selected during the keno game. The randomly selected numbers may be displayed in a grid pattern.
- Display 900 is configured to operate with any of the paytable configurations discussed above in connection with FIGS. 6A to 6 C.
- buttons may include a “Cash Out” button 906 , a “See Pays” button 908 , a “Bet One Credit” button 910 , a “Bet Max Credits” button 912 , a “Select Ticket” button 914 , a “Select Number” button 916 , and a “Play” button 918 .
- the display 900 may also include an area 920 in which the number of remaining credits or value is displayed. If the display unit 274 is provided with a touch-sensitive screen, the buttons may form part of the video display 900 . Alternatively, one or more of those buttons may be provided as part of a control panel that is provided separately from the display unit 274 .
- FIG. 19 is a flowchart of the video keno routine 486 shown schematically in FIG. 9 .
- the keno routine 486 may be utilized in connection with a single gaming unit 54 where a single player is playing a keno game, or the keno routine 486 may be utilized in connection with multiple gaming units 54 where multiple players are playing a single keno game. In the latter case, one or more of the acts described below may be performed either by the controller 310 in each gaming unit or by one of the network computers 56 , 76 , 110 , 112 to which multiple gaming units 54 are operatively connected.
- the routine may determine whether the player has requested payout information, such as by activating the “See Pays” button 908 , in which case at block 924 the routine may cause one or more pay tables to be displayed on the display unit 274 .
- the routine may determine whether the player has made a bet, such as by having pressed the “Bet One Credit” button 910 or the “Bet Max Credits” button 912 , in which case at block 928 bet data corresponding to the bet made by the player may be stored in the memory of the controller 310 .
- the player may select a keno ticket, and at block 932 the ticket may be displayed on the display 900 .
- the player may select one or more game numbers, which may be within a range set by the casino. After being selected, the player's game numbers may be stored in the memory of the controller 310 at block 936 and may be included in the image 902 on the display 900 at block 938 . After a certain amount of time, the keno game may be closed to additional players (where a number of players are playing a single keno game using multiple gambling units 54 ).
- a game number within a range set by the casino may be randomly selected either by the controller 310 or a central computer operatively connected to the controller, such as one of the network computers 56 , 76 , 110 , 112 .
- the randomly selected game number may be displayed on the display unit 274 and the display units 274 of other gaming units 54 (if any) which are involved in the same keno game.
- the controller 310 (or the central computer noted above) may increment a count which keeps track of how many game numbers have been selected at block 942 .
- the controller 310 may determine whether a maximum number of game numbers within the range have been randomly selected. If not, another game number may be randomly selected at block 942 . If the maximum number of game numbers has been selected, at block 950 the controller 310 (or a central computer 56 , 76 , 110 , 112 ) may determine whether there are a sufficient number of matches between the game numbers selected by the player and the game numbers selected at block 942 to cause the player to win. The number of matches may depend on how many numbers the player selected and the particular keno rules being used.
- a payout may be determined at block 952 to compensate the player for winning the game.
- the payout may depend on the number of matches between the game numbers selected by the player and the game numbers randomly selected at block 942 .
- the player's cumulative value or number of credits may be updated by subtracting the bet made by the player and adding, if the keno game was won, the payout value determined at block 952 .
- the cumulative value or number of credits may also be displayed in the display area 920 ( FIG. 17 ).
- the display unit 274 may comprise a video display unit.
- FIG. 20 is an exemplary display 1000 that may be shown on the display unit 274 during performance of the video bingo routine 488 shown schematically in FIG. 9 .
- the display 1000 may include one or more video images 1002 of a bingo card and images of the bingo numbers selected during the game.
- the bingo card images 1002 may have a grid pattern.
- Display 1000 is configured to operate with any of the paytable configurations discussed above in connection with FIGS. 6A to 6 C.
- buttons may include a “Cash Out” button 1004 , a “See Pays” button 1006 , a “Bet One Credit” button 1008 , a “Bet Max Credits” button 11010 , a “Select Card” button 1012 , and a “Play” button 1014 .
- the display 1000 may also include an area 1016 in which the number of remaining credits or value is displayed. If the display unit 274 is provided with a touch-sensitive screen, the buttons may form part of the video display 1000 . Alternatively, one or more of those buttons may be provided as part of a control panel that is provided separately from the display unit 274 .
- FIG. 21 is a flowchart of the video bingo routine 488 shown schematically in FIG. 9 .
- the bingo routine 488 may be utilized in connection with a single gaming unit 54 where a single player is playing a bingo game, or the bingo routine 488 may be utilized in connection with multiple gaming units 54 where multiple players are playing a single bingo game. In the latter case, one or more of the acts described below may be performed either by the controller 310 in each gaming unit 54 or by one of the network computers 56 , 76 , 110 , 112 to which multiple gaming units 54 are operatively connected.
- the routine may determine whether the player has requested payout information, such as by activating the “See Pays” button 1006 , in which case at block 1022 the routine may cause one or more pay tables to be displayed on the display unit 274 .
- the routine may determine whether the player has made a bet, such as by having pressed the “Bet One Credit” button 1008 or the “Bet Max Credits” button 1010 , in which case at block 1026 bet data corresponding to the bet made by the player may be stored in the memory of the controller 310 .
- the player may select a bingo card, which may be generated randomly.
- the player may select more than one bingo card, and there may be a maximum number of bingo cards that a player may select.
- the card or cards may be added to the display 1000 at block 1030 .
- a bingo number may be randomly generated by the controller 310 or a central computer such as one of the network computers 56 , 76 , 110 , 112 .
- the bingo number may be displayed on the display unit 274 and the display units 274 of any other gaming units 54 involved in the bingo game.
- the controller 310 may determine whether any player has won the bingo game. If no player has won, another bingo number may be randomly selected at block 1034 . If any player has bingo as determined at block 1038 , the routine may determine at block 1040 whether the player playing that gaming unit 54 was the winner. If so, at block 1042 a payout for the player may be determined. The payout may depend on the number of random numbers that were drawn before there was a winner, the total number of winners (if there was more than one player), and the amount of money that was wagered on the game.
- the player's cumulative value or number of credits may be updated by subtracting the bet made by the player and adding, if the bingo game was won, the payout value determined at block 1042 .
- the cumulative value or number of credits may also be displayed in the display area 1016 ( FIG. 20 ).
- the brand association routine 350 is operating in the server 140 .
- the brand association routine 350 utilizes information or data from the player profile and brand criteria, but no event criteria. Consequently, the routine 350 starts at block 352 .
- the player profiles are stored in the player tracking server 142 , and the brand association server 140 determines which profiles are to be retrieved from the player tracking server 142 according to those players that are signed in to the player tracking system including the player tracking server 142 and at least the gaming units associated with the player tracking modules 176 .
- a player may sign in to the player tracking system by disposing a player tracking card into the card reader 262 associated with the respective player tracking module 260 .
- the player profiles of the players that are signed into the player tracking system are downloaded to the brand association server 140 , completing block 354 .
- the player profiles downloaded may contain a travel record.
- the travel record may include information regarding the player's preferences concerning airline travel, hotels accommodations, and rental car companies. According to this example this information will be used in the determination made at block 388 .
- the routine 350 then passes to block 380 , wherein the determination is made that no event criteria will be used in the determination made at block 388 . As a consequence, the routine 350 proceeds to block 384 .
- the server 140 determines that brand criteria is to be used, in part, to select the brand or brands according to the present example.
- the routine then proceeds to block 386 , wherein the brand criteria are received by the brand server.
- the network operator may be looking to provide a prize program for its player tracking club members that includes airline travel, hotel accommodations, and ground transport.
- the network operator may established a brand criteria which will select those players whose player profiles, and in particular, their travel records, indicate that they have taken a trip recently by airplane, typically take at least one four-day vacation each year, and typically rent a car if they travel by airplane.
- the determination is made as to which brands to select.
- the server 140 first compares the brand criteria with the player profiles to determine the number of players that have travel records that match the brand criteria. Based on the comparison, the server 140 may determine that there are three hundred individuals that meet the brand criteria. The server 140 then sends a request for bids to several airlines, to several hotels, and to several car rental companies, alerting them to the fact that the network operator associated with the server 140 wishes to establish a prize package including first class air travel to Orlando, Fla., four-night accommodation, and a rental car. In exchange, the winning bidder will have their advertisements displayed and their corporate logo included as a symbol on one or more of the game elements displayed. In response to the request for bids, the server 140 may receive several bids from airlines, hotel companies and car rental companies. According to this example, the determination of which brands to feature may be made by selecting the lowest bid for each service (airline travel, hotel accommodation, and car rental).
- the server 140 retrieves brand materials from each of the winning bidders.
- the server 140 may receive downloads of logos from each of the winning bidders to be used to replace the symbols on one of the gaming units associated with one of the players is part of the selected group of players.
- the server 140 may also receive advertising materials from the winning bidder/brand-promoters.
- the server 140 may download the logos to the gaming unit download server 144 as part of block 392 .
- the server 140 may also define a modification to the paytable used by the gaming units 180 to include an outcome that will be associated with the prize package, which paytable will be downloaded to the gaming unit download server 144 .
- Server 140 alternatively downloads the sponsored paytable 416 b to gaming units 54 and 74 .
- This prize package can be assigned to a combination of symbols that is infrequently displayed and not presently associated with a payout, and that could be composed of one each of the logo of the selected airline brand, the selected hotel brand, and the selected car rental brand. Alternatively, reel strips are swapped out as discussed above.
- the server 140 may further download the advertising materials to the gaming unit download server 144 .
- the gaming unit download server 144 may then download the logos, the paytable, and the advertising materials to the gaming units 180 .
- the routine 350 may proceed to block 394 .
- the server 140 or the gaming units 180 may perform a check before using the downloaded brand materials, to determine if the gaming unit 180 is presently executing an iteration of the game routine, which may be a video slots routine. If the determination is made that the gaming unit 180 is presently executing an iteration of the game routine, the substitution of the logos and the paytable may be delayed until the execution of the present iteration is complete, whether that means that the server 140 delays the transmission of a signal that would otherwise cause the gaming unit 180 to use the downloaded logos and paytable or that means that the controller 310 associated with the gaming unit delays implementation.
- the gaming unit may begin to display the advertising material as soon as the routine proceeds to block 394 .
- the advertising material of each of the winning bidders/brand-promoters may be displayed to the player in sequence, along with an explanation of the prize program that the player is participating in, or the advertising material of all of the winning bidder/brand-promoters may be displayed at the same time, if space permits.
- the server 140 may determine at block 444 that a new brand may now be displayed on the gaming units 180 other than the gaming unit 180 associated with the winning player. For these other gaming units 180 , the routine 350 may return to block 352 .
- the outcome may cause the server 140 to retrieve one or more images that are displayed on the display unit 274 of the gaming unit 180 .
- the images may represent one or more forms that are transmitted from the gaming unit 180 to the server 140 , and from there to the servers 168 , 170 , 172 , for example.
- the forms may be downloaded from the servers 168 , 170 , 172 and returned to the servers 168 , 170 , 172 when completed.
- the images may be associated with an on-line travel agent or travel organizer, which acts as an intermediary between the casino/network operator that administers the handling of the establishment of the competition and the awarding of the prize and the brand-promoters that administer the delivery of the component goods and//or services that make up the prize.
- the server 140 may control the printer 256 associated with the gaming unit 180 , via the controller 310 associated with the gaming unit 180 , for example, to provide a plurality of vouchers that may be independently redeemable with each of the brand-promoters for the component parts of the prize package.
- the brand association routine 350 is operating in one of the gaming units 75 , which also is operating as a video slots game, such as is shown in FIG. 6A .
- the brand association routine 350 does not rely on the player profile data, event criteria or brand criteria to determine the selected brand. Consequently, the brand association routine 350 begins with the determination of the brand at block 388 .
- the determination of the brand at block 388 may be made according to an input received from the player.
- a ticket or coupon may be fed into the ticket reader 256 .
- the controller 310 of the gaming unit 75 may determine which brand is to be selected.
- the controller 310 may retrieve brand materials that have been stored in advance in the program memory 312 .
- the brand materials may include a symbol to be used in place of at least one the symbols typically displayed on the reels during normal operation of the gaming unit 75 .
- the symbols may be dynamic; that is, the symbols may represent links to web pages stored in a remote location, for example, on the brand server 168 .
- the controller 310 may pass to block 394 to use the brand materials.
- the controller 310 may perform an initial check to determine that an iteration of the slots routine is not presently being performed. If the slots routine is being performed, the controller 310 may delay the substitution of the brand symbols until the routine has completed the execution of the present iteration of the slots routine. Once the iteration is complete, the controller 310 may substitute the brand symbols for the symbols normally displayed. The controller 310 may also update the paytable to include the brand symbols in those combinations where the replaced symbol was present, and to include the newly instituted prize featuring the brand symbols.
- the controller 310 may download the advertising materials to the personal communication unit 84 as soon as the controller is ready to perform block 394 . That is, the controller 310 need not delay the downloading of the advertising materials to the personal communication unit 84 , which advertisements may take advantage of one or more wireless applications operating on the personal communication unit 84 . These advertisements may be displayed on the screen of the personal communication unit 84 at the same time as the brand symbols are used in the presentation of the slots game on the display unit 274 of the gaming unit 75 .
- the player may retrieve further materials from a brand web site by touching one of the brand symbols, or more particularly an area of a touch screen immediately adjacent the section of the display screen 274 where the brand symbol is displayed.
- the controller 310 may retrieve a link associated with the brand symbol, and using the link, a web page associated with the link.
- This web page may be a home page for a web site administered by the brand-promoter for the selected brand, such as is shown in FIG. 7 .
- the player may then navigate the brand or brand-promoter website to learn more about the brand and/or the goods and/or services associated with the brand.
- the controller 310 may display an image similar to that shown in FIG. 8 .
- the player is thus given three options for his or her prize, from which the player must choose one.
- the controller determines which option has been selected, and sends a signal or message to, for example, the network computer 76 .
- the network computer 76 may, in turn, forward the signal or message through the network 102 to a remote server 110 , which server may operate as a prize redemption server.
- the prize redemption server may have a printer associated therewith, and in response to the signal or message, may print a ticket.
- An employee of the operator administering the network 72 may receive the ticket, may obtain one of the selected payout from inventory, and may deliver the prize to the player at the gaming unit 75 .
- the operation of the gaming unit 75 according to the preceding example may continue until the player determines that he or she wishes to discontinue use of the brand association aspect of the system 50 , that he or she wishes to discontinue use of the system 50 , or the controller 310 determines, at block 444 , that the brand will be changed.
- routine 350 a one method for implementing and executing the sponsored paytable (using separate sponsored paytable 416 b of FIG. 6C ) is illustrated by routine 350 a .
- gaming device 54 and 74 in one embodiment provide the player an option to play with or without sponsored gaming, paytable, symbols, advertising, etc. If this option exists, system 350 a is provided in the event that the player wishes to play using sponsored gaming.
- the gaming device manufacturer and/or casino determines an advertising or response strategy as indicated by block 352 a .
- the manufacturer and casino work together for example to develop an advertising strategy.
- the advertising may make players hungry for food from the food court restaurants.
- the sponsored payouts can also be food items that are readily redeemed at the food court restaurants.
- the strategy can also include the type of sponsored payout, etc., food items in response to game play of machine rear a food court.
- the strategy also includes the level at which the advertising or branding is integrated into the game and gaming device. It may be desired to provide a gaming device having a theme generic enough to display advertising for different sponsors having relatively unrelated products. For example, the gaming device could have a shopping mall theme in which virtually any product or service provider found typically in a shopping mall is eligible to submit a bid for gaming device advertising.
- the theme could call for advertising for different but related products.
- a gaming device having an automobile theme could use advertising for a car manufacturer, tire manufacturer, car radio maker, gasoline distributor, motor oil, car polish, etc.
- the advertising scheme could call for different products of the same sponsor or brand, e.g., different food items provided by the same, provider.
- the strategy could be implemented in a theme that includes not only game symbols, but other on-screen indicia, off-screen indicia, top and/or bottom glass indicia or topper or top box advertising.
- a machine dedicated completely to a motorcycle theme can employ a mock-up of one of the manufacturer's motorcycles as a topper, the manufacturer's logo on the bottom glass and depictions of riders wearing manufacturer's apparel on the top glass.
- the fully integrated machine also includes game symbols and other on screen indicia bearing the manufacturer's products and logos.
- the strategy also determines the mode of winning a sponsored payout.
- the sponsored payouts in one embodiment are implemented in a paytable, e.g., paytable 416 b of FIG. 6C .
- Sponsored paytable 416 b can be implemented as part of the base game of any of the games discussed herein, such as slot, poker, keno, craps, blackjack, bingo, or any other suitable wagering machine, table game, mobile gaming device, internet game, game of skill, chance, sports book or other type of sports betting, and in accordance with any of the processes and embodiments discussed herein.
- separate sponsored paytable 416 b is implemented in a bonus game separate from the base game, which can have its own animation and probability of winning.
- the bonus game can be triggered from the base game and be provided instead of or in addition to other bonus games made part of the standard paytable.
- the sponsored payouts can be implemented with Class II bingo or any other wagering game using central determination.
- Central determination is a type of random outcome generation described in the following copending patent applications, owned by the Assignee of the present disclosure, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference and replied upon: “GAMING DEVICE INCLUDING OUTCOME POOLS FOR PROVIDING GAME OUTCOMES,” Ser. No. 10/261,744; “CENTRAL DETERMINATION GAMING SYSTEM WHERE THE SAME SEED IS USED TO GENERATE THE OUTCOMES FOR A PRIMARY GAME AND A SECONDARY GAME,” Ser. No.
- central determination involves maintaining in a central server computer (e.g., network computer 56 / 76 ) one or more predetermined pools or sets of predetermined game outcomes, such as winning symbol combinations 418 / 418 a described above.
- central server 56 / 76 receives outcome requests from linked gaming devices 54 and 74 and randomly selects predetermined game outcomes 418 / 418 a (or non-winning outcomes) from the set or pool of game outcomes.
- Central server 56 / 76 then flags or marks the selected game outcomes as used. Once flagged as used, central server 56 / 76 cannot thereafter select the flagged outcomes after subsequent countdowns. Eventually, when all outcomes of the set or pool are selected and flagged, the sequence is reset and all outcomes become eligible again.
- a paytable such as paytable 416 b
- a sponsor can donate a large dollar prize, such as a vehicle, home, trip, etc., in exchange for advertising on the gaming machines, near the gaming machines, near a place at which a sponsored winner is drawn or elsewhere in a casino or casino literature.
- a sweepstakes or raffle is held to determine one or more winner of the large value prize. No paytable is needed here.
- Another determination made in the sponsored pay strategy is the percentage of the payout required from the sponsor.
- the sponsor pays for or sponsors one hundred percent of the payout. It is possible however for the casino or manufacturer to pay for a portion of the sponsored payout. In either case, the partial pay does not affect the casino's hold percentage. For example, if the gaming device manufacturer pays the portion not paid by the sponsor, the casino is not effected. If the casino pays the unpaid portion, the casino's portion is figured into the overall payback percentage of the gaming device, so that the casino's hold percentage can be known and certain.
- the sponsored pay strategy also determines whether or not to provide one or more option to the sponsored game, such as whether to allow the Player to accept or decline sponsored gaming, whether to allow the player to choose a payout preference between sponsored prizes or equivalent credits.
- the strategies also chooses whether to allow the player to transfer the sponsored prize to another player or person.
- system 350 a seeks suitable sponsors as indicated by block 354 a .
- the casino or gaming device manufacturer sends out offers to prospective sponsors to bid cash or prizes in exchange for the display of advertising or branding for their goods and/or services on a gaming device or related surfaces.
- the casino or gaming device manufacturer uses an advertising contractor to find and enlist prospective sponsors.
- the advertising service provider can be associated with a particular casino, gaming manufacturer or be an independent contractor.
- Another possible method of locating and enlisting potential sponsors is through the use of software agents or “BOTS,” which distribute the advertisements and control licensing issues associated with the advertisements. It should also be appreciated that such strategy can be based on player profiling where players play, when players play, regulations, or any other suitable criteria.
- the offers sent to the prospective sponsors can include samples showing how the sponsor's advertising might be displayed, e.g., on gaming device symbols, other on-screen indicia (e.g., theme indicia) or as off-screen indicia.
- the sponsoring companies establish which prizes or how much money the companies are willing to pay for the right to have their brands, goods or logos displayed on the gaming devices and their associated games.
- the sponsoring companies also establish their advertising goals. For example, certain sponsors may only be willing to pay for non-exclusive advertisements, e.g., ones displayed on machines that display other companies' advertising. Other sponsors may be willing to pay for a period of or permanent exclusivity. Still other sponsors may be willing to pay for an entire game theme (e.g., game symbols, other on-screen indicia, cabinet glass, topper, top boxes etc.).
- System 350 a receives bids from interested sponsors as seen in connection with block 356 a .
- the bidding is open.
- the casino, gaming device manufacturer or contractor working for the casino or manufacturer provides a website posting available gaming advertising opportunities.
- Potential sponsors bid on opportunities they find desirable.
- the bids can be posted or maintained confidentially.
- the potential sponsors submit their bids in writing.
- the bids in any format detail which advertising is to be displayed and what prize or cash amount is paid for such advertising.
- the manufacturer/casino sets a price or prize amount that it wishes to receive in exchange a particular piece of advertising.
- the potential sponsors then determine whether or not they are willing to pay the amount.
- System 350 a then chooses winning sponsors from the bids received as seen in connection with block 358 a .
- the highest bidder wins although other factors such as working relationship, brand recognition, product quality, etc., can factor into the determination of which sponsor(s) is chosen.
- a set price is requested and two or more sponsors of the same goods/services are willing to pay the price then it is contemplated to provide advertising for each sponsor, e.g., at different times, at different machines and/or at different commonly owned casinos.
- Choosing the sponsors also includes choosing the logos and/or artwork to be incorporated into the gaming.
- the sponsor and manufacturer/casino work together to pick the optimum logo/artwork for each piece of advertising.
- the logos artwork can include existing logos/artwork, modified logos/artwork or new logos/artwork that represent a sponsors goods and/or services.
- the gaming device manufacturer and/or casino prepares or forms the sponsored paytable 416 b in FIG. 6C , advertising game symbols and other advertising, such as off-machine advertising (floor/wall displays, mailings), overhead display advertising, machine glass advertising, toppers etc., as seen in connection with block 360 a .
- the credit of the advertising also includes any materials generated in connection with a sweepstakes or raffle drawing.
- Paytable 416 b in FIG. 6C divides the sponsored amount into one or more winning symbol combinations.
- a single prize such as a trip or car, can have a single, low probability combination.
- Multiple prizes such as various food items of a particular supplier, can be divided amongst many winning combinations, e.g., three hamburger symbols generates a free hamburger ticket or credit to the player's tracking card.
- Cash amounts are likewise awarded in a lump sum via a single low probability combination, or are distributed amongst multiple symbol combinations of varying likelihoods, yielding varying credit amounts.
- Paytable 416 b alternatively divides a combination of cash and prizes amongst varying winning combinations of symbols.
- a single paytable 416 b in an alternative embodiment divides amounts sponsored from different and multiple sponsors amongst varying winning combinations of symbols.
- Paytable 416 b in one alternative embodiment provides a prize and an equivalent credit alternative for one or more of the winning sponsored payout combinations. This is used when the player has the option of receiving a prize or credits upon winning a sponsored payout.
- system 350 a includes both scenarios in which the paytables 416 b , advertising symbols, etc., are automatically (negative response to diamond 362 a ) retrieved and downloaded (blocks 378 a and 380 a ) or determined at the time of game play (positive response to diamond 362 a ) via one or more factor (blocks 366 a , 370 a and 374 a ).
- system 350 a cycles through a number of options that are used to pick a paytable/symbol scheme from a plurality of same.
- system 350 a has the option of receiving player profile information (block 366 a ).
- Player profile information includes any of the information and alternatives discussed above in connection with block 354 of FIG. 4A and routine 360 of FIG. 5 .
- the information can include demographic information, such as age, occupation, date of birth, household income, buying preferences, etc., or any other information useful for determining which brand or advertising materials are likely to be desirable to a current player of a particular gaming device 54 and 74 .
- the profiles can be created and/or updated manually, e.g., through the use of one or more of the gaming units 54 and 74 configured to permit such data entry or via an internet from a remote location, through the use of a computer that may or may not be configured as a gaming unit.
- the player may answer questions on a questionnaire or survey, e.g., as part of a sweepstakes to win cash or prizes sponsored by the third party advertisers.
- the profile information can be used to determine which brand of products are likely to be interesting to the current player, e.g., sports advertising for males or clothing advertising for females.
- Event criteria includes any of the information and alternatives discussed above in connection with block 380 of FIG. 4A .
- Event criteria may include game play events (e.g., a particular combination of game elements, a particular series of combinations of game elements, a bonus round trigger event, a progressive level trigger event), player tracking events (e.g., card-in, elapsed gaming time, number of coins in or out, rate of coins in or out), timed events (e.g., at a particular time of the day, on a particular day of the year, at a predetermined time, at a randomly selected time) and promotional events (e.g., to encourage use of underutilized machines, to encourage participation in a tournament). Other events may also be included.
- game play events e.g., a particular combination of game elements, a particular series of combinations of game elements, a bonus round trigger event, a progressive level trigger event
- player tracking events e.g., card-in, elapsed gaming time, number of coins in or out, rate of coins in
- system 350 a has the option (diamond 372 a ) of receiving sponsor/brand criteria (block 370 a ).
- Sponsor/brand criteria includes any of the information and alternatives discussed above in connection with block 386 of FIG. 4A .
- sponsor/brand criteria concerns the brands themselves and the sponsors associated with the brands (which may be the manufacturer or retailer of the goods and services associated with the brand, or may be an intermediary acting on behalf of such manufacturer or retailer, for example).
- a criteria may be established for a specific brand that advertising and promotional materials concerning the brand will only be distributed to players that have a preference not only for a particular good or service associated with the brand, but also for the particular brand itself.
- the advertising and/or promotional materials of that sponsor/brand-promoter may be given a priority or preference over the advertising and/or promotional materials of other brand-promoters relative to those gaming units 54 and 74 .
- the advertising and/or promotional materials relating to another, competitive brand may not be displayed on the gaming units 54 and 74 during the time the particular event or prize is offered.
- the brand criteria may relate to agreements made between the operator of one or more of the networks 52 / 72 and the sponsor.
- the network operator may guarantee a certain number of placements to a particular brand-promoter for a specific brand.
- the sponsor has been guaranteed a certain number of placements of advertising and/or promotional materials within a certain time period, and the time period is drawing to a close with a significant number of placements still to be made, the brand may have a weighted or preferred status relative to other brands.
- system 350 a determines which paytable 416 b symbols to use at a particular gaming device 54 and 74 for a particular player and at a particular time using a suitable algorithm, distribution bot or software agent that takes into account available paytables/symbols (created at block 360 a ) and one or more any of the player, event and sponsor/brand criteria discussed above. It should also be appreciated that the advertiser or sponsor can be notified in any suitable manner that the advertisement has been displayed to the player in this embodiment and in all of the embodiments set forth herein.
- the sponsored paytable 416 b can be implemented in a gaming unit 54 and 74 , which is part of a gaming system.
- Server or network computers 56 / 76 communicate with gaming units 54 and 74 for example over a portion of or an entire casino, for example via a LAN, over multiple casinos, for example via a WAN, or across multiple States, for example via an internet.
- gaming device 54 and 74 includes a player tracking card receiver 262 operating with a player tracking card module 260 . This enables the sponsored payouts to be implemented and tracked via the casino's player tracking system.
- player profiles discussed above in connection with block 366 a are uploaded via the player's tracking card in one embodiment.
- the player tracking system allows sponsored payouts to award players for a certain level of game play.
- the sponsored payouts of system 350 a in one embodiment are available only to premiere players detected through the player tracking system.
- Any of the information, decisions and calculations analyzed and performed in connection with diamonds 364 a , 368 a , 372 a , 384 a and 386 a and blocks 366 a , 370 a , 374 a , 376 a , 378 a , 380 a and 382 a can be stored and processed locally at gaming units 54 and 74 remotely, at servers 56 / 76 or both locally and remotely at gaming units 54 and 74 and servers 56 / 76 respectively.
- system 350 can store or receive the paytables 416 b , profile, event and brand information and the determination algorithm remotely at servers 56 / 76 , determine paytable 416 b remotely and make it available to the appropriate gaming unit 54 and 74 .
- the request in one embodiment is sent automatically upon gaming unit 54 and 74 receiving a new credit balance and/or playing tracking card.
- Profile criteria is alternatively entered manually at the gaming device, for example, to make the player eligible for sponsored payouts.
- any one or more of the paytables 416 b , algorithm, event and brand criteria is stored in gaming unit 54 and 74 .
- system 350 a retrieves sponsored the paytable 416 b and any associated artwork, symbols, playing cards, etc., determined in connection with block 376 a .
- gaming device 54 and 74 can be dedicated to a particular type of brand, product or service (negative response to diamond 362 a ).
- gaming device 54 and 74 can have a motorcycle theme and show branding and advertising related to a particular motorcycle manufacturer.
- the paytable 416 b (and associated artwork, symbols, playing cards, etc.) is preset at block 360 a and not determined at the time of game. Player profile, event criteria and brand criteria are not needed in this case.
- the information can be retrieved from gaming device 54 and 74 or server 56 / 76 .
- system 350 downloads paytable 416 b and associated artwork, symbols, playing cards, etc.
- the download is from a server 56 / 76 to a gaming device 54 and 74 in one embodiment.
- Server 56 / 76 can download a particular paytable 416 b to on ore more gaming device 54 and 74 at once, for a temporary period of time, for multiple game plays, semi-permanently or permanently.
- the download is from a first area of memory in gaming device 54 and 74 to a second area at which it is used actively during gaming.
- the advertisements or advertising can be displayed in any suitable manner such as on the primary or secondary display devices of the gaming machine (such as a video display, on the reels, by the digital glass of the gaming machine or any other viewable portion of the gaming machine) or display associated with the gaming machine.
- system 350 a uses the brand materials.
- the sponsored payouts may be paid using different modes of gaming, such as via a wagering base or bonus game, sweepstakes, etc.
- a wagering base of bonus game employing sponsored paytable 416 b can be played on the gaming device display unit 274 as shown above in connection with FIG. 6C , on a personal computer at home, or on a large overhead display seen at the casino by players of networked gaming devices 54 and 74 .
- the linking of the gaming devices allows third party sponsored prizes to be awarded alternatively in a sweepstakes fashion.
- the sweepstakes can take place at a gaming device having a standard wagering game, for example by downloading information based on the player's tracking card.
- the sweepstakes occurs alternatively at a kiosk for example located near a related set of gaming devices.
- the kiosk in one embodiment requires a participant to provide information about their age, occupation, household income, buying preferences, etc., or otherwise complete a survey to be eligible for the sweepstakes.
- the sweepstakes draws one or more players randomly to receive a sponsored prize.
- the random draw can be performed at the gaming devices. For example, a certain time can be set for the drawing, which requires that a player be playing (e.g., having a credit balance) on the gaming device at that time to be eligible for the sweepstakes.
- the drawing is shown on the video screens of the gaming devices or on an overhead screen.
- the drawing results sent to the a location remote but viewable from gamin devices or otherwise inside the casino.
- the sweepstakes results are such to the winner's home or personal; computer.
- System 350 a also allows sponsored paytables 416 b to be implemented in a mega jackpot fashion, in which a progressive game increases the value of the sponsored payout upon each non-winning game play until a player eventually wins the sponsored prize.
- the mega jackpot can be linked so that multiple players are eligible to win the growing sponsored jackpot.
- the jackpot can be capped at a dollar or prize amount.
- system 350 a can allow the player to choose between a sponsored prize or equivalent game credits. Another possible option enables the player to transfer the sponsored prize to another player or person.
- System 350 a determines (diamond 384 a ) whether to keep the sponsored pay strategy determined in connection with block 352 a . This determination can be made after each game play, upon an insertion of credits, upon a cashout, etc. For example, if system 350 a at block 376 a determines which of ten paytables 416 b to use, the determination made in connection with diamond 386 a allows another set of ten paytables 416 b to be chosen from instead. If the strategy is not used again (negative response to diamond 384 a ), system 350 a ends and another strategy is chosen upon starting system 350 a anew.
- system 350 a determines whether there has been a player change. If there has been a player change and the system is set for an instant determination of the sponsored paytable used (positive response to diamond 362 a ), then the player profile, event criteria, brand criteria paytable determination is made again (diamond 364 a through block 376 a ). If there has been a player change and the system is not set for an instant determination of the sponsored paytable used (negative response to diamond 362 a ), then the player profile, event criteria, brand criteria paytable determination is not made again and the same paytable 416 b is used for the new player. If the player does not change (negative response to diamond 386 a ), the same paytable is used again.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- Accounting & Taxation (AREA)
- Strategic Management (AREA)
- General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- Finance (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Social Psychology (AREA)
- Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)
- Slot Machines And Peripheral Devices (AREA)
Abstract
A gaming system includes: (i) a base wagering game requiring a wager to made by a player; (ii) at least one winning outcome for the base wagering game; (iii) a paytable for the at least one winning outcome; (iv) a sponsored award provided randomly to the player, the sponsored award provided by a sponsored award provider and kept separate and apart from the paytable; and (v) advertising for sponsored award provider, the advertising provided in exchange for the provision of the sponsored award.
Description
- This application is a continuation-in-part of and claims the benefit of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/946,719, filed Sep. 21, 2004, entitled “Method and System For Gaming And Brand Association,” the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- A portion of the disclosure of this patent document contains or may contain material which is subject to copyright protection. The copyright owner has no objection to the photocopy reproduction by anyone of the patent document or the patent disclosure in exactly the form it appears in the Patent and Trademark Office patent file or records, but otherwise reserves all copyright rights whatsoever.
- This disclosure is directed to methods and systems for gaming, and in particular to methods and systems for gaming with brand association and sponsored awards.
- As disclosed herein, in one embodiment a gaming method includes receiving a first wager from a player, displaying a first image representing a game, determining a first outcome associated with the game, and determining a first payout according to the first outcome and a first paytable. The gaming method also includes determining if a brand-association event has occurred, and if such event has occurred: (a) selecting a brand associated with the brand-association event, (b) using a second different paytable including at least one payout associated with the selected brand, (c) receiving a second wager from the player, (d) displaying a second image representing a game, (e) determining a second outcome associated with the game, and (f) determining a second payout according to the second outcome and the second paytable, the second payout comprising the at least one payout associated with the selected brand.
- In another aspect, a gaming method of the present disclosure includes selecting a brand, displaying an image representative of an advertisement for at least one of a good and a service provided by a brand-promoter associated with the selected brand, displaying an image representative of a game, the image comprising at least one game element incorporating brand information according to the selected brand, determining an outcome of the game, and determining a payout according to the outcome, the payout comprising at least one good or service associated with the selected brand.
- In a further aspect, a gaming system of the present disclosure includes one or more gaming devices each having separate preferably different base game and sponsored paytables. This sponsored, third party prize system can be used with any suitable wagering game, such as slot, poker, blackjack, baccarat, craps, bingo, keno machine, table game, mobile gaming device, internet game, games of skill or chance, sports books or other types of sports betting, and central determination games such as Class II Bingo.
- In one such embodiment, potential sponsors wishing to advertise their brands, goods and/or services communicate with an advertising consultant (e.g., affiliated with the gaming device manufacturer or a casino) about amounts and types of game prizes they wish to sponsor in exchange for the display of their advertising or branding by the gaming devices. Alternatively, the potential service providers communicate directly with the casino or manufacturer. In either case, this information leads to the development of a separate sponsored paytable which is not part of the game paytable and, which coincides with the display of symbols and game indicia showing branding, logos or other advertising representing the one or more sponsors of the paytable. Thus, it should be appreciated that in one embodiment, in addition to the base paytable having a plurality of different winning symbol combinations and a plurality of different awards associated with those winning symbol combinations, the separate sponsored paytable can include one or more additional winning symbol combinations and one or more additional awards associated with such additional winning symbol combinations. Such additional winning symbol combination and associated additional awards are different than the winning symbol combinations and associated awards of the base paytable. One method of implementing the sponsored paytable is through the use of software agents or “bots” that distribute the advertisements and control the licensing issues associated with such advertisements as discussed below.
- In one embodiment, the sponsored awards or paytable are maintained separate and apart from the regular wagering game paytable (which may or may not include bonus game awards). This enables the standard base game to maintain its standard payout percentage. The sponsored paytable can therefore be retrofitted on conventional gaming machines without reworking the existing paytable and without the need to obtain additional regulatory approval because the awards provided are in addition and independent of the already approved base paytable. The system also enables the sponsored paytables to be swapped out for different paytables including different sponsors, different advertising and/or different prizes for the existing sponsors. The system further enables the sponsored paytable to be selectively used or not used as described further below.
- The advertising is displayed in one embodiment in connection with or in combination with game symbols such as slot machine symbols, playing card symbols, keno numbers, etc. The advertising symbols can be incorporated into the base game or provided via a separate bonus or secondary game. When provided in a bonus game, the average winning probability of any winning combination in the corresponding base game symbols is unaffected. When provided in a base game, the number of the symbols forming the standard winning combinations for the base game can be increased depending on the percentage of additional advertising symbols used to enhance the winning percentage for each of the winning base game combinations. Alternatively, the advertising does not need to be displayed based on game play or in conjunction with game play, and the determination to provide one or more players with sponsored awards can be completely independent or game play.
- The sponsored paytables can be implemented in stand alone gaming devices or gaming devices connected to a network, which can be casino wide, include multiple casinos and/or use an internet. In one embodiment, third party payouts may alternatively be made through the casino's player tracking system. The payouts and associated paytables can appear on any one or more of the main screen or display of the gaming machine, a secondary display, on a player tracking display, a personal computer, or via any other suitable display.
- The sponsored payouts can be implemented as a part of any base wagering game, or as a full scale bonus game with its own animation and probability of winning. The sponsored bonus can be in lieu of or in addition to one or more non-sponsored bonus game or feature. As shown below, the sponsored payouts can be progressive, e.g., grow over a period of time until finally paid to a winner. In other alternative embodiments, the trigger of whether to determine to provide a sponsored award can come from the underlying base game or the bonus game.
- The third party sponsored bonus feature may also be conducted in a sweepstake fashion. For example, participants can be asked to provide information about their age, occupation, household income, buying preferences, etc., such as by filling out a survey, to be able to enter sweepstakes. Demographic information can also be entered into a gaming device system using the sponsored paytable, e.g., via information obtained from the player's tracking card. In any case, the demographic information can then be used to determine which type and subject matter of advertising or branding is most effective, which in turn incentives the third parties to sponsor the sweepstakes or paytable prizes.
- In various embodiments, the system is configurable to include one or more of a multitude of options. A player can be given an option to participate or decline participation in the sponsored payouts (i.e., in the base or bonus game). That is, the player can decide not to see the additional symbols and/or gaming indicia bearing the logos, advertising, branding, etc., of the sponsor. The player is then not eligible for the additional sponsored payout. The player can for example, choose to decline sponsored gaming at the beginning of game play, e.g., when the player puts credits on the machine, or at any other suitable time. Alternatively, the option of always disabling or always enabling sponsored gaming can be stored in relation to a player's player tracking account. The player tracking system upon reading the player's card recognizes the player's preference to allow or disable sponsored gaming and communicate the preference to the gaming device automatically.
- Another system option provides the player the ability to give or donate the sponsored prize to someone else or an organization such as a charity. The recipient can be a non-player who is contacted via a suitable device such as an email device or cellphone, that the recipient has won a sponsored prize and information concerning the prize, amount, type, etc. The recipient is alternatively another player who is sent the prize via a network linking the winning machine and the recipient's machine.
- The system can also provide the player an option to receive a sponsored payout in the form of a prize (e.g., merchandise or service) or game credit equivalent (can receive equal, more or less game credits). This option too is configurable to be selected at the gaming machine upon start up or preset on the player's tracking card.
- It is therefore an advantage of the embodiments described herein to provide a wagering system that incorporates third party advertising and branding.
- Another advantage of the embodiments described herein is to provide a third party advertising and branding system that does not affect the standard base game paytable of the gaming device.
- A further advantage of the embodiments described herein is to provide a third party advertising and branding system that does not affect the casino's average hold percentage.
- Another advantage of the embodiments described herein is to provide a third party advertising and branding system that can readily swap out different brands and advertisements.
- A further advantage of the embodiments described herein is to provide a third party advertising and branding system that readily allows the player to play with or without advertising and the additional paytable.
- Additional features and advantages are described herein, and will be apparent from, the following Detailed Description and the figures.
-
FIG. 1 is a block diagram of an embodiment of a gaming and brand association system in accordance with the present disclosure. -
FIG. 1A is a block diagram of a brand association aspect of the gaming system shown inFIG. 1 . -
FIG. 2 is a perspective view of an embodiment of one of the gaming units shown schematically inFIG. 1 . -
FIG. 2A illustrates an embodiment of a control panel for a gaming unit. -
FIG. 3 is a block diagram of the electronic components of the gaming unit ofFIG. 2 . -
FIG. 3A is a block diagram of the electronic components of an alternative gaming unit. -
FIG. 4A is a flowchart of a brand association routine that may be performed during operation of thesystem 50. -
FIG. 4B is a flowchart of an alternative brand association routine employing a separate sponsored paytable that may be performed during operation of thesystem 50. -
FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a routine for establishing a player profile that may be used in conjunction with the brand association routine ofFIGS. 4A and 4B . -
FIG. 6A is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of a slots routine. -
FIG. 6B is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of a slots routine as modified according to the brand association aspect of thesystem 50. -
FIG. 6C is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display showing separate paytables for the base game and sponsored player incentive. -
FIG. 7 is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of the brand association routine. -
FIG. 8 is an illustration of an embodiment of another visual display that may be displayed during performance of the brand association routine. -
FIG. 9 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a main gaming routine that may be performed during operation of one or more of the gaming units. -
FIG. 10 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a verification routine that may be performed during the operation of the main gaming routine ofFIG. 9 . -
FIG. 11 is a flowchart of an alternative embodiment of a main gaming routine that may be performed during operation of one or more of the gaming units. -
FIG. 12 is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of the video poker routine ofFIG. 14 . -
FIG. 13 is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of the video blackjack routine ofFIG. 15 . -
FIG. 14 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a video poker routine that may be performed by one or more of the gaming units. -
FIG. 15 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a video blackjack routine that may be performed by one or more of the gaming units. -
FIG. 16 is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of the slots routine ofFIG. 18 . -
FIG. 17 is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of the video keno routine ofFIG. 19 . -
FIG. 18 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a slots routine that may be performed by one or more of the gaming units. -
FIG. 19 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a video keno routine that may be performed by one or more of the gaming units. -
FIG. 20 is an illustration of an embodiment of a visual display that may be displayed during performance of the video bingo routine ofFIG. 21 . -
FIG. 21 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a video bingo routine that may be performed by one or more of the gaming units. - Although the following text sets forth numerous different embodiments, it should be understood that the legal scope of the invention is defined by the words of the claims set forth at the end of this patent. The detailed description is to be construed as exemplary only and does not describe every possible embodiment of the invention since describing every possible embodiment would be impractical, if not impossible. Numerous alternative embodiments could be implemented, using either current technology or technology developed after the filing date of this patent, which would still fall within the scope of the claims defining the invention.
- It should also be understood that, unless a term is expressly defined in this patent using the sentence “As used herein, the term ‘______’ is hereby defined to mean . . . ” or a similar sentence, there is no intent to limit the meaning of that term, either expressly or by implication, beyond its plain or ordinary meaning, and such term should not be interpreted to be limited in scope based on any statement made in any section of this patent (other than the language of the claims). To the extent that any term recited in the claims at the end of this patent is referred to in this patent in a manner consistent with a single meaning, that is done for sake of clarity only so as to not confuse the reader, and it is not intended that such claim term be limited, by implication or otherwise, to that single meaning. Finally, unless a claim element is defined by reciting the word “means” and a function without the recital of any structure, it is not intended that the scope of any claim element be interpreted based on the application of 35 U.S.C. .sctn.112, sixth paragraph.
-
FIG. 1 illustrates one possible embodiment of a casino gaming and brand association system 50 (hereinafter “system 50”) in accordance with the disclosure. Referring toFIG. 1 , thesystem 50 may include a first group ornetwork 52 ofcasino gaming units 54 operatively coupled to anetwork computer 56 via a network data link or abus 58. Thefirst network 52 may also include acommunications computer 60, which may be coupled to thenetwork computer 56 via the data link orbus 58. Thecommunications computer 60 may also be coupled to atransceiver 62, which transceiver may be a wireless transceiver, such as a radio frequency transceiver or infrared transceiver, for example. Thetransceiver 62 may be in communication with one or more personal communication units 64 (such as a Personal Digital Assistant or the like, having a controller including a processor and memory operatively coupled to the processor), adata link 66 being formed according to the method of communication used (e.g., radio frequency, infrared, etc.). Thepersonal communication units 64 may be owned by the player, or may be provided to the player by the operator of thenetwork 52. - The
system 50 may include a second group ornetwork 72 ofcasino gaming units 74, 75 operatively coupled to anetwork computer 76 via a network data link or abus 78. Thesecond network 72 may also include acommunications computer 80, which may be coupled to thenetwork computer 76 via the data link orbus 78. Thecommunications computer 80 may also be coupled via the data link orbus 78 totransceivers 82 that are attached to or integrated with the gaming units 75, which transceivers may be wireless transceivers, such as a radio frequency transceivers or infrared transceivers, for example. Thetransceivers 82 may be in communication with one or morepersonal communication units 84, adata link 86 being formed according to the method of communication used (e.g., radio frequency, infrared, etc.). Thepersonal communication units 84 may be owned by the player, or may be provided to the player by the operator of thenetwork 72. Thenetwork 72 may also include akiosk 88, which differs from thegaming units 74, 75 in that the kiosk is not programmed to operate according to the gaming aspect of thesystem 50, the gaming aspect being explained in greater detail with reference toFIGS. 9-21 . - The
system 50 may further include a third group ornetwork 92 ofcasino gaming units 94. Thegaming units 94 may be coupled via a data link or abus 96. Thethird network 92 differs from the first and second networks in that there is no network computer coupled to thedata link 96. - The first, second, and
third gaming networks fourth network 102, which may comprise, for example, the Internet, an intranet, a wide area network (“WAN”), or a local area network (“LAN”). Thenetwork 102 may include a plurality of network computers or server computers (not shown), each of which may be operatively interconnected, and may include Internet Service Providers (“ISPs”) or online service providers. The first, second andthird networks fourth network 102 via a first, second, andthird data links network 102 comprises an Intranet or the Internet, data communication may take place over the communication links 104, 106,108 via an Internet communication protocol. - The
fourth network 102 may also be coupled to other computers or networks other than the first, second andthird networks other network computers data links data links 118. Additionally, thefourth network 102 may be coupled to acommunications computer 120 via adata link 122, thecommunications computer 120 being coupled to atransceiver 124. Thetransceiver 124 is shown in communication withpersonal communication units 126, which may be in the same geographic location as thegaming units 94 of thenetwork 92, via adata link 128 formed according to the method of communication used (e.g. radio frequency, infrared, etc.). Thepersonal communication units 126 may be owned by the player, or may be provided to the player by the operator of thenetwork 92. Also shown coupled to thenetwork 102 is agaming unit 130; thenetwork 102 may be coupled to thegaming unit 130 by adata link 132. - The
network computer 56 may be a server. According to one embodiment, thenetwork computer 56 may be used as an accounting system server to accumulate and analyze data relating to the operation of thegaming units 54. For example, thenetwork computer 56 may continuously receive data from each of thegaming units 54 indicative of the dollar amount and number of wagers being made on each of thegaming units 54, data indicative of how much each of thegaming units 54 is paying out in winnings, etc. According to another embodiment, thenetwork computer 56 may be used as a player tracking server or a bonusing server to accumulate and analyze data relating to the operation ofparticular gaming units 54. According to this embodiment, thenetwork computer 56 may receive data from aparticular gaming unit 54 indicative of the identity of the player operating thegaming unit 54, the number of wagers being made on thegaming unit 54, etc. If thenetwork computer 56 is being used as a player tracking server, thenetwork computer 56 may use the data accumulated to award player tracking points to the player, which points may be used to assess comps or to be redeemed for goods or services. If the network computer is being used as a bonusing computer, thenetwork computer 56 may use the data accumulated to award the player prizes, which may be goods or services, based on individual or collective performance, to award bonusing points which points may be redeemed for goods or services, etc. According to a still further embodiment, thenetwork computer 56 may be used as a download server to monitor the software implemented by and the data utilized by thegaming units 54, to determine if software or data upgrades are available, and to download the upgrades to thegaming units 54. According to yet another embodiment, thenetwork computer 56 may be used as a brand association server, as will be explained in greater detail with reference toFIG. 1A , below. - The
network computer 76 may be a server and may be used to perform the same or different functions in relation to thegaming units 74 as thenetwork computer 56 described above. Similarly, thenetwork computers gaming units network computers network computers gaming units - As an alternative, the operation of the gaming units may be monitored and/or coordinated without the use of a central computer or controller, as in the
third network 92. During operation, the processing required by the operations otherwise performed by a network computer may be shared by thegaming units 94. Such shared processing may be referred to as peer-to-peer networking, and is also within the scope of the present disclosure. - The
communications computers computers network computers personal communication devices transceivers communications computer 120, the communications computer may be part of a mobile communications network that is operated and administered by an entity other than the entity that operates and administers the network of gaming units, such asgaming units 94. Such a mobile communications network may be a cellular telephone network, and thecommunications computer 120 may represent the base station system of such a network, which base station system may be in communication with the Internet via a gateway, for example. According to this embodiment, thepersonal communication units 126 may be mobile stations, such as cellular telephones, portable e-mail devices (e.g., BLACKBERRY™ devices manufactured by Research In Motion Ltd., of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada), personal digital assistants (“PDAs”), laptops, tablet personal computers, etc. - The
first network 52 ofgaming units 54 may be provided in a first casino, thesecond network 72 ofgaming units 74 may be provided in a second casino located in a separate geographic location than the first casino, and thethird network 92 ofgaming units 94 may be provided in a third casino in a separate geographic location that the first and the second networks. For example, the three casinos maybe located in different areas of the same city, or they may be located in different states. However, the threenetworks gaming units - Although the
networks network computer communications computer gaming units network 92 as including fourgaming units 94, it should be understood that different numbers of computers and gaming units may be utilized. For example, thenetwork 52 may include a plurality ofnetwork computers 56 and tens or hundreds ofgaming units 54, all of which may be interconnected via thedata link 58. The data link 58 may be provided as a dedicated hardwired link, a wireless link, a fiber optic link, or a network (LAN, WAN, Internet, intranet) connection. Although thedata link 58 is shown as asingle data link 58, thedata link 58 may comprise multiple data links.Numerous gaming units 130,kiosks 88 andpersonal communication units -
FIG. 1A is one embodiment of thesystem 50, as seen from the point of view of the brand association aspect of thesystem 50. As such, many of the elements of thesystem 50 referenced inFIG. 1A correspond to one or more of the elements described with reference toFIG. 1 . However, as more than one of the elements described inFIG. 1 may correspond to the elements shown inFIG. 1A , the elements ofFIG. 1A have been numbered separately, and the correspondences addressed in turn in detail below. - As seen in
FIG. 1A , thesystem 50 may includeseveral servers servers network computers communications computers network 92. The servers shown are as follows: abrand association server 140, aplayer tracking server 142, a gamingunit download server 144, and acommunication server 146. Other servers that may be used with thesystem 50 could include advertisement scheduling servers, advertisement selection servers, advertising billing servers (which may include both local advertisement billing servers and national advertisement billing servers) etc.; many of the operations carried out by such servers are discussed below in regard to thebrand association server 140, but it should be understood that these operations could be tasked to one or more of the servers just mentioned. - The
servers brand association server 140 is coupled via adata link 148 and anetwork 150 to theplayer tracking server 142, the gamingunit download server 144, and thecommunication server 146 via thedata links brand association server 140 is also coupled via adata link 158 anothernetwork 160, which is in turn coupled via adata links remote servers servers - Additionally, certain of the servers may be coupled to other elements, such as player tracking modules, gaming units, and personal communication units. For example, the player tracking server 142 (which may be one of the
network computers data link 174, toplayer tracking modules 176. Theseplayer tracking modules 176 may be associated with thegaming units network computers data link 178, togaming units 180, which may be thegaming units communications computers 60, 80) may be in communication with, viadata links personal communication units 186, which may be thepersonal communication units gaming unit 188 may also be coupled to thenetwork 150 separate and apart from theservers data link 190. -
FIG. 2 is a perspective view of one possible embodiment of one or more of thegaming units 54. Although the following description addresses the design of thegaming units 54, it should be understood that thegaming units gaming units 54 described below. It should be understood that the design of one or more of thegaming units 54 may be different than the design ofother gaming units 54, and that the design of one or more of thegaming units other gaming units gaming unit 54 may be any type of casino gaming unit and may have various different structures and methods of operation. For exemplary purposes, various designs of the gaming units 54 (and 74) are described below, but it should be understood that numerous other designs may be utilized. - Referring to
FIG. 2 , thecasino gaming unit 54 may include a housing orcabinet 250 and one or more value input devices, which may include a coin slot oracceptor 252, apaper currency acceptor 254, and a ticket reader/printer 256. The value input device may also be a card reader (not shown). A value input device may include any device that can accept value from or transfer value for a player, and may be disposed on the front of thegaming unit 54 or in any other suitable location. As used herein, the term “value” may encompass money denominations or credits, and may be in the form of coins, paper currency, gaming tokens, ticket vouchers, credit or debit cards, smart cards, electronic funds transfers (“EFT”) and any other object representative of value. - Some of the value input devices may also operate as value output devices. For example, if provided on the
gaming unit 54, the ticket reader/printer 256 may be used to print or otherwise encodeticket vouchers 258. Theticket vouchers 258 may be composed of paper or another printable or encodable material and may have one or more of the following informational items printed or encoded thereon: the casino name, the type of ticket voucher, a validation number, a bar code with control and/or security data, the date and time of issuance of the ticket voucher, redemption instructions and restrictions, a description of an award, and any other information that may be necessary or desirable. Different types ofticket vouchers 258 could be used, such as bonus ticket vouchers, cash-redemption ticket vouchers, casino chip ticket vouchers, extra game play ticket vouchers, merchandise ticket vouchers, restaurant ticket vouchers, show ticket vouchers, etc. Theticket vouchers 258 could be printed with an optically readable material such as ink, or data on theticket vouchers 258 could be magnetically encoded. The ticket reader/printer 256 may be provided with the ability to both read andprint ticket vouchers 258, or it may be provided with the ability to only read or only print or encodeticket vouchers 258. In the latter case, for example, some of thegaming units 54 may haveticket printers 256 that may be used to printticket vouchers 258, which could then be used by a player inother gaming units 54 that haveticket readers 256. - As another alternative, an electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) device (not shown) may operate as both a value input device and a value output device. Such an EFT device may include a circuit capable of performing or a controller programmed to perform an electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) to the player's bank account or to a virtual account established, for example, on a PDA or a smart card (e.g., a card with an on-board processor and memory) or at a casino. Such a transfer may be performed over a hardwired, wireless, fiber optic or network connection. As such a device is capable of transferring money to and from the
gaming unit 54, it may operate either as a value input device or a value output device. - Also attached to the
gaming unit 54 is aplayer tracking module 260, which may be theplayer tracking module 176 referred to inFIG. 1A . Theplayer tracking module 260 includes acard reader 262 and adisplay 264. Thecard reader 262 may include any type of card reading device, such as a magnetic card reader or an optical card reader, and may be used to read data from a card offered by a player, such as a player tracking card. Thecard reader 262 may be used to read data from, and/or write data to, player tracking cards that are capable of storing data representing the identity of a player, the identity of a casino, the player's gaming habits, etc. Thedisplay 264 may be a liquid crystal display (“LCD”), a vacuum fluorescent display (“VFD”), an array of light emitting diode (“LED”) elements, etc. Thedisplay 264 may be used to display messages particular to the player tracking system, or may be controlled by thegaming unit 54 or other servers to display messages particular to the operation of thegaming unit 54 or other systems (such as, for example, bonusing messages from a bonusing system). - The
gaming unit 54 may include one or moreaudio speakers 270, acoin payout tray 272, adisplay unit 274, and aninput control panel 276. Theaudio speakers 270 may generate audio representing sounds or sound effects such as the noise of spinning slot machine reels, a dealer's voice, music, announcements or any other audio related to a casino game. Where thegaming unit 54 is designed to facilitate play of a video casino game, such as video poker or video slots, thedisplay unit 274 may be a color video display unit that displays images relating to the particular game or games. Where thegaming unit 54 is designed to facilitate play of a reel-type slot machine, thedisplay unit 274 may comprise a plurality of mechanical reels that are rotatable, with each of the reels having a plurality of reel images disposed thereon. Theinput control panel 276 may be provided with a plurality of pushbuttons or touch-sensitive-areas that may be pressed by a player to select games, make wagers, make gaming decisions, etc. -
FIG. 2A illustrates one possible embodiment of thecontrol panel 276, which may be used where thegaming unit 54 is a slot machine having a plurality of mechanical reels or representations of reels displayed on anelectrical display unit 274. Referring toFIG. 2A , if thedisplay unit 274 is provided in the form of a video display unit, thecontrol panel 276 may include a “See Pays”button 280 that, when activated, causes thedisplay unit 274 to generate one or more display screens showing the odds or payout information for the game or games provided by thegaming unit 54. As used herein, the term “button” is intended to encompass any device that allows a player to make an input, such as an input device that must be depressed to make an input selection or a display area that a player may simply touch. Thecontrol panel 276 may include a “Cash Out”button 282 that may be activated when a player decides to terminate play on thegaming unit 54, in which case thegaming unit 54 may return value to the player, such as by returning a number of coins to the player via thepayout tray 272. - If the
gaming unit 54 provides a slots game having a plurality of reels and a plurality of paylines which define winning combinations of reel symbols, thecontrol panel 276 may be provided with a plurality ofselection buttons 284, each of which allows the player to select a different number of paylines prior to spinning the reels. For example, fivebuttons 284 may be provided, each of which may allow a player to select one, three, five, seven or nine paylines. - If the
gaming unit 54 provides a slots game having a plurality of reels, thecontrol panel 276 may be provided with a plurality ofselection buttons 286 each of which allows a player to specify a wager amount for each payline selected. For example, if the smallest wager accepted by thegaming unit 54 is a quarter ($0.25), thegaming unit 54 may be provided with fiveselection buttons 286, each of which may allow a player to select one, two, three, four or five quarters to wager for each payline selected. In that case, if a player were to activate the “5” button 284 (meaning that five paylines were to be played on the next spin of the reels) and then activate the “3” button 286 (meaning that three coins per payline were to be wagered), the total wager would be $3.75 (assuming the minimum bet was $0.25). - The
control panel 276 may include a “Max Bet”button 288 to allow a player to make the maximum wager allowable for a game. In the above example, where up to nine paylines were provided and up to five quarters could be wagered for each payline selected, the maximum wager would be 45 quarters, or $11.25. Thecontrol panel 276 may include aspin button 290 to allow the player to initiate spinning of the reels of a slots game after a wager has been made. - In
FIG. 2A , a rectangle is shown around thebuttons buttons housing 250 of thegaming unit 54 is required, and the term “control panel” may encompass a plurality or grouping of player activatable buttons. - Although one
possible control panel 276 is described above, it should be understood that different buttons could be utilized in thecontrol panel 276, and that the particular buttons used may depend on the game or games that could be played on thegaming unit 54. If thedisplay unit 274 is provided as a video display unit, thecontrol panel 276 could be generated by thedisplay unit 274. In that case, each of the buttons of thecontrol panel 276 could be a colored area generated by thedisplay unit 274, and some type of mechanism may be associated with thedisplay unit 274 to detect when each of the buttons was touched, such as a touch-sensitive screen. - The
gaming unit 54 may also include amechanism 294 by which thegaming unit 54 may determine the identity of the player. This mechanism may be separate from the other elements of thegaming unit 54, may be incorporated into one of the other elements of thegaming unit 54, or its function may be provided by one of the other elements of thegaming unit 54. As an example of the latter category, thecard reader 262 may be used to read a card that carries an identification code that may be uniquely associated with the player so that thegaming unit 54 can differentiate that player from all other players, or so that thegaming unit 54 can differentiate that player as a member of a group of players from all players not a member of the group of players. InFIG. 2 , aseparate identification device 294 is illustrated. - The
identification device 294 may include equipment, such as a keypad, an input pad (with optional stylus), a port (or antenna) adapted to communicate via a wired or wireless link (infrared or radio frequency link, for example) to a Personal Digital Assistant (“PDA”), a camera, a scanner, a retinal (or iris) scanner, fingerprint scanner, and/or a microphone. Theidentification device 294 may include any one of these devices, or theidentification device 294 may include a combination of some or all of these devices. Thus, utilizing theidentification device 294, a player may identify him or herself by entering a unique numeric or alpha-numeric code using the key pad, for example. Alternatively, the player may use his or her finger or the stylus to sign his or her signature on the input pad. The pad and/or stylus may include instrumentation to record such characteristics as position, form, speed, and/or pressure as the player signs his or her signature. As a further alternative, the player may sign his or her signature on the Personal Digital Assistant, which signature is then converted to electronic data, and the data is then transferred via the port/antenna to theidentification device 294. As yet another alternative, the player may sign his or her signature on a piece of paper that is then photographed using the camera or scanned using the scanner (or the bill acceptor 254) to convert the signature into electronic data. As an additional alternative, the player may place one of his or her fingers or his or her hand on the scanner, and the scanner may generate an electronic data representation of the fingerprint on one or more of the player's fingers or an electronic data representation of the pattern of the entire hand. Alternatively, the camera may be used to take a picture (live or still) of the player, the picture then being converted into electronic data. As a still further alternative, the player may place his or her eye up to the retinal (or iris) scanner, and the retinal (or iris) scanner may generate an electronic data representation corresponding to the pattern of the retina (or iris) of the player. As yet another alternative, the player may speak into the microphone, and characteristics of the spoken words (or voiceprint) may be converted into an electronic data representation. - Other equipment may also be used in conjunction with the
identification device 294. For example, rather than using a stylus, a mouse or glove may be used. Additionally, thermal imaging equipment may be included or substituted. Moreover, a touch screen may be integrated with thedisplay unit 274 and used, in place of the input pad, in combination with a stylus or a finger, for example. -
FIG. 3 is a block diagram of a number of components that may be incorporated in thegaming unit 54. Referring toFIG. 3 , thegaming unit 54 may include a controller 310 that may comprise aprogram memory 312, a microcontroller or microprocessor (“MP”) 314, a random-access memory (“RAM”) 316 and an input/output (“I/O”)circuit 318, all of which may be interconnected via an address/data bus 320. It should be appreciated that although only onemicroprocessor 314 is shown, the controller 310 may includemultiple microprocessors 314. Similarly, the memory of the controller 310 may includemultiple RAMs 316 andmultiple program memories 312. Although the I/O circuit 318 is shown as a single block, it should be appreciated that the I/O circuit 318 may include a number of different types of I/O circuits. The RAM(s) 316 andprogram memories 312 may be implemented as semiconductor memories, magnetically readable memories, and/or optically readable memories, for example. - Although the
program memory 312 is shown inFIG. 3 as a read-only memory (“ROM”) 312, the program memory of the controller 310 may be a read/write or alterable memory, such as a hard disk. In the event a hard disk is used as a program memory, the address/data bus 320 shown schematically inFIG. 3 may comprise multiple address/data buses, which may be of different types, and there may be an I/O circuit disposed between the address/data buses. - Furthermore, while the controller 310 is shown as a dashed box surrounding the
memories processor 314, and I/O circuit 318, this should not be interpreted as a physical limitation on the controller 310. Thememories processor 314 may be disposed on a single board, or they may be disposed on separate boards. Similarly, the I/O circuit 318 may be disposed on the same board as thememories processor 314, or may be disposed on a separate board. -
FIG. 3 illustrates that thecoin acceptor 252, thebill acceptor 254, the ticket reader/printer 256, theplayer tracking module 260, thedisplay unit 274, thecontrol panel 276, and theidentification device 294 may be operatively coupled to the I/O circuit 318, each of those components being so coupled by either a unidirectional or bidirectional, single-line or multiple-line data link, which may depend on the design of the component that is used. The speaker(s) 270 may be operatively coupled to asound circuit 322, that may comprise a voice- and sound-synthesis circuit or that may comprise a driver circuit. Thesound generating circuit 322 may be coupled to the I/O circuit 318. Additionally, for a gaming unit such as thegaming unit 74, thetransceiver 82 may also be coupled to the I/O circuit 318. - As shown in
FIG. 3 , thecomponents O circuit 318 via a respective direct line or conductor. Different connection schemes could be used. For example, one or more of the components shown inFIG. 3 may be connected to the I/O circuit 318 via a common bus or other data link that is shared by a number of components. Furthermore, some of the components may be directly connected to themicroprocessor 314 without passing through the I/O circuit 318. -
FIG. 3A is a block diagram of a number of components that may be incorporated in an alternative gaming unit, such as thegaming unit 130 shown inFIG. 1 or thegaming unit 188 shown inFIG. 1A (which may represent the same gaming unit). Elements similar to those inFIG. 3 are numbered similarly, with the distinction that the similar elements shown inFIG. 3A are denoted with a prime. - Similar to the
gaming unit 54 shown inFIG. 3 , thegaming unit 130 shown inFIG. 3A may include acontroller 310 a havingprogram memory 312 a,microprocessor 314 a, and RAM 316 a. Moreover, theprogram memory 312 a,microprocessor 314 a andRAM 316 a may be operatively coupled to an input/output circuit 318 a via a data link or a bus 320 a. Further, the I/O circuit 318 a may be coupled to adisplay 274 a and acontrol panel 276 a, and tospeakers 270 a via asound circuit 322 a. While the I/O circuit 318 a is shown coupled to wager input devices, such as acoin acceptor 252 a, acurrency acceptor 254 a and a ticket reader/printer 256 a, these elements may be optional according to an embodiment of thegaming unit 130 that envisions implementation of cashless gaming. Anidentification device 294 a may also be coupled to the I/O circuit 318 a. - The
gaming unit 130 shown inFIG. 3A may differ from thegaming units FIG. 3 , in that thegaming unit 130 may include amodem 330. As illustrated inFIG. 3A , themodem 330 is coupled to the I/O circuit 318 by a bidirectional link. As also illustrated inFIG. 3A , themodem 330 is coupled to thenetwork 102 by thedata link 132. - The
modem 330 may be any well known device that modulates digital signals into analog signals, and that demodulates analog signals into digital signals. For example, themodem 330 may be one of a pair of a digital subscriber line (“DSL”) modems disposed at opposite ends of a telephone line. Such a DSL modem may be an Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (“ADSL”) modem or a very high bit-rate DSL (“VDSL”) modem. As a further alternative, themodem 330 may be a cable modem. As yet another alternative, themodem 330 may be an Integrated Services Digital Network (“ISDN”) modem or adapter. - In turn, the
data link 132 may be selected to conform to the modem selected. Where the modem is a conventional modem, the data link may include a telephone line. Where the modem is a DSL modem (whether ADSL; VDSL, etc.), thedata link 132 may include a telephone line and a second modem at the opposite end of the telephone line. With a cable modem, thedata link 132 may be coaxial cable; in fact, a pre-existing coaxial TV cable installation may be used. An ISDN modem or adapter may also use a telephone line, but it further requires ISDN digital-switching equipment and an external power source. - One manner in which the
system 50 and one or more of the gaming units 54 (and one or more of thegaming units 74 and 94) may operate is described below in connection with a number of flowcharts which may be implemented as a number of portions or routines of one or more computer programs. These programs or portions of programs may be represented as a set of instructions that may be carried out by one or more of theservers gaming units - The programs or portions of programs may be written in any high level language such as C, C++, C#, Java, Visual Basic or the like, or any low-level assembly or machine language. The programs or portions of programs may include data files, binary files, scripts, data tables, graphic file formats, 3D models, etc. Furthermore, the programs or portions of programs may be implemented using an event-based triggering system. That is, the controller 310, for example, may generate an event (for example, in connection with a game outcome) that is in turn communicated to the
display unit 274, thesound circuit 322, and a payout device, for example, the ticket reader/printer 256. Each unit or device may then determine if the communicated event has significance for that unit or device, and what that significance may be. As a result, units or device may be added or removed from thegaming unit 54 without requiring significant reprogramming of the controller 310, thereby permitting a modular approach to be implemented. - It will also be recognized that the programs or portions of programs may be stored on a machine accessible medium. A machine accessible medium includes any mechanism that provides (i.e., stores and/or transmits) information in a form accessible by a machine (e.g., a computer, network device, personal digital assistant, any device with a set of one or more processors, etc.). For example, a machine accessible medium includes recordable/non-recordable magnetic, optical and solid-state media (e.g., read only memory (“ROM”), programmable read only memory (“PROM”), erasable programmable read only memory (“EPROM”), electrically erasable programmable read only memory (“EEPROM”), random access memory (“RAM”), magnetic disk storage media, optical storage media, flash memory devices, etc.), as well as electrical, optical, acoustical or other form of propagated signals (e.g., carrier waves, infrared signals, digital signals, etc.), etc. According to the present embodiment, the machine-accessible medium may include the memories associated with the
servers memories - In regard to the gaming units 54 (and
gaming units 74 and 94), the programs or portions of programs may be stored remotely, outside of thegaming unit 54, and may control the operation of thegaming unit 54 from a remote location. Such remote control may be facilitated with the use of a wireless connection, or by an Internet interface that connects thegaming unit 54 with a remote computer (such as the network computer 56) having a memory in which the computer program portions are stored. By storing the programs or portions of programs therein, various portions of the memories are physically and/or structurally configured in accordance with the instructions of the programs or portions of programs. -
FIG. 4A is a flowchart of abrand association routine 350 that may be stored in the memory of a network computer, such as thebrand association server 140, or even in the memory of a gaming unit, such as thegaming units brand association routine 350 may be used to promote associations as to one or more brands. In particular, thebrand association routine 350 may promote associations as to one or more brands through various forms of advertising and/or promotional activities. - Initially, it will be recognized that while “brand association” is used in connection with the operation of the routine 350, the operation of the routine 350 may do more than form mental connections between a brand and, for example, the type and/or quality of the goods and/or services associated with the brand. The operation of the routine 350 may cause the player to be aware of a brand, the goods and/or services associated with the brand, or both the brand and the goods and/or services associated therewith. Further, the operation of the routine 350 may cause the player's recognition of the brand to increase. Consequently, “brand association” includes a variety of activities relative to the player and relating to one or more brands.
- Additionally, it will also be recognized that the term “brand” as that term is used herein is not limited to only trademarks, service marks, trade dress and the like. To be sure, the term “brand”, as used herein, may include trademarks, service marks, and trade dress, such marks and/or dress being registered, unregistered, or in whatever form that may be recognized by the laws of a particular jurisdiction. However, the term “brand” may also cover other devices that are not used solely or primarily to establish a connection between a particular individual or company and a particular good and/or service. In fact, the term “brand”, as used herein, may include devices that may not qualify as a trademark or service mark in a particular jurisdiction, whether because the jurisdiction does not permit such devices to serve as a trademark or service mark or because the device lacks sufficient distinctiveness or association in the minds of consumers. As used herein, a “brand” may include alphanumeric combinations, words, phrases, drawings, designs, and logos. “Brand” also refers to any type of advertising and any materials used with advertising.
- With this by way of background, the routine 350 may begin at
block 352, where a determination may be made as to whether a player profile is available in those embodiments of the routine 350 that utilize a player profile. For those embodiments that use a player profile, if it is determined that a player profile is available, the routine 350 may proceed to block 354, where the player profile may be received by theserver 140 or thegaming unit - A player profile may refer to any collection of information or data that is identified, related or associated with a player. This profile may be stored in a file in a database accessible by the
brand association server 140, or it may be stored in the memory of thegaming unit personal communication unit card reader 262 of theplayer tracking module 260. Further, the profile may include data or information stored remotely to theserver 140 orgaming unit - According to one embodiment, the profile may include an identifier. The identifier may be unique to each player, like a cell phone number of the
personal communication unit system 50, or may be unique to a group of players relative to the remainder of players on thesystem 50. For example, where the operator intends to distribute the personal communication units to members of a tour group, for example, the desired goal may not be for the brand association aspect of thesystem 50 to respond differently to each member of the tour group, but rather for the brand association aspect to respond to members of the tour group differently than to the general public. As another example, the gaming system operator may wish to target certain groups or categories of player, e.g., “high-rollers,” to receive certain opportunities relative to the brand association aspect of thesystem 50 not available to the general public, but available to all the members of the target group. Consequently, the members of the target group may receive personal communication units with an identifier which differentiates the members of the group from the public-at-large and all other players carrying personal communication units. In this regard, some of the personal communication units may develop recognition as a status symbol item as well as performing a practical function. - Moreover, more than one identifier may be assigned to a profile, or stated slightly differently, one profile may be associated with more than one identifier. For example, a particular profile may be associated with a first identifier which indicates that the associated player belongs to a first group, e.g., the “high-roller” group, and with a second identifier which indicates that the associated player belongs to a second group, e.g., the “ultra high-roller” group, which may or may not be exclusive of the first group. Moreover, the second identifier may be unique relative to all other identifiers, such that the associated player may be differentiated from all other players.
- The profile may also include one or more records that may contain data about the characteristics, habits and/or preferences of a player associated with the identifier. For example, the profile may include basic personal data that will be stored in a personal data record, including such data as the name, address, Social Security number, date of birth, nationality, language skills, and cultural preferences of the player. The personal data record may also contain important dates, such as birthdays, anniversaries, and other occasions. The profile may also include data regarding the player's favorite foods, shows, prizes, complementaries (“comps”), and the like, this data being stored in an entertainment record and/or a personal prize preferences record. The profile may also include the player's preferences regarding the look of the game displayed, or the types or levels of sensory outputs utilized during the game. Further, the profile may include the player's preferences regarding the brand association materials that the player is willing to or wishes to receive, or, conversely, the brand association materials that the player is not willing to or does not wish to receive. For example, a player that enjoys water sports may wish to receive brand association materials regarding a water park, while a non-drinker may not want to or wish to receive advertisements regarding alcohol.
- The information can include demographic information, such as age, occupation, date of birth, household income, buying preferences, etc. The information can be used to determine which brand or advertising materials are shown to the player. Young males may be shown advertising related to sports, while women are shown clothing ads, for example.
- Such records and information may be created and/or updated manually. That is, the player may enter the data personally, through the use of one or more of the
gaming units system 50. The information may be used to make a person eligible to enter a sweepstakes to win cash or prizes sponsored by third party advertisers. - Such records may also be created and/or updated by the
system 50. For example, thesystem 50 may generate and maintain a bonus record including a running total of the value wagered by the player and bonuses awarded therefore, and this may be associated with the profile. This information may be obtained, for example, through the use of theplayer tracking server 142 and associatedplayer tracking modules 176. Extending beyond the monitoring of gaming information, thesystem 50 may also keep track of information of a player's use of other aspects of an operator's property or properties. Further, thesystem 50 may generate some of this data by analyzing the movements of the player to restaurants, theaters, etc. This data may then be stored in the entertainment record. Where the player accesses the Internet through the use of thesystem 50 or where the player permits the operator to track his or her use of the Internet through other methods, thesystem 50 may establish other records reflecting Internet usage. For example, thesystem 50 may track the products or services (e.g., travel) purchased by the player over the Internet, or the sites visited or searches run by the player while on the Internet, and store such information in an Internet usage record. As one such example, thesystem 50 may have relationships with third-parties Internet companies who, with the permission of the player, make the information available to the operator to permit prizes to be selected according to the player's Internet habits. Alternatively, this information may be provided to the operator, with the player's permission, in exchange for providing Internet access via one of thegaming units personal communication units - Not all information has to come from either the player or the
system 50. For example, both the player and thesystem 50 may generate data about the player's gaming preferences (e.g., favorite casino games) to be stored in a gaming record. Similarly, both the player and the system may generate (through data analysis) data about the player's wagering preferences to be stored in a wagering record. This data may include whether the player prefers to always bet the maximum, to always bet the maximum on certain games, to always bet a certain amount on certain value games, etc. - The player profile may be received by the
server 140 or thegaming units block 354 in a variety of manners. For example, the player profile may be uploaded to thebrand association server 140 orgaming unit personal communication device card reader 262 of theplayer tracking module 260. As a further alternative, the player profile may be uploaded from a plurality of storage locations, for example from theplayer tracking server 142 in addition to from apersonal communication device card reader 262. As a still further alternative, the player profile may be created and stored in the memory associated with theserver 140 orgaming unit - As an example of this later alternative, a
registration routine 360 is shown inFIG. 5 . Theregistration routine 360 may be carried out using devices and personnel of the network operator, or the routine may be carried out using devices of thesystem 50 but without the assistance of personnel of a network operator. As one example, an employee of the network operator may register players at a specific location set up for this purpose (e.g. at the concierge desk), or may “roam” a casino floor to perform this service wherever the player is located. Alternatively, the player may register him or herself over the Internet, at a kiosk (such as kiosk 88) established for registration at the casino, or at gaming units adapted to permit registration to occur. - Initially, the player is queried at
block 362 to determine if the player meets certain preconditions before registration can continue. These preconditions may include information regarding the location of the player at the time the player is accessing the brand association aspect of thesystem 50, or the location of the player's place of residence. Some jurisdictions may prohibit or limit the use of the brand association aspect of thesystem 50 described herein, or place certain limitations on the types of people that may use the brand association aspect, particularly in conjunction with thegaming units gaming units system 50 discussed herein. The player may provide the information concerning him or herself in a variety of manners, depending on the method by which registration is occurring. For example, if the registration is occurring within a casino property and a casino employee is assisting the player in completing registration, some information (such as the location of the player) may be self-evident and other information may be gathered by the casino employee (for example, through the use of a questionnaire). Alternatively, if the registration is occurring at a location remote to the casino property, the player may provide this information by way of an on-line questionnaire that is submitted over a network connection (such as the Internet) to theserver 140. As a still further possible precondition, certain types of security measures may need to be implemented before the player can take advantage of the brand association aspect of thesystem 50; for example, certain level of type of encryption may be required to be use the brand association aspect of thesystem 50. If the player cannot provided the required information, or if the information shows that the player does not meet the preconditions, the routine exits atblock 364 and the player is prevented from using the brand association aspect of thesystem 50. - Assuming that the information provided at
block 362 indicates that the player meets the preconditions, the routine 360 proceeds to ablock 366, and the player may be required to verify one or more aspects of the information provided in regard to the information provided atblock 362, or to provide additional information that may be used to identify the player in the future, thereby providing an increased likelihood that a person using the player's profile is indeed the player or one of a group of players, where a common profile is used for a group of players. Here as well, if the information is unavailable, if the player refuses to provide the information, or if the verification cannot be completed, the routine exits atblock 368. - It should be noted that the
block 366 may be optional. That is, according to the regulations of the particular jurisdiction and the policies of the network operator, the information provided atblock 362 need not be verified using a source of information separate from the player, but it may. Additionally, the operator may determine that it is not necessary to ensure that a registration is being used by a particular person or one of a particular group of people. In such a circumstance, additional information regarding the identity of the player or players need not be gathered. According to an embodiment, the determination ofblock 366 may be omitted where the operator can limit access by, for example, underage players to thegaming units - However, if required, information verifying the data provided concerning the preconditions at the
block 362 may be verified at theblock 366. For example, according to an embodiment wherein the player is registering at a casino property and is being assisted by a casino employee, the casino employee may ask the player for a picture identification card to verify that the person providing the information is who he or she is who they say they are, and to verify, for example, age information provided to complete the precondition qualification atblock 362. Alternatively, where the player is performing the registration at a site remote to the casino floor, for example in a casino hotel room or at home, the player may need to use, for example, one or more devices coupled to the gaming unit or personal communication unit which they are using to interface with thesystem 50. As one such embodiment, to verify the location of a gaming unit located off the casino floor or outside the gaming system operator's property, the gaming unit may be associated with a device that provides location data for the gaming unit that may be transmitted to the gaming system operator. For example, the Global Positioning Satellite (“GPS”) system may be utilized by associating a special transceiver with the gaming unit. As a further example, the gaming system operator may require the player to connect to thesystem 50 using a cellular mobile station (or at a minimum to make a call using the mobile station or to turn the cellular mobile station on during play). The gaming system operator may then access the location information available to the cellular system operator after the cellular system operator has processed the cellular transmission data from the mobile station (such as may be done in providing enhanced 911 (or “E-911” service, for example). Alternatively, the player may be required to connect to thesystem 50 from a land line (or to call the gaming system operator using a land line telephone during the verification process), whereupon the gaming system operator may check the telephone company's records to verify the number and pull the street address associated with the number. As a further alternative, where the player has connected to thesystem 50 over the Internet, the gaming system operator may check the IP address of the gaming unit and of the Internet service provider, and obtain a street address from the Internet service provider. - Similarly, the operator may require the player to provide information that will be used at the present time and/or in the future to verify the identity of the player or players associated with a particular registration and/or profile. For example, the player may provide a form of identification (such as a fingerprint or other form of biometric data, driver's license, or national identity card) that the gaming system operator may use to access age data established by a third party (for example, the state department of motor vehicles). As a further alternative, the camera associated with the gaming unit may be used to monitor the player using the
gaming unit - Assuming that the preconditions are met at the
block 362 and verification is provided, if required, at theblock 366, the routine 360 proceeds to block 370, where the determination is made as to whether the profile for the registration is complete. If the registration is not complete, the routine may proceed throughblocks FIG. 4A or 350 a ofFIG. 4B . - After receiving the player profile at
block 354 or having determined that there is no player profile to receive atblock 352, thebrand association routine 350 proceeds to block 380. Atblock 380, the routine 350 determines if there are event criteria to be received by the brand association aspect of thesystem 50. If there are event criteria to be received, the routine 350 proceeds to block 382. - For example, according to certain embodiments of the present disclosure, it may be desirable to receive certain event criteria that may be utilized to select a brand from a plurality of brands in regard to which advertising and/or promotional materials may be provided to one or more players. Such event criteria may include game play events (e.g., a particular combination of game elements, a particular series of combinations of game elements, a bonus round trigger event, a progressive level trigger event), player tracking events (e.g., card-in, elapsed gaming time, number of coins in or out, rate of coins in or out), timed events (e.g., at a particular time of the day, on a particular day of the year, at a predetermined time, at a randomly selected time) and promotional events (e.g., to encourage use of underutilized machines, to encourage participation in a tournament). Other events may also be included.
- As was the case with the player profile, these event criteria may be uploaded from a memory storage location elsewhere in the
system 50, or may be preloaded onto theserver 140 orgaming unit time block 382 is executed. - After the event criteria is received at
block 382 or if it is determined atblock 380 that no event criteria is to be received, the routine 350 proceeds to block 384. Atblock 384, a determination is made as to whether there are criteria to be uploaded or entered in regard to the brand to be selected. If there are criteria to be uploaded or entered, the routine 350 proceeds to block 386. If there are no criteria to be uploaded or entered, the routine 350 proceeds to block 388. - The brand criteria may include a variety of concerns relating to the brands themselves and the brand-promoters associated with the brands (which may be the manufacturer or retailer of the goods and services associated with the brand, or may be an intermediary acting on behalf of such manufacturer or retailer, for example). For example, a criteria may be established for a specific brand that advertising and promotional materials concerning the brand will only be distributed to players that have a preference not only for a particular good or service associated with the brand, but also for the particular brand itself. As another example, where a particular brand-promoter sponsors a particular event (such as a tournament) or a particular prize offered for play of a particular group of
gaming units gaming units gaming units networks - As was the case with the player profile and the event criteria data, the brand criteria data may be uploaded from a memory storage location elsewhere in the
system 50, or may be preloaded onto theserver 140 orgaming unit time block 386 is executed. - Once the brand criteria has been stored or uploaded at
block 386 or the determination has been made atblock 384 that there is no criteria to store or upload, the routine 350 proceeds to block 388. Atblock 388, a determination is made of a brand from among a plurality of brands. The determination may involve a consideration of the player profile, the event criteria, the brand criteria, or any combination thereof. Alternatively, the determination may not require a consideration of any of a player profile, an event criterion or a brand criterion. Once the determination is made, the routine 350 proceeds to block 390. - The determination of which brand to feature relative to a specific player or group of players may include matching information contained in one or more of the data records to one or more of the criteria related to a particular brand. For example, a particular brand criteria related to a particular brand may require that the player have a preference for the good and/or service related to the target brand. The brand criteria may also require that the player have a preference for a related good and/or service that marketing studies have shown is a common preference for persons who are repeat purchasers of the good and/or service offered in connection with the target brand. Players who match the brand criteria may be included in the distribution list for the materials related to the brand associated with the brand criteria, and players who do not match are not included in the distribution list.
- The event criteria may be used in combination with the matching of the player profile data and the brand criteria, or in substitution therefore. For example, the operator of one or more of the
networks - As an alternative, the determination of the brand may rely in part or not at all on the matching of player profile data with event and brand criteria, the ultimate determination of the selected brand being made according to an exchange of communications between the network operator and the brand promoter. For example, the matching of player profile data with event and brand criteria may be used to narrow the group of potential brands from a larger number of possible brands, but not to select a specific brand. As another example, the matching of player profile data and event and brand criteria may be used to weigh the possibilities that one brand will be selected over another, without actually making the final determination as to which brand will be selected. However, at the end of the determination, the brand is selected according to an exchange of communications between the network operator and the brand promoter, for example in the form of an auction or reverse auction.
- That is, it may be determined, based on the player profile, event criteria and brand criteria, that a group of three hundred players could be a target audience for the advertising and/or promotional materials of any one of three brands. Moreover, based on other event and brand criteria established by the network operator, the advertising and/or promotional materials of only one of the three brands may be distributed at the present time. The network operator may send a request message via the network 160 (which may represent the Internet) to the
servers server 140. The network operator associated with thebrand association server 140 must then decide which offer to accept in regard to the target audience. In this fashion, not only the player profile, event criteria and brand criteria determine the brand selected, but the exchange of communications (in the form of an auction) also determines the brand selected. - Of course, an auction is not the only kind of exchange of communications that might be used to make the determination as to the brand selected. For example, the player profile data, in combination with the event criteria and brand criteria, may be used to form a ranked list of potential brands. The network operator may then send an offer for a bid (in currency or in kind) to the brand promoter associated with the highest-ranked brand, and if the brand promoter accepts, the determination process is over; otherwise, the network operator sends a communication to the brand-promoter associated with the next name on the list, and so on. As another example, the network operator may need a certain number of prizes for a promotion to be used in conjunction with a group of players having certain common likes or dislikes, and the operator may provide a communication to a number of brand-promoters requesting bids for the opportunity to provide the prizes needed to the audience described.
- As a still further method for the determination of the selected brand, the determination may be made without consulting player profile data, event criteria or brand criteria, and without resort to communicating with the brand-promoter at the time the determination is made. Instead, the determination may be made according to an input received by the
server 140 orgaming unit ticket reader 256 or a card that may be disposed into thecard reader 262, the ticket, coupon or card including an instruction which is used by theserver 140 orgaming unit ticket reader 256 orcard reader 262, such as thegaming unit 130, the input may be in the form of a password instead. According to any such embodiment, the determination is made after the input is received. - As one example of such an embodiment, a ticket, coupon or card may be provided to a player during the play of a game at one of the
gaming units printer networks - And another embodiment, the selection may be performed in whole or in part by the player. That is, the
server 140 may display a number of brands available, for example by generating an image on thedisplay unit 274, and the player may a select a brand from the brands displayed, using a touch screen associated with thedisplay unit 274 or some other player input device, such as a button. According to one variation, the brand distribution aspect may be programmed to display one or more brands, and the player is permitted to select any one of the brands displayed. According to another variation the brand distribution aspect may start with a first plurality of brands, theserver 140 may be programmed to use one or more of the player profile, the event criteria and the brand criteria to reduce the number of brands to a second plurality, and then the player is permitted to select one of the second plurality of brands, which selected brand will be used hereafter. For example, the player profile may be used to eliminate certain brands based on the players' willingness to accept certain advertisements or the players' desire not to receive other advertisements. Other variations are possible. - Once the brand is determined at
block 388, the brand materials are retrieved atblock 390. - The brand materials may include a variety of possibilities. For example, the brand materials may include advertising information. The brand materials may include video or audio information associated with the brand, such as a particular logo, slogan, or jingle. The video information may in the form of stills or video clips, and may be incorporated into the images that make up the game aspect of the
system 50, or may be separate from the images involved in game play. The audio information may be in the form of audio or sound clips, and may also be incorporated into the sound effects that normally make up the game aspect of the system 50 (e.g., the sound effect jingle for the selected brand may be generated when a payout is awarded that includes a good or service of the selected brand), may be coordinated with the display of the video information associated with the selected brand, or may generated separately from the images involved in game play and the images associated with the selected brand. The brand materials may also represent bonusing opportunities not available to the general public, but only to players that have received the brand materials. The brand materials may further include prizes that are selected according to the brand (such as goods and/or services associated with the brand). Perhaps in conjunction with the prizes selected according to the brand, the brand materials may include modifications to be made to a paytable or a downloadable paytable. As a further alternative, the brand materials may include links which may provide a conduit for further information and/or prizes associated with the brand. - These materials may be already stored in memory somewhere on the
system 50 for retrieval. However, where the brand is determined through a bargaining session, such as an auction, for example, the materials may need to be retrieved from a remote server associated with the brand-promoter that is associated with the brand selected atblock 388. Moreover, where the materials involved are prizes, the actual materials may not be transferred to the network operator, but instead other items representative of the prizes (such as a photograph or illustration of the prize) may be transferred to the network operator for use and/or display to the players. - Once the materials have been retrieved at
block 390, the routine 350 proceeds to block 392, where the materials are distributed. The downloading of the materials atblock 392 may be a direct download of materials from theserver 140 to a storage device associated with a player, such asgaming unit personal communication unit servers FIG. 1A , for example. That is, the brand association materials may be downloaded to an intermediary server, such as the gamingmachine download server 144 and thecommunications server 146. Then, at a later time, theserver 140 may provide a command, or event, that is then communicated to all of the servers in thesystem 50. In response to the event, the individual servers determine if the event has significance for them, and, if so, what the significance might be. For example, the server may send a particular event that causes a download of brand materials from the gamingunit download server 144, but which thecommunications server 146 may ignore. In the alternative, the server may send a particular event that causes a download to occur from the gamingunit download server 144 and thecommunications server 146 at approximately the same time (for example, a holiday). However, even if theservers servers - Once the materials have been distributed to the devices where the brand materials will be used, such as
gaming units personal communication units block 394. This information, as discussed previously, may include advertising information and/or promotional information. Examples of the information and its use in the brand association aspect of thesystem 50 are illustrated inFIGS. 6A, 6B , 7 and 8. - Turning first to
FIGS. 6A and 6B , it will be recognized thatFIG. 6A illustrates animage 400 that might be displayed on thedisplay unit 274 of a gaming unit (such as one of the gaming units 54) during the operation of thegaming unit 54 according to a slots game. Theslots game image 400 may include a number ofreels 402, each reel having a plurality of symbols 404 (black “7”), 406 (white “7”), 408 (triple bar), 410 (double bar), 412 (single bar) displayed thereon. The slots game image may also includebuttons 414, such as a “Cash Out” button, a “See Pays” button, a “Spin” button, a “Max Bet” button, a plurality of payline buttons, and a plurality of bet buttons, the operation of each of which has been explained above relative toFIG. 2A . Theimage 400 may also include apaytable 416. Thepaytable 416 includes a listing ofcertain combinations 418 and the associatedpayouts 420. Theimage 400 may also include one ormore areas 422 in which nothing is shown in theimage 400 ofFIG. 6A (while thearea 422 is surrounded by a rectangle, the rectangle is for illustrative purposes only, and does not necessarily mean that a rectangularly-shaped border need be shown in theimage 400 ofFIG. 6A ). -
FIG. 6B illustrates theimage 400, now designated 400 a, as modified according to the brand association aspect of thesystem 50. While a number of modifications have been made to theimage 400 a in keeping with the brand association aspect of thesystem 50, this is not to suggest that all of the modifications must be made in combination. Rather, the modifications may be taken individually or in combination, whether that is the combination illustrated inFIG. 6B or some other combination. - To begin, one or more of the
symbols reels 402 a. In the example illustrated, thesymbols 412 have been replaced with an image 424 (which includes pictorial and textual elements) that is associated with the selected brand (“LOGO”). According to other embodiments, all of thesymbols symbols 424 may be static—that is, thesymbols 424 may be used in the display of outcomes in regard to the slots game only. Alternatively, and in combination with a touch screen associated with the display unit 274 (includingtouch screen buttons 414 a), thesymbols 424 may be dynamic—that is, thesymbols 424 may serve as buttons which activate links to other materials related to the selected brand as well as being used in the display of outcomes in regard to the slots game. For example, by touching the area of the touch screen associated with one of thesymbols 424, a signal may be generated that is received by theserver 140. In response, theserver 140 may retrieve a webpage from a website associated with the selected brand, for example, as shown inFIG. 7 . The player may then navigate the website associated with the selected brand using input devices on the web pages, such as thebuttons FIG. 7 . - It will be further recognized that, while an example has been discussed wherein symbols related to the selected brand are displayed in place of symbols typically displayed in the slots game, this modification is not limited to the type of game discussed or the game elements used to play such game. That is, if the example discussed previously had been a card game, such as video poker or video blackjack, the
symbols 424 could have been displayed in place of one or more of the denominations, such as all jacks, queens, kings or aces. Moreover the symbols may be displayed on such cards separate apart from the markings representing the suits and denominations. For example, each card may have the symbol disposed in the center of the face of the card irrespective of the suit and denomination of the card. Moreover, as indicated above, the symbol may be static or dynamic. Similar modifications may be made to keno cards, bingo cards, die, and the like. - As also is shown in
FIG. 6B , advertising information about the selected brand may be displayed in thearea 422 a. This advertising may be static, or may be animated. Similar to thesymbols 424, thearea 422 a may be dynamic, such that when a player touches the touch screen in thearea 422 a, a signal is sent to theserver 140 to pull up an advertisement or a webpage, such as shown inFIG. 7 . Alternatively, only sections of thearea 422 a may be dynamic—for example, only the region overlying the “LOGO”symbol 430. For that matter, asymbol 430 may be displayed as part of the image without any accompanying advertising material, such as the text displayed in thearea 422 a. - As is further shown in
FIG. 6B , thepaytable 416 a may be modified as well, whether that paytable is of the primary game provided by the gaming unit, or a bonus or secondary bonus game or event. While the modification of thepaytable 416 a, as shown, includes substitutedgame elements 424,substitute combinations 418 a,payouts 420 a and a substituted payout in the form of aprize 432, which may be, for example, a good or a service associated with the selected brand, the modification of thepaytable 416 a need not include both modifications at the same time. That is, it is within the scope of the present disclosure for such a modification to be made, but it is also within the scope of the present disclosure for only thegame elements 424 to be substituted for the game elements existing in normal operation of the gaming unit or for only the payout to be modified, the payout being associated with the selected brand but the game outcome (as represented by the combination of game elements) being identical to that which occurs in the normal operation of the gaming unit. - This modification may be made by reprogramming a section of the existing paytable at the gaming machine to include a game element or a prize that is associated with the selected brand. The reprogramming of the paytable may include alteration of the original code or original associated data structures that represent the paytable to include one or more gaming elements associated with the selected brand (such as game elements 424) or a payout associated with the selected brand. Alternatively, the code or associated data structures may be originally written so as to permit the insertion or substitution of one or
more game elements 424 or one or more prizes into the paytable after the code or associated data structure is stored in the memory of the gaming unit. For example, the stored paytable may include one or more game outcomes (which may be represented by one or more combinations of game elements, such as symbols on a slot machine) that are not associated with a payout or are associated with a lesser value payout according to the normal operation of the gaming unit, but that may be later associated with a payout without altering the underlying paytable code. - Alternatively, the modification of the paytable may be performed by downloading a new paytable to the gaming unit, which paytable is then implemented by the gaming unit. While the paytable is referred to as “new”, the paytable may be new only in relation to the game elements that may result in game outcomes associated with payouts or the payouts that may be provided, the frequency and the size of the payouts remaining substantially unchanged relative to the paytable used by the gaming unit in the normal operation of the gaming unit. For example, the paytable may remain unchanged as to the size and the frequency of all payouts, except that a prize associated with the selected brand is now provided as a payout for a game outcome (which may be represented by one or more combinations of game elements, such as symbols on a slot machine) that previously had no prize associated therewith or only a lesser value payout associated therewith. Moreover, this game outcome may now include
game elements 424 associated with the selected brand. As another alternative, however, not only is one of a good and a service associated with the selected brand incorporated into the payouts offered, but the frequency and/or size of the payouts provided also may be changed. - The new paytable may be one specifically written for the selected brand, or may be written for the inclusion of brand prizes without a particular brand in mind. As one example of the former case, the new paytable may include one or more prizes, which prizes are one of a good or a service associated with a selected brand. As one example of the later case, the new paytable may include one or more prizes, which prizes are one of a good or a service that have a certain value or a certain range of values, whether the value is the amount that it costs the sponsor or system or network operator to provide the prize or the player to select and receive the prize. The paytable is particularized for a selected brand at a later time, whether that is at the time of download to a software distribution server, at the time of download to the gaming unit, at the time of use, in accordance with a particular event, etc., by including in the paytable the good or service of the selected brand that matches or most substantially matches the value or range of values established in the new paytable. It will be recognized that an identification other than value may be used for cross-reference of the prizes of different brands for inclusion in a paytable established for the goods and services of more than one brand; for example, the identifier may be one that is peculiar to the brand association aspect of the
system 50, unlike value which may have denominations and ready comparability even outside of the brand association aspect of thesystem 50. - As a further alternative, the modification of the paytable may be implemented without changing the paytable of the gaming unit so as to insert or substitute game elements or a good or a service associated with the selected brand, or the size and/or frequency of the payouts awarded. For example, the paytable modification may come in the form of a payout enhancement that is associated with the selected brand, but that is applied to some or all of the payouts determined as a consequence of the normal operation of the gaming unit in the primary gaming mode or a bonus or secondary gaming mode. Such a paytable modification may be a multiplier that is applied to all payouts according to the selection of a particular brand, or a prize that is awarded in combination with a payout above a threshold value and according to the selection of a particular brand. Such a paytable modification may be combined with the display of advertising material associated with the selected brand to remind the player as to the brand associated with the paytable modification being applied.
- As seen in the particular illustration of
FIG. 6A , according to thepaytable 416 used during the normal operation of the gaming unit, the combination of three bars (symbol 412) is associated with a zero payout according to the normal operation of the gaming unit. However, according to an embodiment of thebrand association routine 350 where the single bars 412 a are replaced with thebrand symbols 424, thepaytable 416 a may be modified such that threebrand symbols 424 are now associated with theprize 432. According to one embodiment of such a modification, the prize may be a good or a service related to, and perhaps provided by, the brand-promoter associated with the selected brand. - For example, when three
symbols 424 are displayed, indicating an outcome for which a “prize” is associated, theimage 436 shown inFIG. 8 may be displayed on ‘all or’ part of thedisplay unit 274, and may represent a form. In accordance with this particular example shown inFIG. 8 , the player is permitted to select his or her prize from among three prizes, each of which may be associated with the selected brand. As shown, the player may select the LOGO Snack-Yums product, the LOGO Snicky-Snacks product, or the LOGO Snack-O's product by activating theradio button 438 disposed below the text describing the prize option, which text may be replaced with or be used in combination with an illustration or photograph of the prize instead. Once the player has made his or her selection, the player may depress anenter button 440. - The form may be transmitted, for example, to the
server 140 if the network operator is in charge of distributing the prizes, or to one of theservers server 140 or one of theservers server server 140, for example, may control theticket printer 256 associated with thegaming unit 54 to print a coupon or ticket which may be taken to a location within a casino associated with thenetwork 52 for redemption. The coupon or ticket may, likewise, be redeemable at a retail establishment, perhaps even a retail establishment associated with the brand-promoter associated with the selected brand. - It is believed that the modifications to the paytable discussed above may be readily approved by the relevant regulatory authorities. That is, where the paytables discussed above involve the inclusion of a prize payout for a game outcome that had no payout or only a lesser value payout associated therewith, such a paytable may be beneficial to the player in that the paytable gives the player an additional possible winning combination where none previously existed. It is believed that governmental regulatory authorities are generally more inclined to approve of the use of such paytables where the player is receiving more than they would have received under a preexisting paytable. It will be recognized that this argument may be strongest where the modified paytable does not modify the frequency and size of the paytable used by the gaming unit in normal operation, but only includes a payout for a gaming outcome that previously had no payout associated therewith or includes a payout in addition to an existing payout. It is further believed that this argument may favor obtaining approval of such a paytable even when the specific prize or prizes to be distributed for game outcomes previously unassociated with a payout or associated with a payout of lesser value are not specifically identified, but the value or range of values of the prize to be distributed are identified (e.g., in the situation where the good or the service to be provided is not specifically known until the brand is selected and the paytable is downloaded, implemented in the gaming unit, etc.).
- As a further alternative to the embodiments discussed above, wherein the paytable was modified to include a good or a service associated with the selected brand, it may be that the paytable is modified such that one or more of the game outcomes (such as, for example, the combinations of three
symbols 424 shown inFIG. 6B ) may result in a payout of “brand points” rather than in currency or in kind. For example, the combination of threesymbols 424 may result in a number of points being awarded to the player, which points may be redeemed for prizes such as goods and/or services from the brand-promoter associated with the selected brand. The player may be able to redeem the points by connecting to a web site associated with the brand, or by visiting a retail establishment operated by the brand-promoter. To permit the points to be portable, theserver 140 orgaming unit ticket printer 256 to print a ticket for the amount of points awarded according to the brand association aspect of thesystem 50. - Referring now to
FIG. 6C , an additional paytable structure is shown onimage 400 b displayed ondisplay unit 274 for separately sponsored gaming. Here, the gaming system includes one ormore gaming devices - In one embodiment, potential sponsors wishing to advertise their brands, goods and/or services communicate with an advertising consultant (e.g., affiliated with the gaming device manufacturer or a casino) about amounts and types of game prizes the companies wish to sponsor in exchange for the display of their advertising or branding. Alternatively, the potential service providers communicate directly with the casino or manufacturer. In either case, this information leads to the development of a separate sponsored
paytable 416 b including one or more sponsored awards, which operates with standard paytable 416 (FIG. 6A ), and which coincides with the display of symbols and game indicia showing branding, logos or other advertising representing the one or more sponsor of sponsoredpaytable 416 b. Another method of implementing the sponsored paytable is through the use of “bots” that distribute the advertisements and control the licensing issues associated with such advertisements.U.S. patent application 11/497,740 describes software agents or bots which can be used in accordance with the present disclosure. A licensing bot can be employed to enforce the advertising contract. For example, $2,000.00 can be paid for 2,000 displays or impressions for three months of ads on a gaming machine. The bot notifies the advertisers when the contract needs renewal. Distribution bots can also be employed to detect when a target player is on line to display an adto. The bot goes to a database, finds the player information to match player preferences with advertising and sends output to the advertiser. -
Display unit 274 operates for example with a touch screen overlay to provide separatepayout recall buttons 414, namely, a game paysbutton 414 and logo paysbutton 414. Game paysbutton 414 recalls thebase game paytable 416 described above in connection inFIG. 6A . Logo paysbutton 414 recalls aseparate paytable 416 b, which is dedicated to prizes or payouts, via base or bonus game, which are achieved by obtaining the displayed combination oflogo symbols -
Image 400 b showsadditional advertising 446 for company one having logo onesymbol 442, advertising 446 a for company two having logo twosymbol 442 a andadvertising 446 b for company three having logo threesymbol 442 b. Advertising 446 (referring collectively toadvertising gaming unit gaming unit gaming unit logo - The separate paytable configuration shown on
image 400 b ofdisplay unit 274 is advantageous in one major respect because thebase game paytable 416 is unaltered. That is, the game plays the same, with the same average payback percentage, as if the additional sponsoredpaytable 416 b did not exist. No changing of software forbase game paytable 416 needs to occur. In one sense, the sponsoredpaytable 416 b acts as a bonus to thebase game paytable 416. Accordingly, it is believed that this paytable structure will readily meet governmental regulatory approval. - If, on the other hand, the prizes or credits provided via sponsored
paytable 416 b are instead integrated into the standard orbase game paytable 416, the sponsored prizes or credits then become part of the payback percentage of the overall gaming device. If the casino wishes to maintain a particular payback percentage, e.g., of 95%, the standard or base game winning combinations need to be adjusted to account for the additional payback amount provided via sponsoredpayouts 420 b. Here, either the percentage likelihood of generation of one or more of thestandard combinations 418 has to change or itscorresponding payout 420 has to change 418 to accommodate the payback percentage provided via sponsoredpayouts 420 b. Both procedures could be cumbersome, especially if thedisplay unit 274 is constantly changing advertisers or changing the logos 422 (referring collectively tologos 442 to 442 b),payouts 420 b and/oradditional advertising 446 for existing advertisers. - The payout structure of
FIG. 6C enables existing games to be retrofitted readily with a sponsoredpaytable 416 b. Moreover, the payout configuration ofFIG. 6C enables different sponsoredpaytables 416 b to be swapped out readily. It is contemplated forgaming unit paytables 416 b for a given player having certain purchasing demographics. - In the illustrated embodiment, sponsored payout table 416 b shows that different combinations of the
same logo symbol 442 provide different sponsored payouts. Payout table 416 b also shows thatdifferent logos different logos 442 can be different food items provided by the sponsor, which are displayed in combination with the sponsors logo. - Sponsored
payouts 420 b for sponsoredwins 418 b can vary. For example, certain winningcombinations 418 b yields game credits.Other combinations 418b yields prizes 432 such as a trip or car. Other types of sponsoredpayouts 420 b forcombinations 418 b include such as free spins or free games as illustrated. - In an embodiment, sponsored
paytable 416 b is always used. That is, the player does not have an option to play or not play with theadditional payouts 420 b of sponsoredpaytable 416 b. In one embodiment, the sponsoredpaytable 416 b does not change. For example, if the entire gaming machine is dedicated to a particular sponsor, e.g., a famous motorcycle manufacturer, the branding andadvertising 446 may be fixed in software and correspond to permanent branding and/or advertising provided on the exterior or console of the gaming device. In such case, a single reel stripe supplies both standard game symbols ofcombinations 418 andlogo symbols 442 ofcombinations 418 b. That is, separate reel strips do not need to be provided. - In an alternative embodiment,
gaming unit logo option button 448, e.g., as part of a touch screen overlay operating withdisplay unit 274.Button 448 can be a toggle type button, which switches the sponsored paytable option on or off as the player sequentiallypresses button 448. In the event that the player for whatever reason opts not to use the logo or sponsored paytable option,gaming device logo symbols 442. In an alternative implementation,logo symbols 442 are shown even when the player chooses not to play with the sponsored paytable option, however, the player does not win any prize for obtaining any of the combinations shown inpaytable 416 b. - Although not critical, it is desirable that the payout percentage for
gaming unit payouts 420 b of sponsoredpaytable 416 b are used or not. If the reel strip is set andlogo symbols 442 are always provided regardless of whether or not the sponsored payout option is activated then the payout percentage formain game payouts 418 also does not change. If logo symbols are added or removed depending on whether sponsored payout option is used, however, then each of the symbols ofbase game combinations 418 needs to be increased whenlogo symbols 402 are added to the reel strip, so that the percentage likelihood of generating each of the winningcombinations 418 remains the same. It is contemplated however that, depending on the size of the reel strips, the incremental change in the likelihood of occurrence of a particular winningcombination 418 due to the addedlogo symbols 442 would be small enough that the amount of base games symbols ofcombinations 418 would not to be changed. It should also be appreciated that one or more symbols could be replaced and that payout for existing symbol combinations could also be adjusted to provide the existing payout of the base paytable and the additional payout of the sponsored paytable for a same winning symbol combination. It should also be appreciated that various other changes could be made to the reels, symbols and probabilities for generating the symbols. - As discussed above in connection with
FIG. 2 ,gaming device card reader 262 andplayer tracking module 260, which receives a player tracking card. In an embodiment, the option to play or not play the wagering game with sponsoredpaytable 418 b can be preset on the player tracking card, so that the player does not have to pressbutton 448 each time the player loads credits ontogaming device player tracking module 260 recognizes the player's preset preference and allows or disables the advertising features accordingly. - Another option for the sponsored payouts is illustrated in connection with
button 202 shown onimage 400 b ofdisplay unit 274. Here, the player is given the option of giving the sponsored merchandise or credits to another player.Button 202 can operate in a toggle fashion similar to that oflogo option button 448. Here, if the player selects to give the merchandise to another player or person, a separate screen appears and asks the payer to identify the intended recipient of the sponsored credits, prize or merchandise. For example, the player can enter the recipient's email address, whichsystem 50 uses to send a confirmation of merchandise or fund transfer to the selected recipient. Alternatively, the popup screen could prompt the player to have the recipient insert his/her identification or player tracking card into theplayer tracking slot 262 ofgaming device - In a further alternative embodiment,
gaming units buss 58 for example are identified by a number or other suitable demarcation, allowing the player to enter the number or other identification of a linked machine to which the player wishes to transfer the prize or credits. Once the identifier is entered,system 50 usesbuss 58 to update the recipient machine's credit meter or to indicate a prize on the recipient's machine when a winning combination oflogo symbols 442 appears on theprize providing machine - A further option available to the player is illustrated by
button 204, which can operate with a touch screen overly anddisplay unit 274 ofgaming device payout 420 b in the form of a prize or gaming device credits. This option may be implemented in a number of ways. For example, each of the sponsored pays 420 b could show both a prize and an associated number of credits. The number of credits could be worth more, less or approximate as closely as possible the value of the prize, which can be a retail value, wholesale value, etc., or some combination thereof. The player can view the different prizes and associated credit amounts and then select the player's preference viabutton 204, which again can be a toggle type of input. - In an embodiment, selecting
prize option button 204 sets each of thepayouts 420 b ofpaytable 416 b to either a prize or associated credits. In another embodiment, the payouts of each winningcombination 418 b can be set individually. For example, the sponsoredpaytable 416 b could be provided with a scroll option, which the player uses to scroll through each of the payouts to set whether it is paid as a prize or number of credits. - Returning now to
FIG. 4A , it will be noted that atblock 444, the routine 350 may determine that the brand should be changed. For example, the brand materials associated with a specific brand may only be displayed for a limited time period, in accordance with an event criterion or a brand criterion. Alternatively, the event, which caused the brand materials of a particular brand to be distributed and used, may be complete. As such, during a gaming session of any significant duration, brand materials associated with a plurality of brands may be displayed. In fact, this may not only be possible, but may be desirable to the operator of thenetworks block 444 that the brand should be changed, the routine returns to block 352, otherwise the routine 350 may return to block 394. - It will be recognized that while the routine 350 may return to block 252 if the determination is made to change the brand, it may not be necessary to repeat each one of the determinations made at
blocks server 140 operating according to thebrand association routine 350, it need not be stored for a second time if the determination is made to change the brand relative to the player. Similarly, the determinations atblocks system 50 by reducing the number of redundancies in the operation of the routine 350. -
FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a gamingmain operating routine 450 that may be stored in the memory of the controller 310, which may operate with any of the paytable schemes discussed above in connection withFIGS. 6A to 6C. Referring toFIG. 9 , the main routine 450 may begin operation atblock 452 during which an attraction sequence may be performed in an attempt to induce a potential player in a casino to play thegaming unit 54. The attraction sequence may be performed by displaying one or more video images on the display unit 274 (if provided as a video display unit) and/or causing one or more sound segments or sound effects, such as voice or music, to be generated via thespeakers 270. The attraction sequence may include a scrolling list of games that may be played on thegaming unit 54 and/or video images of various games being played, such as video poker, video blackjack, video slots, video keno, video bingo, etc. - During performance of the attraction sequence, if a potential player makes any input to the
gaming unit 54 as determined atblock 454, the attraction sequence may be terminated. Thegaming unit 54 may detect an input atblock 454 in various ways. For example, thegaming unit 54 could detect if the player presses any button on thegaming unit 54; thegaming unit 54 could determine if the player deposited one or more coins into thegaming unit 54; thegaming unit 54 could determine if player deposited paper currency into the gaming unit; etc. - After terminating the attraction sequence, the routine 450 may proceed to a
block 456, and a game selection display may be generated on the display unit 274 (if provided as a video display unit) to allow the player to select a game available on thegaming unit 54. However, according to certain embodiments of thesystem 50, the gaming units may be provided at locations remote from the place of business of the operator of the system 50 (for example, as illustrated by thegaming unit 188 inFIG. 1A , which gaming unit is coupled to the remainder of thesystem 50 via the network 150). In such a situation, it may be necessary to ensure that certain preconditions are met before the player is permitted to place a wager and play a game. Ablock 458 is shown inFIG. 9 , and represents a determination as to whether a player has met the preconditions for placing a wager and playing a game. The determination represented by theblock 458 inFIG. 9 may be discussed in greater detail with reference toverification routine 460 inFIG. 10 . - According to
FIG. 10 , theverification routine 460 begins at ablock 462, wherein a determination may be made at to whether the gaming unit (e.g., gaming unit 188) is located in a jurisdiction that permits gaming. This determination may be made by referring to the same types of information as was discussed above with reference to theblock 362 of the routine 360 shown inFIG. 5 . If the determination is made that the gaming unit is not located in a jurisdiction that permits gaming, the routine exits at ablock 464, and the routine 450 returns to theblock 452; otherwise, routine passes to ablock 466. - At the
block 466, a determination may be made as to whether the player meets minimum age requirements (set by state gaming agencies, for example) necessary to operate the gaming unit. For example, a registration event at the gaming system operator's place of business, the player may provide proof of age and identity. The data may then be stored in a memory, such as a server operating as a database at the gaming system operator's place of business or a more portable memory device, such as a memory card or a PDA. The age data may be accessed later to prove age qualification by matching (within established standards) the identity data stored with the age data. If the determination is made and the player fails to age qualify, then the routine 460 may exit atblock 468, and the routine 450 returns to theblock 452; if the player age qualifies or the determination is omitted, then the routine proceeds to block 470. - At the
block 470, a determination may be made as to whether the identify of the player can be verified. The determination ofblock 470 may be omitted where the gaming system operator can limit access by underage players to the gaming units (for example, in a casino-type gaming environment as opposed to an Internet-type gaming environment). However, the system operator may require that the player provide a form of identification (such as a fingerprint or other form of biometric data, driver's license, or national identity card) that the gaming system operator may use to access age data established by a third party (for example, the state department of motor vehicles). As an alternative, a camera associated with the gaming unit may be used to monitor the player using the gaming unit to verify identity. If the player fails to provide or is unwilling to provide proper verification of identify, the routine 470 exists at ablock 472 and the routine 450 returns to theblock 452; alternatively, the routine 460 passes to ablock 474, and the routine 450 passes to theblock 456. - The game selection display generated at
block 456 may include, for example, a list of video games that may be played on thegaming unit 54 and/or a visual message to prompt the player to deposit value into thegaming unit 54. While the game-selection display is generated, thegaming unit 54 may wait for the player to make a game selection. Upon selection of one of the games by the player as determined atblock 478, the controller 310 may cause one of a number of game routines to be performed to allow the selected game to be played. For example, the game routines could include avideo poker routine 480, avideo blackjack routine 482, a slots routine 484, avideo keno routine 486, and avideo bingo routine 488. Atblock 478, if no game selection is made within a given period of time, the operation may branch back to block 352. - After one of the
routines gaming unit 54 or to select another game. If the player wishes to stop playing thegaming unit 54, which wish may be expressed, for example, by selecting a “Cash Out” button, the controller 310 may dispense value to the player atblock 492 based on the outcome of the game(s) played by the player. The operation may then return to block 452. If the player did not wish to quit as determined atblock 490, the routine may return to block 456 where the game-selection display may again be generated to allow the player to select another game. - It should be noted that although five gaming routines are shown in
FIG. 9 , a different number of routines could be included to allow play of a different number of games. Thegaming unit 54 may also be programmed to allow play of different games. -
FIG. 11 is a flowchart of an alternativemain operating routine 500 that may be stored in the memory of the controller 310, and which may operate with any of the paytable schemes discussed above in connection withFIGS. 6A to 6C. The main routine 500 may be utilized forgaming units 54 that are designed to allow play of only a single game or single type of game, and does not include the preconditions block shown in the routine ofFIG. 9 , although the routine ofFIG. 11 may be altered to include such block. Referring toFIG. 11 , the main routine 500 may begin operation atblock 502 during which an attraction sequence may be performed in an attempt to induce a potential player in a casino to play thegaming unit 54. The attraction sequence may be performed by displaying one or more video images on the display unit 274 (if provided as a video display unit) and/or causing one or more sound segments, such as voice or music, to be generated via thespeakers 270. - During performance of the attraction sequence, if a potential player makes any input to the
gaming unit 54 as determined atblock 504, the attraction sequence may be terminated and a game display may be generated on the display unit 274 (if provided as a video display unit) atblock 506. The game display generated atblock 506 may include, for example, an image of the casino game that may be played on thegaming unit 54 and/or a visual message to prompt the player to deposit value into thegaming unit 54. Atblock 508, thegaming unit 54 may determine if the player requested information concerning the game, in which case the requested information may be displayed atblock 510.Block 512 may be used to determine if the player requested initiation of a game, in which case agame routine 514 may be performed. Thegame routine 514 could be any one of the game routines disclosed herein, such as one of the fivegame routines - After the routine 514 has been performed to allow the player to play the game, block 516 may be utilized to determine whether the player wishes to terminate play on the
gaming unit 54. If the player wishes to stop playing thegaming unit 54, which wish may be expressed, for example, by selecting a “Cash Out” button, the controller 310 may dispense value to the player atblock 518 based on the outcome of the game(s) played by the player. The operation may then return to block 502. If the player did not wish to quit as determined atblock 516, the operation may return to block 508. - Where the
gaming unit 54 is designed to facilitate play of a video poker game, thedisplay unit 274 may comprise a video display unit.FIG. 12 is anexemplary display 600 that may be shown on thedisplay unit 274 during performance of thevideo poker routine 480 shown schematically inFIG. 9 . Referring toFIG. 12 , thedisplay 600 may includevideo images 602 of a plurality of playing cards representing the player's hand, such as five cards.Display 600 is configured to operate with any of the paytable schemes discussed above in connection withFIGS. 6A to 6C. To allow the player to control the play of the video poker game, a plurality of player-selectable buttons may be displayed. The buttons may include a “Hold”button 604 disposed directly below each of theplaying card images 602, a “Cash Out”button 606, a “See Pays”button 608, a “Bet One Credit”button 610, a “Bet Max Credits”button 612, and a “Deal/Draw”button 614. Thedisplay 600 may also include anarea 616 in which the number of remaining credits or value is displayed. If thedisplay unit 274 is provided with a touch-sensitive screen, thebuttons video display 600. Alternatively, one or more of those buttons may be provided as part of a control panel that is provided separately from thedisplay unit 274. -
FIG. 14 is a flowchart of thevideo poker routine 360 shown schematically inFIG. 9 . Referring toFIG. 14 , atblock 620, the routine may determine whether the player has requested payout information, such as by activating the “See Pays”button 608, in which case atblock 622 the routine may cause one or more pay tables to be displayed on thedisplay unit 274. Atblock 624, the routine may determine whether the player has made a bet, such as by pressing the “Bet One Credit”button 610, in which case atblock 626 bet data corresponding to the bet made by the player may be stored in the memory of the controller 310. Atblock 628, the routine may determine whether the player has pressed the “Bet Max Credits”button 612, in which case atblock 630 bet data corresponding to the maximum allowable bet may be stored in the memory of the controller 310. - At
block 632, the routine may determine if the player desires a new hand to be dealt, which may be determined by detecting if the “Deal/Draw”button 614 was activated after a wager was made. In that case, at block 634 a video poker hand may be “dealt” by causing thedisplay unit 274 to generate theplaying card images 602. After the hand is dealt, atblock 636 the routine may determine if any of the “Hold”buttons 604 have been activated by the player, in which case data regarding which of theplaying card images 602 are to be “held” may be stored in the controller 310 atblock 638. If the “Deal/Draw”button 614 is activated again as determined atblock 640, each of theplaying card images 602 that was not “held” may be caused to disappear from thevideo display 600 and to be replaced by a new, randomly selected, playingcard image 602 atblock 642. - At
block 644, the routine may determine whether the poker hand represented by theplaying card images 602 currently displayed is a winner. That determination may be made by comparing data representing the currently displayed poker hand with data representing all possible winning hands, which may be stored in the memory of the controller 310. If there is a winning hand, a payout value corresponding to the winning hand may be determined atblock 646. Atblock 648, the player's cumulative value or number of credits may be updated by subtracting the bet made by the player and adding, if the hand was a winner, the payout value determined atblock 646. The cumulative value or number of credits may also be displayed in the display area 616 (FIG. 12 ). - Although the
video poker routine 480 is described above in connection with a single poker hand of five cards, the routine 480 may be modified to allow other versions of poker to be played. For example, seven card poker may be played, or stud poker may be played. Alternatively, multiple poker hands may be simultaneously played. In that case, the game may begin by dealing a single poker hand, and the player may be allowed to hold certain cards. After deciding which cards to hold, the held cards may be duplicated in a plurality of different poker hands, with the remaining cards for each of those poker hands being randomly determined. - Where the
gaming unit 54 is designed to facilitate play of a video blackjack game, thedisplay unit 274 may comprise a video display unit.FIG. 13 is anexemplary display 700 that may be shown on thedisplay unit 274 during performance of thevideo blackjack routine 482 shown schematically inFIG. 9 . Referring toFIG. 13 , thedisplay 700 may includevideo images 702 of a pair of playing cards representing a dealer's hand, with one of the cards shown face up and the other card being shown face down, andvideo images 704 of a pair of playing cards representing a player's hand, with both the cards shown face up. The “dealer” may be thegaming unit 54.Display 700 is configured to operate with any of the paytable configurations discussed above in connection withFIGS. 6A to 6C. - To allow the player to control the play of the video blackjack game, a plurality of player-selectable buttons may be displayed. The buttons may include a “Cash Out”
button 706, a “See Pays”button 708, a “Stay”button 710, a “Hit”button 712, a “Bet One Credit”button 714, and a “Bet Max Credits”button 716. Thedisplay 700 may also include anarea 718 in which the number of remaining credits or value is displayed. If thedisplay unit 274 is provided with a touch-sensitive screen, thebuttons video display 700. Alternatively, one or more of those buttons may be provided as part of a control panel that is provided separately from thedisplay unit 274. -
FIG. 15 is a flowchart of thevideo blackjack routine 482 shown schematically inFIG. 9 . Referring toFIG. 15 , thevideo blackjack routine 482 may begin atblock 720 where it may determine whether a bet has been made by the player. That may be determined, for example, by detecting the activation of either the “Bet One Credit”button 714 or the “Bet Max Credits”button 716. Atblock 722, bet data corresponding to the bet made atblock 720 may be stored in the memory of the controller 310. Atblock 724, a dealer's hand and a player's hand may be “dealt” by making theplaying card images display unit 274. - At
block 726, the player may be allowed to be “hit,” in which case atblock 728 another card will be dealt to the player's hand by making anotherplaying card image 704 appear in thedisplay 700. If the player is hit, block 730 may determine if the player has “bust,” or exceeded 21. If the player has not bust, blocks 726 and 728 may be performed again to allow the player to be hit again. - If the player decides not to hit, at
block 732 the routine may determine whether the dealer should be hit. Whether the dealer hits may be determined in accordance with predetermined rules, such as the dealer always hit if the dealer's hand totals 15 or less. If the dealer hits, atblock 734 the dealer's hand may be dealt another card by making anotherplaying card image 702 appear in thedisplay 700. Atblock 736 the routine may determine whether the dealer has bust. If the dealer has not bust, blocks 732, 734 may be performed again to allow the dealer to be hit again. - If the dealer does not hit, the outcome of the blackjack game and a corresponding payout may be determined based on, for example, whether the player or the dealer has the higher hand that does not exceed 21, as determined at
block 738. If the player has a winning hand, a payout value corresponding to the winning hand may be determined atblock 740. Atblock 742, the player's cumulative value or number of credits may be updated by subtracting the bet made by the player and adding, if the player won, the payout value determined atblock 740. The cumulative value or number of credits may also be displayed in the display area 718 (FIG. 13 ). - Where the
gaming unit 54 is designed to facilitate play of a video slots game, thedisplay unit 274 may comprise a video display unit.FIG. 16 is anexemplary display 800 that may be shown on thedisplay unit 274 during performance of the slots routine 484 shown schematically inFIG. 9 . Referring toFIG. 16 , thedisplay 800 may includevideo images 802 of a plurality of slot machine reels, each of the reels having a plurality of reel symbols 804 associated therewith. Although thedisplay 800 shows fivereel images 802, each of which may have three reel symbols 804 that are visible at a time, other reel configurations could be utilized.Display 800 is configured to operate with any of the paytable configurations discussed above in connection withFIGS. 6A to 6C. - To allow the player to control the play of the slots game, a plurality of player-selectable buttons may be displayed. The buttons may include a “Cash Out”
button 806, a “See Pays”button 808, a plurality of payline-selection buttons 810 each of which allows the player to select a different number of paylines prior to “spinning” the reels, a plurality of bet-selection buttons 812 each of which allows a player to specify a wager amount for each payline selected, a “Spin”button 814, and a “Max Bet”button 816 to allow a player to make the maximum wager allowable. -
FIG. 18 is a flowchart of the slots routine 484 shown schematically inFIG. 9 . Referring toFIG. 18 , atblock 820, the routine may determine whether the player has requested payout information, such as by activating the “See Pays”button 808, in which case atblock 822 the routine may cause one or more pay tables to be displayed on thedisplay unit 274. Atblock 824, the routine may determine whether the player has pressed one of the payline-selection buttons 810, in which case atblock 826 data corresponding to the number of paylines selected by the player may be stored in the memory of the controller 310. Atblock 828, the routine may determine whether the player has pressed one of the bet-selection buttons 812, in which case atblock 830 data corresponding to the amount bet per payline may be stored in the memory of the controller 310. Atblock 832, the routine may determine whether the player has pressed the “Max Bet”button 816, in which case atblock 834 bet data (which may include both payline data and bet-per-payline data) corresponding to the maximum allowable bet may be stored in the memory of the controller 310. - If the “Spin”
button 814 has been activated by the player as determined atblock 836, atblock 838 the routine may cause the slotmachine reel images 802 to begin “spinning” so as to simulate the appearance of a plurality of spinning mechanical slot machine reels. Atblock 840, the routine may determine the positions at which the slot machine reel images will stop, or the particular symbol images 804 that will be displayed when thereel images 802 stop spinning. Atblock 842, the routine may stop thereel images 802 from spinning by displayingstationary reel images 802 and images of three symbols 804 for each stoppedreel image 802. The reels may be stopped from left to right, from the perspective of the player, or in any other manner or sequence. - The routine may provide for the possibility of a bonus game or round if certain conditions are met, such as the display in the stopped
reel images 802 of a particular symbol 804. If there is such a bonus condition as determined atblock 844, the routine may proceed to block 846 where a bonus round may be played. The bonus round may be a different game than slots, and many other types of bonus games could be provided. If the player wins the bonus round, or receives additional credits or points in the bonus round, a bonus value may be determined atblock 848. A payout value corresponding to outcome of the slots game and/or the bonus round may be determined atblock 850. Atblock 852, the player's cumulative value or number of credits may be updated by subtracting the bet made by the player and adding, if the slot game and/or bonus round was a winner, the payout value determined atblock 850. - Although the above routine has been described as a video slot machine routine in which slot machine reels are represented as images on the
display unit 274, actual slot machine reels that are capable of being spun may be utilized instead, in which case thedisplay unit 274 could be provided in the form of a plurality of mechanical reels that are rotatable, each of the reels having a plurality of reel images disposed thereon. - Moreover, it will be recognized that the determination of whether the player should receive a payout corresponding to the outcome of the slots game, an opportunity to play the bonus game, and/or receive a payout corresponding to the outcome of the bonus game may be made before the reels start “spinning.” That is, the outcome of the slots game may be determined shortly after the wager is made and the “Spin”
button 814 is depressed, with the animation of the reels (whether mechanical, electro-mechanical, or electrical) being selected according to the outcome to signal the player that a particular outcome has been determined. Likewise, the determination of whether the outcome will provide the opportunity of a bonus game may be made before the animation of the reels, and the outcome of the bonus game before the bonus game is displayed. As a consequence, the order of the determination of the outcome of the slots game or bonus game and the animation of the reels need not be in the order shown inFIG. 18 , and, in fact, may be in a different order without departing from the spirit and teaching of this disclosure. Similar remarks may be made in regard to the determinations of the outcomes and animations of the poker and blackjack routines discussed above, and the outcomes and animations of the keno and bingo routines discussed below. - Where the
gaming unit 54 is designed to facilitate play of a video keno game, thedisplay unit 274 may comprise a video display unit.FIG. 17 is anexemplary display 900 that may be shown on thedisplay unit 274 during performance of thevideo keno routine 486 shown schematically inFIG. 9 . Referring toFIG. 17 , thedisplay 900 may include avideo image 902 of a plurality of numbers that were selected by the player prior to the start of a keno game and avideo image 904 of a plurality of numbers randomly selected during the keno game. The randomly selected numbers may be displayed in a grid pattern.Display 900 is configured to operate with any of the paytable configurations discussed above in connection withFIGS. 6A to 6C. - To allow the player to control the play of the keno game, a plurality of player-selectable buttons may be displayed. The buttons may include a “Cash Out”
button 906, a “See Pays”button 908, a “Bet One Credit”button 910, a “Bet Max Credits”button 912, a “Select Ticket”button 914, a “Select Number”button 916, and a “Play”button 918. Thedisplay 900 may also include anarea 920 in which the number of remaining credits or value is displayed. If thedisplay unit 274 is provided with a touch-sensitive screen, the buttons may form part of thevideo display 900. Alternatively, one or more of those buttons may be provided as part of a control panel that is provided separately from thedisplay unit 274. -
FIG. 19 is a flowchart of thevideo keno routine 486 shown schematically inFIG. 9 . Thekeno routine 486 may be utilized in connection with asingle gaming unit 54 where a single player is playing a keno game, or thekeno routine 486 may be utilized in connection withmultiple gaming units 54 where multiple players are playing a single keno game. In the latter case, one or more of the acts described below may be performed either by the controller 310 in each gaming unit or by one of thenetwork computers multiple gaming units 54 are operatively connected. - Referring to
FIG. 19 , atblock 922, the routine may determine whether the player has requested payout information, such as by activating the “See Pays”button 908, in which case atblock 924 the routine may cause one or more pay tables to be displayed on thedisplay unit 274. Atblock 926, the routine may determine whether the player has made a bet, such as by having pressed the “Bet One Credit”button 910 or the “Bet Max Credits”button 912, in which case atblock 928 bet data corresponding to the bet made by the player may be stored in the memory of the controller 310. After the player has made a wager, atblock 930 the player may select a keno ticket, and atblock 932 the ticket may be displayed on thedisplay 900. Atblock 934, the player may select one or more game numbers, which may be within a range set by the casino. After being selected, the player's game numbers may be stored in the memory of the controller 310 atblock 936 and may be included in theimage 902 on thedisplay 900 atblock 938. After a certain amount of time, the keno game may be closed to additional players (where a number of players are playing a single keno game using multiple gambling units 54). - If play of the keno game is to begin as determined at
block 940, at block 942 a game number within a range set by the casino may be randomly selected either by the controller 310 or a central computer operatively connected to the controller, such as one of thenetwork computers block 944, the randomly selected game number may be displayed on thedisplay unit 274 and thedisplay units 274 of other gaming units 54 (if any) which are involved in the same keno game. Atblock 946, the controller 310 (or the central computer noted above) may increment a count which keeps track of how many game numbers have been selected atblock 942. - At
block 948, the controller 310 (or one of thenetwork computers block 942. If the maximum number of game numbers has been selected, atblock 950 the controller 310 (or acentral computer block 942 to cause the player to win. The number of matches may depend on how many numbers the player selected and the particular keno rules being used. - If there are a sufficient number of matches, a payout may be determined at
block 952 to compensate the player for winning the game. The payout may depend on the number of matches between the game numbers selected by the player and the game numbers randomly selected atblock 942. Atblock 954, the player's cumulative value or number of credits may be updated by subtracting the bet made by the player and adding, if the keno game was won, the payout value determined atblock 952. The cumulative value or number of credits may also be displayed in the display area 920 (FIG. 17 ). - Where the
gaming unit 54 is designed to facilitate play of a video bingo game, thedisplay unit 274 may comprise a video display unit.FIG. 20 is anexemplary display 1000 that may be shown on thedisplay unit 274 during performance of thevideo bingo routine 488 shown schematically inFIG. 9 . Referring toFIG. 20 , thedisplay 1000 may include one ormore video images 1002 of a bingo card and images of the bingo numbers selected during the game. Thebingo card images 1002 may have a grid pattern.Display 1000 is configured to operate with any of the paytable configurations discussed above in connection withFIGS. 6A to 6C. - To allow the player to control the play of the bingo game, a plurality of player-selectable buttons may be displayed. The buttons may include a “Cash Out”
button 1004, a “See Pays”button 1006, a “Bet One Credit”button 1008, a “Bet Max Credits” button 11010, a “Select Card”button 1012, and a “Play”button 1014. Thedisplay 1000 may also include anarea 1016 in which the number of remaining credits or value is displayed. If thedisplay unit 274 is provided with a touch-sensitive screen, the buttons may form part of thevideo display 1000. Alternatively, one or more of those buttons may be provided as part of a control panel that is provided separately from thedisplay unit 274. -
FIG. 21 is a flowchart of thevideo bingo routine 488 shown schematically inFIG. 9 . Thebingo routine 488 may be utilized in connection with asingle gaming unit 54 where a single player is playing a bingo game, or thebingo routine 488 may be utilized in connection withmultiple gaming units 54 where multiple players are playing a single bingo game. In the latter case, one or more of the acts described below may be performed either by the controller 310 in eachgaming unit 54 or by one of thenetwork computers multiple gaming units 54 are operatively connected. - Referring to
FIG. 21 , atblock 1020, the routine may determine whether the player has requested payout information, such as by activating the “See Pays”button 1006, in which case atblock 1022 the routine may cause one or more pay tables to be displayed on thedisplay unit 274. Atblock 1024, the routine may determine whether the player has made a bet, such as by having pressed the “Bet One Credit”button 1008 or the “Bet Max Credits”button 1010, in which case atblock 1026 bet data corresponding to the bet made by the player may be stored in the memory of the controller 310. - After the player has made a wager, at
block 1028 the player may select a bingo card, which may be generated randomly. The player may select more than one bingo card, and there may be a maximum number of bingo cards that a player may select. The card or cards may be added to thedisplay 1000 atblock 1030. After play is to commence as determined atblock 1032, at block 1034 a bingo number may be randomly generated by the controller 310 or a central computer such as one of thenetwork computers block 1036, the bingo number may be displayed on thedisplay unit 274 and thedisplay units 274 of anyother gaming units 54 involved in the bingo game. - At
block 1038, the controller 310 (or a central computer) may determine whether any player has won the bingo game. If no player has won, another bingo number may be randomly selected atblock 1034. If any player has bingo as determined atblock 1038, the routine may determine atblock 1040 whether the player playing thatgaming unit 54 was the winner. If so, at block 1042 a payout for the player may be determined. The payout may depend on the number of random numbers that were drawn before there was a winner, the total number of winners (if there was more than one player), and the amount of money that was wagered on the game. Atblock 1044, the player's cumulative value or number of credits may be updated by subtracting the bet made by the player and adding, if the bingo game was won, the payout value determined atblock 1042. The cumulative value or number of credits may also be displayed in the display area 1016 (FIG. 20 ). - The following are examples of the operation of the brand association aspect of the
system 50 according to an embodiment of thesystem 50. The examples are for illustration purposes only, and are not meant to limit the scope of the claims thereby, or to emphasize one embodiment discussed over another. The example is described in connection withFIG. 4A discussed above. - According to a first example, the
brand association routine 350 is operating in theserver 140. In this example, thebrand association routine 350 utilizes information or data from the player profile and brand criteria, but no event criteria. Consequently, the routine 350 starts atblock 352. - At
block 352, the determination is made that player profiles will be utilized in determining the selected brand to be used. According to this example, the player profiles are stored in theplayer tracking server 142, and thebrand association server 140 determines which profiles are to be retrieved from theplayer tracking server 142 according to those players that are signed in to the player tracking system including theplayer tracking server 142 and at least the gaming units associated with theplayer tracking modules 176. A player may sign in to the player tracking system by disposing a player tracking card into thecard reader 262 associated with the respectiveplayer tracking module 260. The player profiles of the players that are signed into the player tracking system are downloaded to thebrand association server 140, completingblock 354. - For purposes of illustration, the player profiles downloaded may contain a travel record. In particular, the travel record may include information regarding the player's preferences concerning airline travel, hotels accommodations, and rental car companies. According to this example this information will be used in the determination made at
block 388. - The routine 350 then passes to block 380, wherein the determination is made that no event criteria will be used in the determination made at
block 388. As a consequence, the routine 350 proceeds to block 384. - At
block 384, theserver 140 determines that brand criteria is to be used, in part, to select the brand or brands according to the present example. The routine then proceeds to block 386, wherein the brand criteria are received by the brand server. According to the present example, the network operator may be looking to provide a prize program for its player tracking club members that includes airline travel, hotel accommodations, and ground transport. As such, the network operator may established a brand criteria which will select those players whose player profiles, and in particular, their travel records, indicate that they have taken a trip recently by airplane, typically take at least one four-day vacation each year, and typically rent a car if they travel by airplane. - At
block 388, the determination is made as to which brands to select. In one example, theserver 140 first compares the brand criteria with the player profiles to determine the number of players that have travel records that match the brand criteria. Based on the comparison, theserver 140 may determine that there are three hundred individuals that meet the brand criteria. Theserver 140 then sends a request for bids to several airlines, to several hotels, and to several car rental companies, alerting them to the fact that the network operator associated with theserver 140 wishes to establish a prize package including first class air travel to Orlando, Fla., four-night accommodation, and a rental car. In exchange, the winning bidder will have their advertisements displayed and their corporate logo included as a symbol on one or more of the game elements displayed. In response to the request for bids, theserver 140 may receive several bids from airlines, hotel companies and car rental companies. According to this example, the determination of which brands to feature may be made by selecting the lowest bid for each service (airline travel, hotel accommodation, and car rental). - At
block 390, theserver 140 retrieves brand materials from each of the winning bidders. According to this example, theserver 140 may receive downloads of logos from each of the winning bidders to be used to replace the symbols on one of the gaming units associated with one of the players is part of the selected group of players. Theserver 140 may also receive advertising materials from the winning bidder/brand-promoters. - In turn, the
server 140 may download the logos to the gamingunit download server 144 as part ofblock 392. Theserver 140 may also define a modification to the paytable used by thegaming units 180 to include an outcome that will be associated with the prize package, which paytable will be downloaded to the gamingunit download server 144.Server 140 alternatively downloads the sponsoredpaytable 416 b togaming units - This prize package can be assigned to a combination of symbols that is infrequently displayed and not presently associated with a payout, and that could be composed of one each of the logo of the selected airline brand, the selected hotel brand, and the selected car rental brand. Alternatively, reel strips are swapped out as discussed above. The
server 140 may further download the advertising materials to the gamingunit download server 144. The gamingunit download server 144 may then download the logos, the paytable, and the advertising materials to thegaming units 180. - With the logos, paytable and advertising materials downloaded to the
gaming units 180, the routine 350 may proceed to block 394. Theserver 140 or thegaming units 180 may perform a check before using the downloaded brand materials, to determine if thegaming unit 180 is presently executing an iteration of the game routine, which may be a video slots routine. If the determination is made that thegaming unit 180 is presently executing an iteration of the game routine, the substitution of the logos and the paytable may be delayed until the execution of the present iteration is complete, whether that means that theserver 140 delays the transmission of a signal that would otherwise cause thegaming unit 180 to use the downloaded logos and paytable or that means that the controller 310 associated with the gaming unit delays implementation. On the other hand, because the advertising material would not affect the operation of the game routine, the gaming unit may begin to display the advertising material as soon as the routine proceeds to block 394. According to this example, the advertising material of each of the winning bidders/brand-promoters may be displayed to the player in sequence, along with an explanation of the prize program that the player is participating in, or the advertising material of all of the winning bidder/brand-promoters may be displayed at the same time, if space permits. - The operation of the
gaming units 180 continues in this fashion until one of the player/participants achieves the outcome that is associated with the prize. At that time, theserver 140 may determine atblock 444 that a new brand may now be displayed on thegaming units 180 other than thegaming unit 180 associated with the winning player. For theseother gaming units 180, the routine 350 may return to block 352. - As for the winning player, the outcome may cause the
server 140 to retrieve one or more images that are displayed on thedisplay unit 274 of thegaming unit 180. The images may represent one or more forms that are transmitted from thegaming unit 180 to theserver 140, and from there to theservers servers servers server 140 may control theprinter 256 associated with thegaming unit 180, via the controller 310 associated with thegaming unit 180, for example, to provide a plurality of vouchers that may be independently redeemable with each of the brand-promoters for the component parts of the prize package. - According to a second example, the
brand association routine 350 is operating in one of the gaming units 75, which also is operating as a video slots game, such as is shown inFIG. 6A . In this example, thebrand association routine 350 does not rely on the player profile data, event criteria or brand criteria to determine the selected brand. Consequently, thebrand association routine 350 begins with the determination of the brand atblock 388. - The determination of the brand at
block 388 may be made according to an input received from the player. In particular, a ticket or coupon may be fed into theticket reader 256. According to the data printed on the ticket or coupon, which may have been given to the player as part of a promotional event for the casino or a promotional event for a brand-promoter, such as in combination with the purchase of a good and/or service from the brand-promoter, the controller 310 of the gaming unit 75 may determine which brand is to be selected. - At
block 390, the controller 310 may retrieve brand materials that have been stored in advance in theprogram memory 312. According to this example, the brand materials may include a symbol to be used in place of at least one the symbols typically displayed on the reels during normal operation of the gaming unit 75. More particularly, the symbols may be dynamic; that is, the symbols may represent links to web pages stored in a remote location, for example, on thebrand server 168. - Because the brand materials are stored locally, the distribution of the materials at
block 392 may not be necessary, and the controller 310 may pass to block 394 to use the brand materials. - As for the brand symbols, the controller 310 may perform an initial check to determine that an iteration of the slots routine is not presently being performed. If the slots routine is being performed, the controller 310 may delay the substitution of the brand symbols until the routine has completed the execution of the present iteration of the slots routine. Once the iteration is complete, the controller 310 may substitute the brand symbols for the symbols normally displayed. The controller 310 may also update the paytable to include the brand symbols in those combinations where the replaced symbol was present, and to include the newly instituted prize featuring the brand symbols.
- On the other hand, the controller 310 may download the advertising materials to the
personal communication unit 84 as soon as the controller is ready to performblock 394. That is, the controller 310 need not delay the downloading of the advertising materials to thepersonal communication unit 84, which advertisements may take advantage of one or more wireless applications operating on thepersonal communication unit 84. These advertisements may be displayed on the screen of thepersonal communication unit 84 at the same time as the brand symbols are used in the presentation of the slots game on thedisplay unit 274 of the gaming unit 75. - Because the brand symbols are dynamic, the player may retrieve further materials from a brand web site by touching one of the brand symbols, or more particularly an area of a touch screen immediately adjacent the section of the
display screen 274 where the brand symbol is displayed. In response to this input, the controller 310 may retrieve a link associated with the brand symbol, and using the link, a web page associated with the link. This web page may be a home page for a web site administered by the brand-promoter for the selected brand, such as is shown inFIG. 7 . The player may then navigate the brand or brand-promoter website to learn more about the brand and/or the goods and/or services associated with the brand. - Moreover, if the combination of symbols is displayed that results in a prize sponsored by the brand-promoter, the controller 310 may display an image similar to that shown in
FIG. 8 . The player is thus given three options for his or her prize, from which the player must choose one. When the form is submitted (when the player touches the “enter” button), the controller determines which option has been selected, and sends a signal or message to, for example, thenetwork computer 76. Thenetwork computer 76 may, in turn, forward the signal or message through thenetwork 102 to aremote server 110, which server may operate as a prize redemption server. The prize redemption server may have a printer associated therewith, and in response to the signal or message, may print a ticket. An employee of the operator administering thenetwork 72 may receive the ticket, may obtain one of the selected payout from inventory, and may deliver the prize to the player at the gaming unit 75. - The operation of the gaming unit 75 according to the preceding example may continue until the player determines that he or she wishes to discontinue use of the brand association aspect of the
system 50, that he or she wishes to discontinue use of thesystem 50, or the controller 310 determines, atblock 444, that the brand will be changed. - Referring now to
FIG. 4B , one method for implementing and executing the sponsored paytable (using separate sponsoredpaytable 416 b ofFIG. 6C ) is illustrated by routine 350 a. As discussed above in connection withFIG. 6C ,gaming device system 350 a is provided in the event that the player wishes to play using sponsored gaming. Upon starting routine 350 a, the gaming device manufacturer and/or casino determines an advertising or response strategy as indicated byblock 352 a. Here, the manufacturer and casino work together for example to develop an advertising strategy. It can be determined for example, that it is beneficial for games near a food court to display advertising related to the food providers of the food court. The advertising may make players hungry for food from the food court restaurants. The sponsored payouts can also be food items that are readily redeemed at the food court restaurants. The strategy can also include the type of sponsored payout, etc., food items in response to game play of machine rear a food court. - The strategy also includes the level at which the advertising or branding is integrated into the game and gaming device. It may be desired to provide a gaming device having a theme generic enough to display advertising for different sponsors having relatively unrelated products. For example, the gaming device could have a shopping mall theme in which virtually any product or service provider found typically in a shopping mall is eligible to submit a bid for gaming device advertising.
- Alternatively, the theme could call for advertising for different but related products. For example, a gaming device having an automobile theme could use advertising for a car manufacturer, tire manufacturer, car radio maker, gasoline distributor, motor oil, car polish, etc. Further alternatively, the advertising scheme could call for different products of the same sponsor or brand, e.g., different food items provided by the same, provider.
- The strategy could be implemented in a theme that includes not only game symbols, but other on-screen indicia, off-screen indicia, top and/or bottom glass indicia or topper or top box advertising. For example, a machine dedicated completely to a motorcycle theme can employ a mock-up of one of the manufacturer's motorcycles as a topper, the manufacturer's logo on the bottom glass and depictions of riders wearing manufacturer's apparel on the top glass. The fully integrated machine also includes game symbols and other on screen indicia bearing the manufacturer's products and logos.
- The strategy also determines the mode of winning a sponsored payout. For example, the sponsored payouts in one embodiment are implemented in a paytable, e.g.,
paytable 416 b ofFIG. 6C .Sponsored paytable 416 b can be implemented as part of the base game of any of the games discussed herein, such as slot, poker, keno, craps, blackjack, bingo, or any other suitable wagering machine, table game, mobile gaming device, internet game, game of skill, chance, sports book or other type of sports betting, and in accordance with any of the processes and embodiments discussed herein. - Alternatively, separate sponsored
paytable 416 b is implemented in a bonus game separate from the base game, which can have its own animation and probability of winning. The bonus game can be triggered from the base game and be provided instead of or in addition to other bonus games made part of the standard paytable. - Further, the sponsored payouts can be implemented with Class II bingo or any other wagering game using central determination. Central determination is a type of random outcome generation described in the following copending patent applications, owned by the Assignee of the present disclosure, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference and replied upon: “GAMING DEVICE INCLUDING OUTCOME POOLS FOR PROVIDING GAME OUTCOMES,” Ser. No. 10/261,744; “CENTRAL DETERMINATION GAMING SYSTEM WHERE THE SAME SEED IS USED TO GENERATE THE OUTCOMES FOR A PRIMARY GAME AND A SECONDARY GAME,” Ser. No. 10/371,958; “CENTRAL DETERMINATION GAMING SYSTEM WHICH PROVIDES A PLAYER A CHOICE IN OUTCOMES,” Ser. No. 10/442,318; “CENTRAL DETERMINATION GAMING SYSTEM WITH A GAME OUTCOME GENERATED BY A GAMING TERMINAL AND APPROVED BY A CENTRAL CONTROLLER,” Ser. No. 10/383,423; “CENTRAL DETERMINATION GAMING SYSTEM WITH A GAMING TERMINAL ASSISTING THE CENTRAL CONTROLLER IN THE GENERATION OF A GAME OUTCOME,” Ser. No. 10/431,755; “CENTRAL DETERMINATION GAMING SYSTEM WITH A KENO GAME,” Ser. No. 10/601,482; “GAMING DEVICE HAVING AN INTERACTIVE POKER GAME WITH PREDETERMINED OUTCOMES,” Ser. No. 10/934,258; “CENTRAL DETERMINATION POKER GAME,” Ser. No. 10/945,642; “GAMING DEVICE HAVING A PREDETERMINED RESULT POKER GAME,” Ser. No. 11/031,663; “CENTRAL DETERMINATION OFFER AND ACCEPTANCE GAME WITH MULTIPLIER,” Ser. No. 11/048,220; “APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING A POOL OF SEEDS FOR A CENTRAL DETERMINATION GAMING SYSTEM,” Ser. No. 11/046,354; “APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING A POOL OF SEEDS FOR A CENTRAL DETERMINATION GAMING SYSTEM,” Ser. No. 11/071,372; “METHOD FOR DISPLAYING AN INTERACTIVE GAME HAVING A PREDETERMINED OUTCOME,” Ser. No. 10/829,578; “METHOD FOR DISPLAYING AN INTERACTIVE GAME HAVING A PREDETERMINED OUTCOME,” Ser. No. 10/846,448; and “METHOD FOR DISPLAYING AN INTERACTIVE GAME HAVING A PREDETERMINED OUTCOME,” Ser. No. 10/864,784.
- In general, central determination involves maintaining in a central server computer (e.g.,
network computer 56/76) one or more predetermined pools or sets of predetermined game outcomes, such as winningsymbol combinations 418/418 a described above. Here,central server 56/76 receives outcome requests from linkedgaming devices predetermined game outcomes 418/418 a (or non-winning outcomes) from the set or pool of game outcomes.Central server 56/76 then flags or marks the selected game outcomes as used. Once flagged as used,central server 56/76 cannot thereafter select the flagged outcomes after subsequent countdowns. Eventually, when all outcomes of the set or pool are selected and flagged, the sequence is reset and all outcomes become eligible again. - It should be appreciated that a paytable, such as
paytable 416 b, is not a requirement for the sponsored payouts. For example, a sponsor can donate a large dollar prize, such as a vehicle, home, trip, etc., in exchange for advertising on the gaming machines, near the gaming machines, near a place at which a sponsored winner is drawn or elsewhere in a casino or casino literature. In one embodiment, a sweepstakes or raffle is held to determine one or more winner of the large value prize. No paytable is needed here. - Another determination made in the sponsored pay strategy is the percentage of the payout required from the sponsor. In one embodiment, the sponsor pays for or sponsors one hundred percent of the payout. It is possible however for the casino or manufacturer to pay for a portion of the sponsored payout. In either case, the partial pay does not affect the casino's hold percentage. For example, if the gaming device manufacturer pays the portion not paid by the sponsor, the casino is not effected. If the casino pays the unpaid portion, the casino's portion is figured into the overall payback percentage of the gaming device, so that the casino's hold percentage can be known and certain.
- The sponsored pay strategy also determines whether or not to provide one or more option to the sponsored game, such as whether to allow the Player to accept or decline sponsored gaming, whether to allow the player to choose a payout preference between sponsored prizes or equivalent credits. The strategies also chooses whether to allow the player to transfer the sponsored prize to another player or person.
- Knowing the advertising strategy,
system 350 a seeks suitable sponsors as indicated byblock 354 a. In one embodiment, the casino or gaming device manufacturer sends out offers to prospective sponsors to bid cash or prizes in exchange for the display of advertising or branding for their goods and/or services on a gaming device or related surfaces. Alternatively, the casino or gaming device manufacturer uses an advertising contractor to find and enlist prospective sponsors. The advertising service provider can be associated with a particular casino, gaming manufacturer or be an independent contractor. Another possible method of locating and enlisting potential sponsors is through the use of software agents or “BOTS,” which distribute the advertisements and control licensing issues associated with the advertisements. It should also be appreciated that such strategy can be based on player profiling where players play, when players play, regulations, or any other suitable criteria. - In any case, the offers sent to the prospective sponsors can include samples showing how the sponsor's advertising might be displayed, e.g., on gaming device symbols, other on-screen indicia (e.g., theme indicia) or as off-screen indicia. The sponsoring companies establish which prizes or how much money the companies are willing to pay for the right to have their brands, goods or logos displayed on the gaming devices and their associated games. The sponsoring companies also establish their advertising goals. For example, certain sponsors may only be willing to pay for non-exclusive advertisements, e.g., ones displayed on machines that display other companies' advertising. Other sponsors may be willing to pay for a period of or permanent exclusivity. Still other sponsors may be willing to pay for an entire game theme (e.g., game symbols, other on-screen indicia, cabinet glass, topper, top boxes etc.).
-
System 350 a receives bids from interested sponsors as seen in connection withblock 356 a. In one embodiment the bidding is open. For example, the casino, gaming device manufacturer or contractor working for the casino or manufacturer provides a website posting available gaming advertising opportunities. Potential sponsors bid on opportunities they find desirable. The bids can be posted or maintained confidentially. Alternatively, the potential sponsors submit their bids in writing. The bids in any format detail which advertising is to be displayed and what prize or cash amount is paid for such advertising. - In an alternative embodiment, the manufacturer/casino sets a price or prize amount that it wishes to receive in exchange a particular piece of advertising. The potential sponsors then determine whether or not they are willing to pay the amount.
-
System 350 a then chooses winning sponsors from the bids received as seen in connection withblock 358 a. In an embodiment, the highest bidder wins, although other factors such as working relationship, brand recognition, product quality, etc., can factor into the determination of which sponsor(s) is chosen. - If a set price is requested and two or more sponsors of the same goods/services are willing to pay the price then it is contemplated to provide advertising for each sponsor, e.g., at different times, at different machines and/or at different commonly owned casinos.
- Choosing the sponsors also includes choosing the logos and/or artwork to be incorporated into the gaming. The sponsor and manufacturer/casino work together to pick the optimum logo/artwork for each piece of advertising. The logos artwork can include existing logos/artwork, modified logos/artwork or new logos/artwork that represent a sponsors goods and/or services.
- Afterwards, the gaming device manufacturer and/or casino prepares or forms the sponsored
paytable 416 b inFIG. 6C , advertising game symbols and other advertising, such as off-machine advertising (floor/wall displays, mailings), overhead display advertising, machine glass advertising, toppers etc., as seen in connection withblock 360 a. The credit of the advertising also includes any materials generated in connection with a sweepstakes or raffle drawing. -
Paytable 416 b inFIG. 6C divides the sponsored amount into one or more winning symbol combinations. A single prize, such as a trip or car, can have a single, low probability combination. Multiple prizes, such as various food items of a particular supplier, can be divided amongst many winning combinations, e.g., three hamburger symbols generates a free hamburger ticket or credit to the player's tracking card. - Cash amounts are likewise awarded in a lump sum via a single low probability combination, or are distributed amongst multiple symbol combinations of varying likelihoods, yielding varying credit amounts.
Paytable 416 b alternatively divides a combination of cash and prizes amongst varying winning combinations of symbols. Asingle paytable 416 b in an alternative embodiment divides amounts sponsored from different and multiple sponsors amongst varying winning combinations of symbols.Paytable 416 b in one alternative embodiment provides a prize and an equivalent credit alternative for one or more of the winning sponsored payout combinations. This is used when the player has the option of receiving a prize or credits upon winning a sponsored payout. - As seen in connection with
diamond 362 a,system 350 a includes both scenarios in which thepaytables 416 b, advertising symbols, etc., are automatically (negative response todiamond 362 a) retrieved and downloaded (blocks diamond 362 a) via one or more factor (blocks - If determined at the time of game play (positive response to
diamond 362 a),system 350 a cycles through a number of options that are used to pick a paytable/symbol scheme from a plurality of same. In connection withdiamond 364 a,system 350 a has the option of receiving player profile information (block 366 a). Player profile information includes any of the information and alternatives discussed above in connection withblock 354 ofFIG. 4A and routine 360 ofFIG. 5 . In particular, the information can include demographic information, such as age, occupation, date of birth, household income, buying preferences, etc., or any other information useful for determining which brand or advertising materials are likely to be desirable to a current player of aparticular gaming device - If players profiles are used (positive response to
diamond 364 a), the profiles can be created and/or updated manually, e.g., through the use of one or more of thegaming units - Next,
system 350 a has the option (diamond 368 a) of receiving event criteria (block 370 a). Event criteria includes any of the information and alternatives discussed above in connection withblock 380 ofFIG. 4A . Event criteria may include game play events (e.g., a particular combination of game elements, a particular series of combinations of game elements, a bonus round trigger event, a progressive level trigger event), player tracking events (e.g., card-in, elapsed gaming time, number of coins in or out, rate of coins in or out), timed events (e.g., at a particular time of the day, on a particular day of the year, at a predetermined time, at a randomly selected time) and promotional events (e.g., to encourage use of underutilized machines, to encourage participation in a tournament). Other events may also be included. - Next,
system 350 a has the option (diamond 372 a) of receiving sponsor/brand criteria (block 370 a). Sponsor/brand criteria includes any of the information and alternatives discussed above in connection withblock 386 ofFIG. 4A . For example, sponsor/brand criteria concerns the brands themselves and the sponsors associated with the brands (which may be the manufacturer or retailer of the goods and services associated with the brand, or may be an intermediary acting on behalf of such manufacturer or retailer, for example). For example, a criteria may be established for a specific brand that advertising and promotional materials concerning the brand will only be distributed to players that have a preference not only for a particular good or service associated with the brand, but also for the particular brand itself. As another example, where a particular brand-promoter sponsors a particular event (such as a tournament) or a particular prize offered for play of a particular group ofgaming units gaming units gaming units networks 52/72 and the sponsor. For example, the network operator may guarantee a certain number of placements to a particular brand-promoter for a specific brand. As a further example, where the sponsor has been guaranteed a certain number of placements of advertising and/or promotional materials within a certain time period, and the time period is drawing to a close with a significant number of placements still to be made, the brand may have a weighted or preferred status relative to other brands. - At
block 376 a,system 350 a determines whichpaytable 416 b symbols to use at aparticular gaming device block 360 a) and one or more any of the player, event and sponsor/brand criteria discussed above. It should also be appreciated that the advertiser or sponsor can be notified in any suitable manner that the advertisement has been displayed to the player in this embodiment and in all of the embodiments set forth herein. - As discussed above in connection with
FIG. 1 , the sponsoredpaytable 416 b can be implemented in agaming unit network computers 56/76 communicate withgaming units gaming device tracking card receiver 262 operating with a playertracking card module 260. This enables the sponsored payouts to be implemented and tracked via the casino's player tracking system. For example, player profiles discussed above in connection withblock 366 a are uploaded via the player's tracking card in one embodiment. The player tracking system allows sponsored payouts to award players for a certain level of game play. The sponsored payouts ofsystem 350 a in one embodiment are available only to premiere players detected through the player tracking system. - Any of the information, decisions and calculations analyzed and performed in connection with
diamonds gaming units servers 56/76 or both locally and remotely atgaming units servers 56/76 respectively. Forexample system 350 can store or receive thepaytables 416 b, profile, event and brand information and the determination algorithm remotely atservers 56/76, determinepaytable 416 b remotely and make it available to theappropriate gaming unit gaming unit network 52/72. The request in one embodiment is sent automatically upongaming unit paytables 416 b, algorithm, event and brand criteria is stored ingaming unit - At
block 378 a,system 350 a retrieves sponsored thepaytable 416 b and any associated artwork, symbols, playing cards, etc., determined in connection withblock 376 a. Alternatively, as discussed above,gaming device diamond 362 a). For example,gaming device paytable 416 b (and associated artwork, symbols, playing cards, etc.) is preset atblock 360 a and not determined at the time of game. Player profile, event criteria and brand criteria are not needed in this case. The information can be retrieved fromgaming device server 56/76. - At
block 380 a,system 350downloads paytable 416 b and associated artwork, symbols, playing cards, etc. The download is from aserver 56/76 to agaming device Server 56/76 can download aparticular paytable 416 b to on oremore gaming device gaming device - At
block 382 a,system 350 a uses the brand materials. As discussed above in connection withblock 352 a, the sponsored payouts may be paid using different modes of gaming, such as via a wagering base or bonus game, sweepstakes, etc. A wagering base of bonus game employing sponsoredpaytable 416 b can be played on the gamingdevice display unit 274 as shown above in connection withFIG. 6C , on a personal computer at home, or on a large overhead display seen at the casino by players ofnetworked gaming devices - The linking of the gaming devices allows third party sponsored prizes to be awarded alternatively in a sweepstakes fashion. The sweepstakes can take place at a gaming device having a standard wagering game, for example by downloading information based on the player's tracking card. The sweepstakes occurs alternatively at a kiosk for example located near a related set of gaming devices. The kiosk in one embodiment requires a participant to provide information about their age, occupation, household income, buying preferences, etc., or otherwise complete a survey to be eligible for the sweepstakes.
- The sweepstakes draws one or more players randomly to receive a sponsored prize. The random draw can be performed at the gaming devices. For example, a certain time can be set for the drawing, which requires that a player be playing (e.g., having a credit balance) on the gaming device at that time to be eligible for the sweepstakes. The drawing is shown on the video screens of the gaming devices or on an overhead screen. Alternatively, the drawing results sent to the a location remote but viewable from gamin devices or otherwise inside the casino. Still further alternatively, the sweepstakes results are such to the winner's home or personal; computer.
-
System 350 a also allows sponsoredpaytables 416 b to be implemented in a mega jackpot fashion, in which a progressive game increases the value of the sponsored payout upon each non-winning game play until a player eventually wins the sponsored prize. The mega jackpot can be linked so that multiple players are eligible to win the growing sponsored jackpot. The jackpot can be capped at a dollar or prize amount. - As discussed above in connection with payable 416 b, system can provide the player with one or more payout option. For example,
system 350 a can allow the player to choose between a sponsored prize or equivalent game credits. Another possible option enables the player to transfer the sponsored prize to another player or person. -
System 350 a then determines (diamond 384 a) whether to keep the sponsored pay strategy determined in connection withblock 352 a. This determination can be made after each game play, upon an insertion of credits, upon a cashout, etc. For example, ifsystem 350 a atblock 376 a determines which of tenpaytables 416 b to use, the determination made in connection withdiamond 386 a allows another set of tenpaytables 416 b to be chosen from instead. If the strategy is not used again (negative response todiamond 384 a),system 350 a ends and another strategy is chosen upon startingsystem 350 a anew. If the strategy is used again (positive response todiamond 384 a),system 350 a then determines whether there has been a player change. If there has been a player change and the system is set for an instant determination of the sponsored paytable used (positive response todiamond 362 a), then the player profile, event criteria, brand criteria paytable determination is made again (diamond 364 a throughblock 376 a). If there has been a player change and the system is not set for an instant determination of the sponsored paytable used (negative response todiamond 362 a), then the player profile, event criteria, brand criteria paytable determination is not made again and thesame paytable 416 b is used for the new player. If the player does not change (negative response todiamond 386 a), the same paytable is used again. - It should be understood that various changes and modifications to the presently preferred embodiments described herein will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the present subject matter and without diminishing its intended advantages. It is therefore intended that such changes and modifications be covered by the appended claims.
Claims (25)
1. A gaming system operable under control of at least one processor, said gaming system comprising:
at least one display device;
a base game operable upon a wager by a player, said base game having a base game paytable, said base game paytable having:
(i) a plurality of winning outcomes obtainable in plays of the base game,
(ii) a plurality of probabilities of obtaining said winning outcomes in plays of the base game, and
(iii) a plurality of base game awards associated with said winning outcomes;
a sponsored award funded by a sponsor, said sponsored award not being part of an average payback percentage based on said probabilities and said base game awards; and
said at least one processor programmed to:
(a) randomly generate base game outcomes for plays of the base game,
(b) cause the base game awards associated with generated winning outcomes to be provided to the player,
(c) randomly determine whether to provide the sponsored award to the player, and if the sponsored award is determined to be provided to the player, provide the sponsored award to the player, and
(d) cause the at least one display device to display advertising for the sponsor in connection with the base game as compensation to the sponsor for the sponsored award funded by the sponsor.
2. The gaming system of claim 1 , wherein said at least one processor is programmed to first randomly determine whether to provide the sponsored award to the player before causing the at least one display device to display said advertising for the sponsor.
3. The gaming system of claim 2 , wherein said at least one processor is programmed to first cause the at least one display device to display said advertising for the sponsor before providing the sponsored award to the player.
4. The gaming system of claim 1 , wherein said at least one processor is programmed to first cause the at least one display device to display said advertising for the sponsor before providing the sponsored award to the player.
5. The gaming system of claim 1 , which includes a triggering event, wherein the random determination of whether to provide the sponsored award includes a determination of whether the triggering event occurs in one of the plays of the base game.
6. The gaming system of claim 1 , which includes a triggering event, wherein the random determination of whether to provide the sponsored award includes a determination of whether the triggering event occurs separate from the plays of the base game.
7. The gaming system of claim 1 , wherein the random determination of whether to provide the sponsored award includes a determination of whether the processor receives a signal from a network that a triggering event has occurred.
8. The gaming system of claim 7 , wherein the network is one of: a casino network, local area network, wide area network, and an internet.
9. The gaming system of claim 1 , which includes a bonus game configured to provide the sponsored award to the player.
10. The gaming system of claim 1 , which includes one of: a sweepstakes configured to provide the sponsored award to the player, and a progressive pool configured to provide the sponsored award to the player.
11. The gaming system of claim 1 , which includes a plurality of different sponsored awards funded by the sponsor.
12. The gaming system of claim 1 1, wherein the at least one processor is programmed to determine which of the plurality of different sponsored awards is provided to the player in one of the following manners: (i) randomly; (ii) based on an event occurring randomly in one play of the base game; (iii) based on an event occurring over a network; (iv) based on an event occurring in a bonus game; (v) based on a sweepstakes; (vi) based on a progressive pool; and (v) based on any combination thereof.
13. The gaming system of claim 1 , wherein the sponsor is one of: (i) a casino; (ii) a manufacturer of the gaming system; (iii) a third party other than a casino; and (iv) an operator of the gaming system.
14. The gaming system of claim 1 , wherein the at least one processor is programmed to provide to the player an option to be or not to be eligible to win the sponsored award.
15. The gaming system of claim 14 , wherein the at least one processor is programmed to provide to not display the advertising if the player declines eligibility to win the sponsored award.
16. A gaming system operable under control of at least one processor, said gaming system comprising:
a base game operable upon a wager by a player, said base game including a paytable having:
(i) a plurality of winning outcomes obtainable in plays of the base game,
(ii) a plurality of probabilities of obtaining said winning outcomes in plays of the base game, and
(iii) a plurality of base game awards associated with said winning outcomes;
a sponsored award funded by a sponsor, said sponsored award not being part of an average payback percentage based on said probabilities and said base game awards;
a bonus game;
at least one display device; and
said processor programmed to operate with the at least one display device to provide:
(a) the sponsored award to the player via play of the bonus game, and
(b) display an advertisement for the sponsor in connection with at least one of the base game and the secondary game, said advertisement provided in exchange for the sponsored award funded by the sponsor.
17. The gaming system of claim 16 , which includes at least one bonus award winnable in play of the bonus game.
18. The gaming system of claim 17 , wherein the bonus award and probability of winning the bonus award are used to determine the average payback percentage.
19. The gaming system of claim 16 , wherein said at least one processor is programmed to first randomly determine whether to provide the sponsored award to the player before causing the at least one display device to display said advertisement for the sponsor.
20. The gaming system of claim 19 , wherein said at least one processor is programmed to first cause the at least one display device to display said advertisement for the sponsor before providing the sponsored award to the player.
21. The gaming system of claim 16 , wherein said at least one processor is programmed to first cause the at least one display device to display said advertisement for the sponsor before providing the sponsored award to the player.
22. A method of operating a gaming system, said method comprising:
(a) accepting a wager from a player to play a base game, said base game including a paytable, said base game paytable having:
(i) a plurality of winning outcomes obtainable in plays of the base game,
(ii) a plurality of probabilities of obtaining said winning outcomes in the plays of the base game, and
(iii) a plurality of base game awards associated with said winning outcomes;
(b) if the player obtains one of the winning outcomes via play of the base game, providing the player the base game award associated with said winning outcomes;
(c) displaying advertising for a sponsor; and
(d) randomly determining whether to provide a sponsored award to the player, and if the sponsored award is determined to be provided to the player, providing the sponsored award to the player, said sponsored award funded by a sponsor, said sponsored award not part of an average payback percentage which is based on the probabilities and base game awards of the base game paytable.
23. The method of claim 22 , which includes randomly determining whether to provide the sponsored award to the player before causing display of the said advertising for the sponsor.
24. The method of claim 23 , which includes causing the display of said advertising for the sponsor before providing the sponsored award to the player.
25. The method of claim 22 , which includes causing the display of said advertising for the sponsor before providing the sponsored award to the player.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/557,403 US20070077981A1 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2006-11-07 | Gaming system having sponsored awards |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/946,719 US7455586B2 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2004-09-21 | Method and system for gaming and brand association |
US11/557,403 US20070077981A1 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2006-11-07 | Gaming system having sponsored awards |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/946,719 Continuation-In-Part US7455586B2 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2004-09-21 | Method and system for gaming and brand association |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20070077981A1 true US20070077981A1 (en) | 2007-04-05 |
Family
ID=35501238
Family Applications (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/946,719 Active 2025-12-13 US7455586B2 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2004-09-21 | Method and system for gaming and brand association |
US11/557,403 Abandoned US20070077981A1 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2006-11-07 | Gaming system having sponsored awards |
US12/269,470 Active 2029-11-13 US7997972B2 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2008-11-12 | Method and system for gaming and brand association |
US13/177,214 Active 2027-05-14 US9105150B2 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2011-07-06 | Method and system for gaming and brand association |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/946,719 Active 2025-12-13 US7455586B2 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2004-09-21 | Method and system for gaming and brand association |
Family Applications After (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/269,470 Active 2029-11-13 US7997972B2 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2008-11-12 | Method and system for gaming and brand association |
US13/177,214 Active 2027-05-14 US9105150B2 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2011-07-06 | Method and system for gaming and brand association |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (4) | US7455586B2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2006033805A1 (en) |
Cited By (120)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20060253528A1 (en) * | 2005-04-14 | 2006-11-09 | Spyridon Pachnis | System and method for entertainment game |
US20070050256A1 (en) * | 2000-06-30 | 2007-03-01 | Jay Walker | Method and apparatus for compensating participation in marketing research |
US20070076729A1 (en) * | 2005-10-04 | 2007-04-05 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Peer-to-peer communication traversing symmetric network address translators |
US20080139306A1 (en) * | 2006-12-06 | 2008-06-12 | Lutnick Howard W | Method and apparatus for advertising on a mobile gaming device |
US20080167106A1 (en) * | 2007-01-09 | 2008-07-10 | Lutnick Howard W | System for managing promotions |
US20080171586A1 (en) * | 2004-07-26 | 2008-07-17 | Mickey Roemer | Casino player loyalty system offering random player bonus opportunity |
US20080214286A1 (en) * | 2007-03-01 | 2008-09-04 | Lutnick Howard W | Automatic Game Play |
US20080263673A1 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2008-10-23 | Viewpoint Corporation | System and method for delivering promotional and information content during a computer-based application and collecting impression metrics |
US20080305856A1 (en) * | 2007-06-11 | 2008-12-11 | Walker Jay S | Facilitating a payout at a gaming device using audiovisual content |
US20080319918A1 (en) * | 1999-06-30 | 2008-12-25 | Kyklos Entertainment S.R.I. | Methods and systems for generating product offers over electronic network systems |
US20090093300A1 (en) * | 2007-10-05 | 2009-04-09 | Lutnick Howard W | Game of chance processing apparatus |
US20090144424A1 (en) * | 2007-12-04 | 2009-06-04 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Network bandwidth detection and distribution |
US20090209327A1 (en) * | 2008-02-20 | 2009-08-20 | Herrington Brian D | Method and System for Tracking Wagering Relation Donations |
US20090291732A1 (en) * | 2006-09-05 | 2009-11-26 | Lutnick Howard W | Amusement device for secondary games |
US20100004045A1 (en) * | 2004-07-26 | 2010-01-07 | Mickey Roemer | Method and system for awarding bonuses via telecommunication links |
US20100019453A1 (en) * | 2008-07-25 | 2010-01-28 | Roboreus Limited | Systems and methods for lottery-style games |
US20100022290A1 (en) * | 2008-07-25 | 2010-01-28 | Roboreus Limited | Systems and methods for lottery-style games |
US20100048302A1 (en) * | 2008-08-20 | 2010-02-25 | Lutnick Howard W | Game of chance processing apparatus |
US20100062838A1 (en) * | 2008-09-11 | 2010-03-11 | Igt | Flexible determination of gaming and services |
US20100075739A1 (en) * | 2007-10-11 | 2010-03-25 | Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty Limited | Gaming system and a method of gaming |
US20100077087A1 (en) * | 2008-09-22 | 2010-03-25 | Sony Computer Entertainment Amercica Inc. | Method for host selection based on discovered nat type |
US20100099471A1 (en) * | 2008-10-17 | 2010-04-22 | Feeney Robert J | Network-Based Contests Having Multiple Participating Sponsors |
US20100120486A1 (en) * | 2008-11-10 | 2010-05-13 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method providing server based configurable game presentations |
US20100190547A1 (en) * | 2009-01-27 | 2010-07-29 | Aruze Gaming America, Inc. | Gaming machine and control device capable of collecting advertisement cost from sponsor, and method of collecting the advertisement cost |
US20100228600A1 (en) * | 2009-03-09 | 2010-09-09 | Eric Lempel | System and method for sponsorship recognition |
US20100250385A1 (en) * | 2009-03-31 | 2010-09-30 | Eric Lempel | Method and system for a combination voucher |
US20100261520A1 (en) * | 2009-04-08 | 2010-10-14 | Eric Lempel | System and method for wagering badges |
US7833101B2 (en) | 2006-08-24 | 2010-11-16 | Cfph, Llc | Secondary game |
US7857699B2 (en) | 2006-11-01 | 2010-12-28 | Igt | Gaming system and method of operating a gaming system having a bonus participation bidding sequence |
US20110015976A1 (en) * | 2009-07-20 | 2011-01-20 | Eric Lempel | Method and system for a customized voucher |
US20110035501A1 (en) * | 2008-03-05 | 2011-02-10 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Traversal of symmetric network address translator for multiple simultaneous connections |
US7905777B2 (en) | 2005-08-04 | 2011-03-15 | Igt | Methods and apparatus for auctioning an item via a gaming device |
US20110077070A1 (en) * | 2009-09-29 | 2011-03-31 | Rajendrasinh Jadeja | Apparatus and method for gaming |
US20110111860A1 (en) * | 2009-11-12 | 2011-05-12 | Intellectual Garden, Llc | Gaming Systems Including Viral Gaming Events |
US20110111843A1 (en) * | 2009-11-12 | 2011-05-12 | Igt | Gaming system and method for dynamically grouping gaming devices to provide progressive awards |
US20110117982A1 (en) * | 2009-11-16 | 2011-05-19 | Intellectual Garden, Llc | Asynchronous Persistent Group Bonus Game |
US7946922B2 (en) | 2008-03-05 | 2011-05-24 | Howard Hung Yin | Advertising funded gaming system |
US7976379B2 (en) | 2007-11-09 | 2011-07-12 | Igt | Gaming system and method having configurable bonus game triggering outcomes |
US7995478B2 (en) | 2007-05-30 | 2011-08-09 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Network communication with path MTU size discovery |
US20110218028A1 (en) * | 2010-03-05 | 2011-09-08 | Acres John F | Entertainment game-based gaming device |
US8092302B2 (en) | 2008-11-12 | 2012-01-10 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method providing tiered progressive bonusing system |
US8152630B2 (en) | 2008-11-13 | 2012-04-10 | Igt | Gaming system and method having bonus event and bonus event award in accordance with a current wager and one or more accumulated bonus event points |
US8216056B2 (en) | 2007-02-13 | 2012-07-10 | Cfph, Llc | Card picks for progressive prize |
US8216065B2 (en) | 2005-09-09 | 2012-07-10 | Igt | Gaming system having multiple adjacently arranged gaming machines which each provide a component for a multi-component game |
US20120209668A1 (en) * | 2011-02-15 | 2012-08-16 | Terry Angelos | Dynamically serving content to social network members |
US8296417B1 (en) * | 2008-07-29 | 2012-10-23 | Alexander Gershon | Peak traffic management |
US8323102B2 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2012-12-04 | Cfph, Llc | Remote play of a table game through a mobile device |
US20120310761A1 (en) * | 2011-05-31 | 2012-12-06 | Matt Flynn | Electronic Commercial Transaction Systems and Methods for Soliciting and Collecting Gratuities and Donations |
US8333657B1 (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2012-12-18 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for displaying multiple concurrent games using dynamic focal points |
US20120329555A1 (en) * | 2009-03-03 | 2012-12-27 | E3,Llc | System and method for gaming using wireless communication devices |
US8357034B2 (en) | 2007-11-08 | 2013-01-22 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing third party promotions |
US8393954B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2013-03-12 | Cfph, Llc | Top performers |
US8398481B2 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2013-03-19 | Cfph, Llc | Secondary game |
US8401957B2 (en) | 1999-06-30 | 2013-03-19 | Black Tower Sa | Method and apparatus for generating a sale offer over an electronic network system |
US8398489B2 (en) | 2007-04-05 | 2013-03-19 | Cfph, Llc | Sorting games of chance |
US8460090B1 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2013-06-11 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device, and method providing an estimated emotional state of a player based on the occurrence of one or more designated events |
US8491381B2 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2013-07-23 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing a multiple player, multiple game bonusing environment |
US8500533B2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2013-08-06 | Cfph, Llc | Game with chance element and strategy component that can be copied |
US8506378B2 (en) | 2011-09-21 | 2013-08-13 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device, and method providing advertising messages to players based on a determination of a positive winning gaming session |
US8517818B2 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2013-08-27 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing a multiple player, multiple game bonusing environment |
US8545313B2 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2013-10-01 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing a multiple player, multiple game bonusing environment |
US20130324220A1 (en) * | 2012-06-04 | 2013-12-05 | Wms Gaming, Inc. | Wagering game content based on locations of player check-in |
US20130324219A1 (en) * | 2012-06-04 | 2013-12-05 | Wms Gaming, Inc. | Location aware-based wagering games |
US8602875B2 (en) | 2009-10-17 | 2013-12-10 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Preserving game state data for asynchronous persistent group bonus games |
US20140025465A1 (en) * | 2012-07-20 | 2014-01-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Tracking Pre-Purchase/Post-Purchase Shopping Activity |
US8688517B2 (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2014-04-01 | Cfph, Llc | Method and apparatus for advertising on a mobile gaming device |
US8696470B2 (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2014-04-15 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Spontaneous player preferences |
US8758111B2 (en) | 2008-08-20 | 2014-06-24 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US8758109B2 (en) | 2008-08-20 | 2014-06-24 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US8764538B2 (en) | 2006-09-19 | 2014-07-01 | Cfph, Llc | Gaming devices and methods related to secondary gaming |
US8771058B2 (en) | 2007-02-15 | 2014-07-08 | Cfph, Llc | Zone dependent payout percentage |
US8771059B2 (en) | 2008-07-25 | 2014-07-08 | Geonomics Global Games Limited | Systems and methods for prize discovery games |
US8784190B2 (en) | 2012-02-23 | 2014-07-22 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing optimized incentives to delay expected termination of a gaming session |
US8790177B2 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2014-07-29 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing a multiple player, multiple game bonusing environment |
US20140256408A1 (en) * | 2013-03-06 | 2014-09-11 | Igt | System and method for determining the volatility of a game based on one or more external data feeds |
US8834261B2 (en) | 2012-02-23 | 2014-09-16 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing one or more incentives to delay expected termination of a gaming session |
US8932124B2 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2015-01-13 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US8986111B2 (en) | 2007-11-08 | 2015-03-24 | Igt | Gaming system having multiple progressive awards and a bonus game available in a base game operable upon a wager |
US8986107B2 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2015-03-24 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing a multiple player, multiple game bonusing environment |
US9105150B2 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2015-08-11 | Igt | Method and system for gaming and brand association |
US9105155B1 (en) | 2011-01-28 | 2015-08-11 | Ronnie W. Harris | Promotional gaming events and awards |
US9235952B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2016-01-12 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Peripheral management device for virtual game interaction |
US9325203B2 (en) | 2012-07-24 | 2016-04-26 | Binh Nguyen | Optimized power consumption in a gaming device |
US9443396B2 (en) | 2012-09-26 | 2016-09-13 | Igt Global Solutions Corporation | Social media lottery game with player profile wagering selections |
US9483901B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-11-01 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Gaming device docking station |
US9486704B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2016-11-08 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Social gaming |
US9514605B2 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2016-12-06 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing a multiple player, multiple game bonusing environment with a multiple player coin drop game |
US9564018B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2017-02-07 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Temporary grant of real-time bonus feature |
US9576429B2 (en) | 2013-11-21 | 2017-02-21 | Gamesys Ltd. | Systems and methods for site-wide jackpots |
US9595169B2 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2017-03-14 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US9595161B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2017-03-14 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Social gaming |
US9600976B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-03-21 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Adaptive mobile device gaming system |
US9607474B2 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2017-03-28 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Reconfigurable gaming zone |
US9626839B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2017-04-18 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing an additional award opportunity when a designated quantity of displayed symbols is associated with a displayed background |
US9630096B2 (en) | 2011-10-03 | 2017-04-25 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Control of mobile game play on a mobile vessel |
US9672686B2 (en) | 2011-10-03 | 2017-06-06 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Electronic fund transfer for mobile gaming |
US9721429B2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2017-08-01 | Patent Investment & Licensing Company | Optimizing drawing prize awards |
US9814970B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-11-14 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Authentication of mobile servers |
US9959145B1 (en) | 2008-07-29 | 2018-05-01 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Scalable game space |
US10052551B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2018-08-21 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Multi-functional peripheral device |
US10068415B2 (en) | 2014-04-08 | 2018-09-04 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing a multiplayer secondary game having an outcome determined based on play of a primary game of at least one, but not all, of the multiplayer secondary game players |
US10176666B2 (en) | 2012-10-01 | 2019-01-08 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Viral benefit distribution using mobile devices |
US10223868B2 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2019-03-05 | Patent Investment & Licensing Company | Drawing with participant interaction |
US20190228611A1 (en) * | 2015-12-10 | 2019-07-25 | Sega Sammy Creation Inc. | Game device, game method, and program |
US20190272704A1 (en) * | 2011-09-09 | 2019-09-05 | Igt | Redemption of virtual tickets using a portable electronic device |
US10421010B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-09-24 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Determination of advertisement based on player physiology |
US10475293B2 (en) | 2017-12-11 | 2019-11-12 | Igt | Gaming system and method for redistributing funds amongst players of skill games |
US10504125B2 (en) * | 2009-12-21 | 2019-12-10 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Methods, systems, and products for targeting content |
US10540855B2 (en) | 2016-09-21 | 2020-01-21 | Igt | Gaming system and method for redistributing funds amongst players of skill games |
US10585963B2 (en) * | 2006-04-13 | 2020-03-10 | Wgrs Licensing Company, Llc | Systems and methods for internet searching |
US10607435B2 (en) | 2007-04-11 | 2020-03-31 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance display |
US10916090B2 (en) | 2016-08-23 | 2021-02-09 | Igt | System and method for transferring funds from a financial institution device to a cashless wagering account accessible via a mobile device |
US10922921B2 (en) | 2018-09-13 | 2021-02-16 | Igt | Gaming system and method for adding player influence to game outcomes |
US20220164820A1 (en) * | 2006-11-30 | 2022-05-26 | NEXRF Corp. | Player tracking using a wireless device for a casino property |
US11386747B2 (en) | 2017-10-23 | 2022-07-12 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Gaming monetary instrument tracking system |
US11398131B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2022-07-26 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Method and system for localized mobile gaming |
USD959552S1 (en) | 2021-07-21 | 2022-08-02 | Speedfind, Inc | Display sign |
US11488440B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2022-11-01 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Method and system for transferring value for wagering using a portable electronic device |
US11636734B2 (en) | 2020-03-05 | 2023-04-25 | Igt | Gaming benefits provided in association with accumulated advertising loyalty points |
US11704971B2 (en) | 2009-11-12 | 2023-07-18 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Gaming system supporting data distribution to gaming devices |
Families Citing this family (153)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6569013B1 (en) | 2000-07-14 | 2003-05-27 | William Arthur Taylor | Method for playing a video gaming machine |
WO2002083255A1 (en) * | 2001-04-11 | 2002-10-24 | Walker Digital, Llc | Methods and systems for facilitating game play at a gaming device by means of third party offers |
US20070072665A1 (en) * | 2001-09-28 | 2007-03-29 | Igt, A Nevada Corporation | Methods, Apparatuses And Systems for Multilayer Gaming |
US8715058B2 (en) * | 2002-08-06 | 2014-05-06 | Igt | Reel and video combination machine |
US7841944B2 (en) * | 2002-08-06 | 2010-11-30 | Igt | Gaming device having a three dimensional display device |
US7309284B2 (en) * | 2004-01-12 | 2007-12-18 | Igt | Method for using a light valve to reduce the visibility of an object within a gaming apparatus |
US20050273780A1 (en) * | 2004-05-14 | 2005-12-08 | Nokia Corporation | System, device, method and computer code product for partially sharing digital media |
US8672742B2 (en) * | 2004-09-03 | 2014-03-18 | Igt | Merchandising and gaming method and system |
US8150617B2 (en) | 2004-10-25 | 2012-04-03 | A9.Com, Inc. | System and method for displaying location-specific images on a mobile device |
CN100486280C (en) * | 2005-02-02 | 2009-05-06 | 中国移动通信集团公司 | Method and system for adapting page of mobile telecommunication terminal |
US7353034B2 (en) | 2005-04-04 | 2008-04-01 | X One, Inc. | Location sharing and tracking using mobile phones or other wireless devices |
US20060247039A1 (en) * | 2005-05-02 | 2006-11-02 | Byron Lerner | Systems and methods for providing targeted information in the context of electronic gaming |
US20070200291A1 (en) * | 2005-06-29 | 2007-08-30 | Mceowen Roger L | Game device and method of playing a game |
US7727068B2 (en) | 2005-09-12 | 2010-06-01 | Igt | Gaming system having a common display, a first bonus game or a first bonus game paytable and an option to purchase a second bonus game or a second bonus game paytable with relatively expected higher values |
US8814669B2 (en) | 2005-12-08 | 2014-08-26 | Igt | Systems and methods for post-play gaming benefits |
US20080077500A1 (en) * | 2006-08-28 | 2008-03-27 | Jonathon Linner | Systems and methods for third party sponsorship of a network event |
US20070136493A1 (en) * | 2005-12-10 | 2007-06-14 | Limbo, Inc. | Systems and methods for using points with a network event |
US7765026B2 (en) * | 2006-03-21 | 2010-07-27 | Fragramatics Manufacturing Company, Inc. | Multiple service vending machine with unitized pricing and proportionalized analog display |
US8968077B2 (en) | 2006-04-13 | 2015-03-03 | Idt | Methods and systems for interfacing with a third-party application |
US10026255B2 (en) | 2006-04-13 | 2018-07-17 | Igt | Presentation of remotely-hosted and locally rendered content for gaming systems |
US8784196B2 (en) | 2006-04-13 | 2014-07-22 | Igt | Remote content management and resource sharing on a gaming machine and method of implementing same |
US20070243928A1 (en) * | 2006-04-13 | 2007-10-18 | Igt | Casino gaming incentives using game themes, game types, paytables, denominations |
US9028329B2 (en) | 2006-04-13 | 2015-05-12 | Igt | Integrating remotely-hosted and locally rendered content on a gaming device |
WO2007130464A2 (en) | 2006-05-03 | 2007-11-15 | Wms Gaming Inc. | Wagering game system with player rewards |
US7828648B2 (en) | 2006-05-16 | 2010-11-09 | Igt | Single outcome game of chance with differing wagers varying among multiple paytables |
US7703673B2 (en) | 2006-05-25 | 2010-04-27 | Buchheit Brian K | Web based conversion of non-negotiable credits associated with an entity to entity independent negotiable funds |
US8162209B2 (en) | 2006-05-25 | 2012-04-24 | Buchheit Brian K | Storefront purchases utilizing non-negotiable credits earned from a game of chance |
US9704174B1 (en) | 2006-05-25 | 2017-07-11 | Sean I. Mcghie | Conversion of loyalty program points to commerce partner points per terms of a mutual agreement |
US10062062B1 (en) | 2006-05-25 | 2018-08-28 | Jbshbm, Llc | Automated teller machine (ATM) providing money for loyalty points |
US8267315B1 (en) | 2006-05-25 | 2012-09-18 | Mcghie Sean I | Exchange of non-negotiable credits for entity independent funds |
US8342399B1 (en) | 2006-05-25 | 2013-01-01 | Mcghie Sean I | Conversion of credits to funds |
US8684265B1 (en) | 2006-05-25 | 2014-04-01 | Sean I. Mcghie | Rewards program website permitting conversion/transfer of non-negotiable credits to entity independent funds |
US8376224B2 (en) | 2006-05-25 | 2013-02-19 | Sean I. Mcghie | Self-service stations for utilizing non-negotiable credits earned from a game of chance |
US8668146B1 (en) | 2006-05-25 | 2014-03-11 | Sean I. Mcghie | Rewards program with payment artifact permitting conversion/transfer of non-negotiable credits to entity independent funds |
US7794318B2 (en) * | 2006-06-06 | 2010-09-14 | Multimedia Games, Inc. | User alterable prize distribution and system for identifying results in games |
CA2655095C (en) | 2006-06-13 | 2018-04-17 | Igt | Server based gaming system and method for selectively providing one or more different tournaments |
WO2008014523A2 (en) * | 2006-07-28 | 2008-01-31 | Futurelogic, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for a downloadable financial transaction printer |
US8182333B2 (en) * | 2006-08-11 | 2012-05-22 | WMS Gaming LLP | Wagering game with auto-triggered player device |
WO2008027389A2 (en) * | 2006-08-28 | 2008-03-06 | Jonathon Linner | Systems and methods for third party sponsorship of a network event |
US8002621B2 (en) | 2006-09-01 | 2011-08-23 | Igt | Gaming device and method having purchasable randomly selected paytables |
US8235801B2 (en) * | 2006-10-30 | 2012-08-07 | Igt | Gaming system and method for providing enhanced player opportunities for depositing monetary amounts above a designated level |
US7846018B2 (en) | 2006-11-08 | 2010-12-07 | Igt | Gaming device and method having purchasable enhanced paytables |
US20080113747A1 (en) * | 2006-11-13 | 2008-05-15 | Igt | Mechanical reel hardware simulation using multiple layer displays |
EP2089861A2 (en) * | 2006-11-13 | 2009-08-19 | Itg | Single plane spanning mode across independently driven displays |
US8360847B2 (en) * | 2006-11-13 | 2013-01-29 | Igt | Multimedia emulation of physical reel hardware in processor-based gaming machines |
US8192281B2 (en) * | 2006-11-13 | 2012-06-05 | Igt | Simulated reel imperfections |
US8357033B2 (en) * | 2006-11-13 | 2013-01-22 | Igt | Realistic video reels |
US8210922B2 (en) | 2006-11-13 | 2012-07-03 | Igt | Separable game graphics on a gaming machine |
US8142273B2 (en) | 2006-11-13 | 2012-03-27 | Igt | Presentation of wheels on gaming machines having multi-layer displays |
US8029355B2 (en) * | 2006-12-19 | 2011-10-04 | Igt | Configurable gaming device with player selectable award profile |
WO2008084337A1 (en) * | 2007-01-11 | 2008-07-17 | Videob Holdings Limited | Commercial managing device for land-based gaming devices |
US8231455B2 (en) * | 2007-02-05 | 2012-07-31 | Igt | Method and apparatus for providing a bonus to a player |
US8108459B1 (en) | 2007-05-30 | 2012-01-31 | Rocketon, Inc. | Method and apparatus for distributing virtual goods over the internet |
US8239487B1 (en) | 2007-05-30 | 2012-08-07 | Rocketon, Inc. | Method and apparatus for promoting desired on-line activities using on-line games |
US20080313036A1 (en) * | 2007-06-13 | 2008-12-18 | Marc Mosko | System and method for providing advertisements in online and hardcopy mediums |
US7949560B2 (en) * | 2007-06-13 | 2011-05-24 | Palo Alto Research Center Incorporated | System and method for providing print advertisements |
US8992306B2 (en) | 2007-07-30 | 2015-03-31 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing variable payback percentages |
US8915786B2 (en) | 2007-08-09 | 2014-12-23 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing simultaneous gaming with linked paytable events |
US8751479B2 (en) * | 2007-09-07 | 2014-06-10 | Brand Affinity Technologies, Inc. | Search and storage engine having variable indexing for information associations |
US8162746B2 (en) * | 2007-09-28 | 2012-04-24 | Igt | Gaming system and method configured to change the odds of a player obtaining a winning game outcome or a designated game outcome for a play of a game without changing the paytable of the game |
US8574060B2 (en) * | 2007-10-25 | 2013-11-05 | Konami Gaming, Incorporated | Gaming machine arranging two symbol columns in the same order |
US20090124351A1 (en) * | 2007-11-09 | 2009-05-14 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device, and method having ancillary prizes |
US9326099B2 (en) | 2008-02-11 | 2016-04-26 | Popular Metrics, Inc. | System and method for determining audience characteristics of a music concert based on mobile phone tracking and mobile data transmissions |
US9122749B2 (en) * | 2009-02-04 | 2015-09-01 | Popular Metrics, Inc. | Internet based system and method for wagering on an artist |
US9323836B2 (en) | 2008-02-11 | 2016-04-26 | Popular Metrics, Inc. | Internet based method and system for ranking artists using a popularity profile |
US8029359B2 (en) | 2008-03-27 | 2011-10-04 | World Golf Tour, Inc. | Providing offers to computer game players |
US8641515B2 (en) * | 2008-05-07 | 2014-02-04 | Igt | Gaming system and method for providing automated casino-style table tournaments |
US8536976B2 (en) | 2008-06-11 | 2013-09-17 | Veritrix, Inc. | Single-channel multi-factor authentication |
US8468358B2 (en) | 2010-11-09 | 2013-06-18 | Veritrix, Inc. | Methods for identifying the guarantor of an application |
US8516562B2 (en) | 2008-05-13 | 2013-08-20 | Veritrix, Inc. | Multi-channel multi-factor authentication |
US8166297B2 (en) | 2008-07-02 | 2012-04-24 | Veritrix, Inc. | Systems and methods for controlling access to encrypted data stored on a mobile device |
WO2010051342A1 (en) * | 2008-11-03 | 2010-05-06 | Veritrix, Inc. | User authentication for social networks |
WO2010056715A1 (en) * | 2008-11-12 | 2010-05-20 | Wms Gaming Inc. | Wagering game providing suggestion for game feature to be achieved in subsequent play |
US8632388B2 (en) | 2008-11-13 | 2014-01-21 | Igt | Gaming device and method of providing an adjusted paytable for a number of future plays of a game |
US20100124985A1 (en) * | 2008-11-14 | 2010-05-20 | John Osborne | Method and System for Push Marketing |
US9280875B2 (en) * | 2009-03-06 | 2016-03-08 | Zynga Inc. | Virtual playing chips in a multiuser online game network |
US8419546B2 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2013-04-16 | Igt | Gaming system and method for selectively providing an elimination tournament that funds an award through expected values of unplayed tournament games of eliminated players |
US8505813B2 (en) | 2009-09-04 | 2013-08-13 | Bank Of America Corporation | Customer benefit offer program enrollment |
WO2011044397A1 (en) * | 2009-10-08 | 2011-04-14 | Wms Gaming, Inc. | External evaluator |
US8758110B2 (en) * | 2009-10-22 | 2014-06-24 | Bradley Berman | Gaming activity awarding subsequent plays using results of previous plays |
US8608543B2 (en) | 2009-11-10 | 2013-12-17 | Igt | Gaming system and method for providing an incremental wagering game |
US8425316B2 (en) | 2010-08-03 | 2013-04-23 | Igt | Methods and systems for improving play of a bonus game on a gaming machine and improving security within a gaming establishment |
US9058722B2 (en) * | 2011-02-08 | 2015-06-16 | Eric B. Olsen | Random payout system and method for gaming devices |
US9256888B2 (en) * | 2011-04-04 | 2016-02-09 | Zynga Inc. | Matching advertising to game play content |
US8814696B2 (en) * | 2011-04-13 | 2014-08-26 | Zynga Inc. | System and method for providing branded virtual objects in a virtual environment |
US8751298B1 (en) | 2011-05-09 | 2014-06-10 | Bank Of America Corporation | Event-driven coupon processor alert |
US9892419B1 (en) | 2011-05-09 | 2018-02-13 | Bank Of America Corporation | Coupon deposit account fraud protection system |
US20120309505A1 (en) * | 2011-05-31 | 2012-12-06 | John Hanlon | Advertisement game |
US8298081B1 (en) | 2011-06-16 | 2012-10-30 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing multiple display event indicators |
US8771080B2 (en) | 2011-06-30 | 2014-07-08 | Zynga Inc. | Socially-mediated flash sales |
US9875607B2 (en) | 2011-07-13 | 2018-01-23 | Igt | Methods and apparatus for providing secure logon to a gaming machine using a mobile device |
US9152984B1 (en) | 2011-07-14 | 2015-10-06 | Zynga Inc. | Personal ad targeting |
US10121318B2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2018-11-06 | Igt | Bill acceptors and printers for providing virtual ticket-in and ticket-out on a gaming machine |
US8613659B2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2013-12-24 | Igt | Virtual ticket-in and ticket-out on a gaming machine |
US9367835B2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2016-06-14 | Igt | Retrofit devices for providing virtual ticket-in and ticket-out on a gaming machine |
US10297105B2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2019-05-21 | Igt | Redemption of virtual tickets using a portable electronic device |
US9524609B2 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2016-12-20 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for utilizing mobile devices at a gaming establishment |
US9401065B2 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2016-07-26 | Igt | System and method for remote rendering of content on an electronic gaming machine |
US8814656B2 (en) | 2011-12-12 | 2014-08-26 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device, and method providing one or more wild reel wager options |
US8475253B1 (en) | 2011-12-15 | 2013-07-02 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device, and method providing a card game having a discarded card re-insertion feature |
US8814661B2 (en) | 2011-12-20 | 2014-08-26 | Igt | Gaming machines having normal and hot modes |
US8613668B2 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2013-12-24 | Igt | Directional wireless communication |
US8605114B2 (en) | 2012-02-17 | 2013-12-10 | Igt | Gaming system having reduced appearance of parallax artifacts on display devices including multiple display screens |
US8876596B2 (en) | 2012-02-29 | 2014-11-04 | Igt | Virtualized magnetic player card |
US9311769B2 (en) | 2012-03-28 | 2016-04-12 | Igt | Emailing or texting as communication between mobile device and EGM |
US9412227B2 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2016-08-09 | Igt | Method and apparatus for offering a mobile device version of an electronic gaming machine game at the electronic gaming machine |
US9524614B2 (en) | 2012-09-25 | 2016-12-20 | Igt | Gaming system and method for permanently increasing the average expected payback percentage of a game for a player |
US20140121007A1 (en) * | 2012-10-30 | 2014-05-01 | Zynga Inc. | Playing a social game with automatic players |
US20140162752A1 (en) * | 2012-12-11 | 2014-06-12 | Brian David Feldman | Online marketplace with internally maintained virtual economy and virtual currency |
US8840457B1 (en) | 2013-03-04 | 2014-09-23 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing a slot game employing a randomly selected set of reels |
US9177448B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2015-11-03 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing a slot game including a symbol generator modification event |
US9286757B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2016-03-15 | Bally Gaming, Inc. | Wagering game with dynamic prize offering |
US9704352B2 (en) | 2013-05-09 | 2017-07-11 | Bally Gaming, Inc. | Incorporating transient symbols into wagering games |
US9430907B2 (en) | 2013-05-10 | 2016-08-30 | Bally Gaming, Inc. | Incorporating a secondary game with a loyalty program |
US8961319B1 (en) | 2013-05-16 | 2015-02-24 | Kabam, Inc. | System and method for providing dynamic and static contest prize allocation based on in-game achievement of a user |
US9463376B1 (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2016-10-11 | Kabam, Inc. | Method and system for temporarily incentivizing user participation in a game space |
WO2015003244A1 (en) * | 2013-07-08 | 2015-01-15 | Stephane Leblanc | Method of advertising in a game using advertisement gameplay elements |
US9561433B1 (en) * | 2013-08-08 | 2017-02-07 | Kabam, Inc. | Providing event rewards to players in an online game |
US11058954B1 (en) | 2013-10-01 | 2021-07-13 | Electronic Arts Inc. | System and method for implementing a secondary game within an online game |
US10482713B1 (en) | 2013-12-31 | 2019-11-19 | Kabam, Inc. | System and method for facilitating a secondary game |
US10226691B1 (en) | 2014-01-30 | 2019-03-12 | Electronic Arts Inc. | Automation of in-game purchases |
US9873040B1 (en) | 2014-01-31 | 2018-01-23 | Aftershock Services, Inc. | Facilitating an event across multiple online games |
US9795885B1 (en) | 2014-03-11 | 2017-10-24 | Aftershock Services, Inc. | Providing virtual containers across online games |
US9744446B2 (en) | 2014-05-20 | 2017-08-29 | Kabam, Inc. | Mystery boxes that adjust due to past spending behavior |
US9717986B1 (en) | 2014-06-19 | 2017-08-01 | Kabam, Inc. | System and method for providing a quest from a probability item bundle in an online game |
US11195230B2 (en) | 2014-07-25 | 2021-12-07 | Clearingbid, Inc. | Systems including a hub platform, communication network and memory configured for processing data involving time-stamped/time-sensitive aspects and/or other features |
US9656174B1 (en) | 2014-11-20 | 2017-05-23 | Afterschock Services, Inc. | Purchasable tournament multipliers |
CN104600454B (en) * | 2015-01-15 | 2023-09-05 | 连展科技电子(昆山)有限公司 | Socket electric connector |
US9827499B2 (en) | 2015-02-12 | 2017-11-28 | Kabam, Inc. | System and method for providing limited-time events to users in an online game |
US10055930B2 (en) | 2015-08-11 | 2018-08-21 | Igt | Gaming system and method for placing and redeeming sports bets |
US10032338B2 (en) | 2015-09-23 | 2018-07-24 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing a gaming tournament having a variable average expected point payout |
US10417867B2 (en) | 2015-09-25 | 2019-09-17 | Igt | Gaming system and method for automatically transferring funds to a mobile device |
US20170092054A1 (en) | 2015-09-25 | 2017-03-30 | Igt | Gaming system and method for utilizing a mobile device to fund a gaming session |
TWI579028B (en) * | 2015-12-29 | 2017-04-21 | 王建鈞 | System and method for slot machine game using advertisement data streaming |
US10217317B2 (en) | 2016-08-09 | 2019-02-26 | Igt | Gaming system and method for providing incentives for transferring funds to and from a mobile device |
US10424162B2 (en) | 2016-09-23 | 2019-09-24 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing a gaming tournament with a dynamic equalizer feature |
US10621824B2 (en) | 2016-09-23 | 2020-04-14 | Igt | Gaming system player identification device |
US10511692B2 (en) | 2017-06-22 | 2019-12-17 | Bank Of America Corporation | Data transmission to a networked resource based on contextual information |
US10313480B2 (en) | 2017-06-22 | 2019-06-04 | Bank Of America Corporation | Data transmission between networked resources |
US10524165B2 (en) | 2017-06-22 | 2019-12-31 | Bank Of America Corporation | Dynamic utilization of alternative resources based on token association |
US10332344B2 (en) | 2017-07-24 | 2019-06-25 | Igt | System and method for controlling electronic gaming machine/electronic gaming machine component bezel lighting to indicate different wireless connection statuses |
US10373430B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2019-08-06 | Igt | System and method for tracking fund transfers between an electronic gaming machine and a plurality of funding sources |
US10360763B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2019-07-23 | Igt | System and method for utilizing a mobile device to facilitate fund transfers between a cashless wagering account and a gaming establishment retail account |
US10360761B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2019-07-23 | Igt | System and method for providing a gaming establishment account pre-approved access to funds |
US10380843B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2019-08-13 | Igt | System and method for tracking funds from a plurality of funding sources |
US11922765B2 (en) | 2017-12-18 | 2024-03-05 | Igt | System and method employing virtual tickets |
US11341817B2 (en) | 2017-12-18 | 2022-05-24 | Igt | System and method for providing awards for utilizing a mobile device in association with a gaming establishment retail account |
US10643426B2 (en) | 2017-12-18 | 2020-05-05 | Igt | System and method for providing a gaming establishment account automatic access to funds |
US11043066B2 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2021-06-22 | Igt | System and method for centralizing funds to a primary gaming establishment account |
US10950088B2 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2021-03-16 | Igt | System and method for utilizing virtual ticket vouchers |
US10970968B2 (en) | 2018-04-18 | 2021-04-06 | Igt | System and method for incentivizing the maintenance of funds in a gaming establishment account |
US10733838B2 (en) | 2018-11-16 | 2020-08-04 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing tournament-style free activation feature |
CN110060613B (en) * | 2019-05-08 | 2021-05-04 | 王彦增 | Building engineering bid inviting device |
Citations (94)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3129004A (en) * | 1962-10-24 | 1964-04-14 | George A Ritzler | Gaming device comprising aligned word-forming discs rotatable in opposite directions |
US3468476A (en) * | 1967-06-06 | 1969-09-23 | Robert J Keegan | Sales control indicator |
US4592546A (en) * | 1984-04-26 | 1986-06-03 | David B. Lockton | Game of skill playable by remote participants in conjunction with a live event |
US4815741A (en) * | 1984-11-05 | 1989-03-28 | Small Maynard E | Automated marketing and gaming systems |
US4854590A (en) * | 1987-05-08 | 1989-08-08 | Continental Brokers And Consultants, Inc. | Cash register gaming device |
US4869500A (en) * | 1986-06-12 | 1989-09-26 | Rodstock Leisure Limited | Combination vending machine and amusement game |
US4890842A (en) * | 1988-11-08 | 1990-01-02 | Plange Wim C | Board game apparatus |
US4982346A (en) * | 1988-12-16 | 1991-01-01 | Expertel Communications Incorporated | Mall promotion network apparatus and method |
US5080364A (en) * | 1989-09-20 | 1992-01-14 | Take One Marketing Group, Inc. | Gaming method |
US5099232A (en) * | 1988-09-28 | 1992-03-24 | Howes James P | Prize holding container assemblies |
US5137278A (en) * | 1991-03-14 | 1992-08-11 | Williams Electronics Games, Inc. | Amusement device with trading card dispenser |
US5231578A (en) * | 1988-11-01 | 1993-07-27 | Wang Laboratories, Inc. | Apparatus for document annotation and manipulation using images from a window source |
US5392066A (en) * | 1992-11-19 | 1995-02-21 | Parker Communication Systems, Inc. | In-store advertising system |
US5551692A (en) * | 1994-08-02 | 1996-09-03 | Casino Coin Company, Inc. | Electronic game promotion device |
US5555991A (en) * | 1993-09-17 | 1996-09-17 | Hart; Kevin A. | Product-supported advertising display and method |
US5620182A (en) * | 1990-08-22 | 1997-04-15 | Rossides; Michael T. | Expected value payment method and system for reducing the expected per unit costs of paying and/or receiving a given ammount of a commodity |
US5643088A (en) * | 1995-05-31 | 1997-07-01 | Interactive Network, Inc. | Game of skill or chance playable by remote participants in conjunction with a common game event including inserted interactive advertising |
US5722890A (en) * | 1995-10-20 | 1998-03-03 | Telecom Productions, Inc. | Lottery system |
US5791991A (en) * | 1995-11-15 | 1998-08-11 | Small; Maynard E. | Interactive consumer product promotion method and match game |
US5806852A (en) * | 1996-02-12 | 1998-09-15 | Howes; James P. | Method and apparatus for randomly distributing prize awards |
US5813913A (en) * | 1995-05-30 | 1998-09-29 | Interactive Network, Inc. | Game of skill playable by remote participants in conjunction with a common game event where participants are grouped as to skill level |
US5857175A (en) * | 1995-08-11 | 1999-01-05 | Micro Enhancement International | System and method for offering targeted discounts to customers |
US5883620A (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 1999-03-16 | Fort James Corporation | Electronic prize verification and display apparatus |
US5918211A (en) * | 1996-05-30 | 1999-06-29 | Retail Multimedia Corporation | Method and apparatus for promoting products and influencing consumer purchasing decisions at the point-of-purchase |
US5928082A (en) * | 1992-05-06 | 1999-07-27 | Clapper, Jr.; Ronald C. | Voucher and game ticket combination and apparatus and method used therewith |
US5933811A (en) * | 1996-08-20 | 1999-08-03 | Paul D. Angles | System and method for delivering customized advertisements within interactive communication systems |
US5933813A (en) * | 1995-04-13 | 1999-08-03 | Eldat Communication Ltd. | Sales promotion data processor system and interactive changeable display particularly useful therein |
US5941772A (en) * | 1996-12-02 | 1999-08-24 | Paige; Elena Launzel | Apparatus and method for enhancing gambling devices with commercial advertising indicia |
US5946664A (en) * | 1995-06-30 | 1999-08-31 | Sony Corporation | Apparatus and method for executing a game program having advertisements therein |
US5946646A (en) * | 1994-03-23 | 1999-08-31 | Digital Broadband Applications Corp. | Interactive advertising system and device |
US5950173A (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 1999-09-07 | Ipf, Inc. | System and method for delivering consumer product related information to consumers within retail environments using internet-based information servers and sales agents |
US6015344A (en) * | 1996-04-05 | 2000-01-18 | Rlt Acquisition, Inc. | Prize redemption system for games |
US6024642A (en) * | 1996-04-10 | 2000-02-15 | Stupak; Bob | Game of chance |
US6036601A (en) * | 1999-02-24 | 2000-03-14 | Adaboy, Inc. | Method for advertising over a computer network utilizing virtual environments of games |
US6039648A (en) * | 1997-03-04 | 2000-03-21 | Casino Data Systems | Automated tournament gaming system: apparatus and method |
US6048268A (en) * | 1992-04-02 | 2000-04-11 | Advanced Promotion Technologies | Electronic promotional game |
US6102799A (en) * | 1998-01-20 | 2000-08-15 | Stupak; Bob | Method for providing a super jackpot for gaming machines |
US6173267B1 (en) * | 1998-02-24 | 2001-01-09 | Laurie Cairns | Method for product promotion |
US6183366B1 (en) * | 1996-01-19 | 2001-02-06 | Sheldon Goldberg | Network gaming system |
US6186893B1 (en) * | 1996-12-18 | 2001-02-13 | Walker Digital, Llc | Slot machine advertising/sales system and method |
US6196920B1 (en) * | 1998-03-31 | 2001-03-06 | Masque Publishing, Inc. | On-line game playing with advertising |
US6213874B1 (en) * | 1997-09-09 | 2001-04-10 | Keith Heflin | Collector card/phone card dispensing system with promotional free spin/free draw game feature |
US6234897B1 (en) * | 1997-04-23 | 2001-05-22 | Wms Gaming Inc. | Gaming device with variable bonus payout feature |
US6267675B1 (en) * | 1999-09-28 | 2001-07-31 | Icorea Co. Ltd. | Advertising game |
US6267672B1 (en) * | 1998-10-21 | 2001-07-31 | Ayecon Entertainment, L.L.C. | Product sales enhancing internet game system |
US20020039923A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2002-04-04 | Cannon Lee E. | Method and apparatus for gaming machines with a tournament play bonus feature |
US6379251B1 (en) * | 1997-02-24 | 2002-04-30 | Realtime Media | System and method for increasing click through rates of internet banner advertisements |
US6381626B1 (en) * | 1999-04-22 | 2002-04-30 | Electronic Data Systems Corporation | ATM video advertising |
US20020077169A1 (en) * | 1996-11-14 | 2002-06-20 | Matthew F. Kelly | Prize redemption system for games executed over a wide area network |
US6443843B1 (en) * | 2000-05-17 | 2002-09-03 | Walker Digital, Llc | System to provide game play for products |
US6447395B1 (en) * | 1998-08-27 | 2002-09-10 | International Gamco, Inc. | Game ticket system to be played with keno |
US6523824B1 (en) * | 2001-08-23 | 2003-02-25 | Gerald P. Colapinto | Business model algorithm |
US20030054888A1 (en) * | 2000-05-17 | 2003-03-20 | Walker Jay S. | Method and system to incorporate game play into product transactions |
US20030054881A1 (en) * | 2001-08-03 | 2003-03-20 | Igt | Player tracking communication mechanisms in a gaming machine |
US6540609B1 (en) * | 1996-12-02 | 2003-04-01 | Elena Launzel Paige | Apparatus and method for enhancing gambling devices with commercial advertising indicia |
US20030064788A1 (en) * | 2001-06-13 | 2003-04-03 | Walker Jay S. | Method and apparatus for processing a reward offer for a self-forming group |
US6567786B1 (en) * | 1999-09-16 | 2003-05-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for increasing the effectiveness of customer contact strategies |
US20030109306A1 (en) * | 1999-06-18 | 2003-06-12 | Karmarkar Jayant S. | Restricted episode distribution with repeated biometric authentication |
US6595859B2 (en) * | 1999-04-21 | 2003-07-22 | Virtumundo, Inc. | Internet marketing method and game |
US20030141660A1 (en) * | 2001-08-23 | 2003-07-31 | Colapinto Gerald P. | Business model algorithm |
US20030148812A1 (en) * | 2002-02-01 | 2003-08-07 | Paulsen Craig A. | Gaming system and gaming method |
US6606745B2 (en) * | 2000-10-12 | 2003-08-12 | Frank S. Maggio | Method and system for communicating advertising and entertainment content and gathering consumer information |
US6609969B1 (en) * | 1999-09-13 | 2003-08-26 | Sierra Design Group | Apparatus and method for dispensing of awards |
US6616533B1 (en) * | 2000-05-31 | 2003-09-09 | Intel Corporation | Providing advertising with video games |
US20040002385A1 (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2004-01-01 | Igt | Redundant gaming network mediation |
US6712702B2 (en) * | 1996-01-19 | 2004-03-30 | Sheldon F. Goldberg | Method and system for playing games on a network |
US20040077397A1 (en) * | 2002-07-29 | 2004-04-22 | Toshiyuki Hosaka | Display method, display apparatus for game machine, game machine and information display system |
US6729884B1 (en) * | 2001-11-13 | 2004-05-04 | Metavante Corporation | E-Critter game for teaching personal values and financial responsibility to a child |
US20040106449A1 (en) * | 1996-12-30 | 2004-06-03 | Walker Jay S. | Method and apparatus for deriving information from a gaming device |
US6749504B2 (en) * | 2000-10-11 | 2004-06-15 | Igt | Gaming device having multiple selection large award bonus scheme |
US6749511B2 (en) * | 2000-08-17 | 2004-06-15 | Adam S. Day | Website promotional applet process |
US20040116183A1 (en) * | 2002-12-16 | 2004-06-17 | Prindle Joseph Charles | Digital advertisement insertion system and method for video games |
US6764395B1 (en) * | 2000-04-21 | 2004-07-20 | Irvin P. R. Guyett | Method and apparatus for playing advertisement promotion game |
US20040152518A1 (en) * | 2003-01-09 | 2004-08-05 | Aruze Corp. | Network game system, network game server, and advertisement displaying method |
US20050037837A1 (en) * | 2003-08-14 | 2005-02-17 | Rowe Bruce C. | Progressive promotional marketing system |
US20050059494A1 (en) * | 2003-09-12 | 2005-03-17 | Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty, Ltd. | Adaptive display system and method for a gaming machine |
US6885995B2 (en) * | 1999-03-12 | 2005-04-26 | Webloyalty.Com | Method and system for cross-marketing products and services over a distributed communication network |
US6890256B2 (en) * | 1996-12-18 | 2005-05-10 | Walker Digital, Llc | System and method for advertising/sales at a gaming device |
US6899626B1 (en) * | 1999-09-13 | 2005-05-31 | Sierra Design Group | Apparatus and method for dispensing prizes |
US6907400B1 (en) * | 2000-02-18 | 2005-06-14 | Ncr Corporation | Promotion apparatus and method |
US6912504B1 (en) * | 2000-04-28 | 2005-06-28 | Blackarrow, Inc. | Distributing television advertisements over the internet |
US6928414B1 (en) * | 2000-04-12 | 2005-08-09 | Jae Heon Kim | Advertisement method using game program on the internet and method for executing the game program having the advertisement according to the advertisement method |
US20060009284A1 (en) * | 2004-07-07 | 2006-01-12 | Schwartz Richard T | Method and apparatus for placement of a product or service in a gaming system |
US20060059046A1 (en) * | 2004-09-15 | 2006-03-16 | Mohr Gunther A | Method and system for assigning bonus-credits to the user of products |
US20060063587A1 (en) * | 2004-09-13 | 2006-03-23 | Manzo Anthony V | Gaming advertisement systems and methods |
US7025674B2 (en) * | 2000-01-21 | 2006-04-11 | Igt | Method and apparatus for awarding and redeeming promotional points at an electronic game |
US7038637B1 (en) * | 1999-04-22 | 2006-05-02 | Si Diamond Technology, Inc. | System and method for selling advertising space on electronic billboards over the internet |
US7052392B2 (en) * | 2001-12-31 | 2006-05-30 | Igt | Method and apparatus for providing an advantage to a player in a bonus game |
US7054831B2 (en) * | 1999-07-07 | 2006-05-30 | Eric Koenig | System and method for combining interactive game with interactive advertising |
US7056208B2 (en) * | 2004-02-13 | 2006-06-06 | Mitchell Adams Cogert | No limit poker game |
US7076445B1 (en) * | 2000-06-20 | 2006-07-11 | Cartwright Shawn D | System and methods for obtaining advantages and transacting the same in a computer gaming environment |
US7094149B2 (en) * | 1996-12-18 | 2006-08-22 | Walker Digital, Llc | Methods and systems for facilitating play at a gaming device by means of third party offers |
US20060194631A1 (en) * | 2001-07-10 | 2006-08-31 | Igt | Method and system for issuing gaming machine receipts |
US7168617B2 (en) * | 2000-06-07 | 2007-01-30 | Walker Digital, Llc | Game presentation in a retail establishment |
Family Cites Families (75)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5128752A (en) * | 1986-03-10 | 1992-07-07 | Kohorn H Von | System and method for generating and redeeming tokens |
US5697844A (en) | 1986-03-10 | 1997-12-16 | Response Reward Systems, L.C. | System and method for playing games and rewarding successful players |
US5962831A (en) * | 1990-03-05 | 1999-10-05 | Retail Services, Inc. | Electronic marketing apparatus and method |
US5076613A (en) | 1990-04-04 | 1991-12-31 | Kovacs George W | Label or package construction incorporating hidden indicia game |
US5269522A (en) | 1991-09-20 | 1993-12-14 | Graphic Technology, Inc. | Apparatus and method for promotional contests |
US5231568A (en) | 1992-01-16 | 1993-07-27 | Impact Telemedia, Inc. | Promotional game method and apparatus therefor |
US5362051A (en) * | 1993-08-30 | 1994-11-08 | Rtc Industries, Inc. | Entertainment and promotional method |
AU7246996A (en) | 1995-09-29 | 1997-04-17 | Boston Technology, Inc. | Multimedia architecture for interactive advertising |
JP3398533B2 (en) * | 1995-11-02 | 2003-04-21 | 川崎製鉄株式会社 | High-temperature refractory coating equipment on the wall of carbonization chamber in coke oven |
US5774870A (en) | 1995-12-14 | 1998-06-30 | Netcentives, Inc. | Fully integrated, on-line interactive frequency and award redemption program |
AU2439097A (en) | 1996-04-05 | 1997-10-29 | Rlt Acquisitions, Inc. | Prize redemption system for games |
US5816918A (en) * | 1996-04-05 | 1998-10-06 | Rlt Acquistion, Inc. | Prize redemption system for games |
US5979757A (en) | 1996-09-05 | 1999-11-09 | Symbol Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for presenting item information using a portable data terminal |
US5851147A (en) | 1996-09-17 | 1998-12-22 | Stupak; Bob | Player-selected variable jackpot gaming method and device |
US6306035B1 (en) * | 1996-11-14 | 2001-10-23 | Arcade Planet, Inc. | Graphical user interface for providing gaming and prize redemption capabilities |
US6645068B1 (en) | 1996-11-14 | 2003-11-11 | Arcade Planet, Inc. | Profile-driven network gaming and prize redemption system |
US20030064807A1 (en) * | 2001-09-25 | 2003-04-03 | Walker Jay S. | Method and apparatus for linked play gaming |
US5991736A (en) | 1997-02-26 | 1999-11-23 | Ferguson; Henry | Patronage incentive award system incorporating retirement accounts and method thereof |
US6009410A (en) | 1997-10-16 | 1999-12-28 | At&T Corporation | Method and system for presenting customized advertising to a user on the world wide web |
US6190255B1 (en) | 1998-03-24 | 2001-02-20 | Wms Gaming Inc. | Bonus game for a gaming machine |
US6205432B1 (en) * | 1998-06-05 | 2001-03-20 | Creative Internet Concepts, Llc | Background advertising system |
US6165070A (en) | 1998-08-27 | 2000-12-26 | Bvc Technologies, Inc. | Video game slot machine program with output based on operator skill |
US6454649B1 (en) | 1998-10-05 | 2002-09-24 | International Game Technology | Gaming device and method using programmable display switch |
US20040198386A1 (en) * | 2002-01-16 | 2004-10-07 | Dupray Dennis J. | Applications for a wireless location gateway |
US6324519B1 (en) | 1999-03-12 | 2001-11-27 | Expanse Networks, Inc. | Advertisement auction system |
US6314095B1 (en) * | 1999-02-11 | 2001-11-06 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for a high-speed multimedia content switch with compressed internet protocol header |
US20010041609A1 (en) | 1999-02-25 | 2001-11-15 | Caryl E. Oranges | Slot machines having advertising displays |
KR20010006597A (en) | 1999-06-03 | 2001-01-26 | 윤준재 | System and method of advertisements on a network |
US20030216961A1 (en) * | 2002-05-16 | 2003-11-20 | Douglas Barry | Personalized gaming and demographic collection method and apparatus |
US6484148B1 (en) | 2000-02-19 | 2002-11-19 | John E. Boyd | Electronic advertising device and method of using the same |
KR20010091283A (en) | 2000-03-14 | 2001-10-23 | 이훈행 | Internet Advertise - MUD Game System |
WO2001076709A1 (en) | 2000-04-07 | 2001-10-18 | Playadz Pte Ltd | Method and network for delivering digital interactive game coupons and for integrating interactive advertisements into games over a wireless network |
US20010049661A1 (en) * | 2000-04-17 | 2001-12-06 | John Casey Power | Method for interactive advertising on the internet |
US7139725B1 (en) | 2000-05-16 | 2006-11-21 | Moyersoen Jean-Francois | Method of offering free products or services over the internet |
US6634550B1 (en) * | 2000-06-07 | 2003-10-21 | Walker Digital, Llc | Game presentation in a retail establishment |
JP2002018140A (en) | 2000-07-05 | 2002-01-22 | Tatsuya Nakajo | Advertisement system and method in network game, recording medium having software for advertisement recorded thereon and control method for client terminal |
JP2002040975A (en) | 2000-07-24 | 2002-02-08 | Samii Kk | Advertisement method |
US6656050B2 (en) | 2000-08-04 | 2003-12-02 | Steven Busch | Odds accelerator for promotional type sweepstakes, games, and contests |
US20020100040A1 (en) * | 2000-08-23 | 2002-07-25 | Cutlass, Inc. | Interactive entertainment |
AUPQ968000A0 (en) | 2000-08-25 | 2000-09-21 | Win Amusement Group Pty Ltd | System and method of displaying a game on a gaming machine |
JP2002099819A (en) | 2000-09-25 | 2002-04-05 | Markernet Kk | Advertisement system using computor |
US20040215518A1 (en) * | 2000-10-12 | 2004-10-28 | Dsd Communications, Inc. | System and method for targeted advertising and marketing |
US20090011819A9 (en) | 2000-10-20 | 2009-01-08 | Marcel Huard | Method and apparatus for the rewarding of the interest of a user in an activity |
US6966836B1 (en) | 2000-11-16 | 2005-11-22 | Ea.Com, Inc. | Positive-return gambling |
US20020094870A1 (en) * | 2000-12-21 | 2002-07-18 | Murray Kenneth C. | Database driven electronic game |
US7818205B2 (en) * | 2001-01-12 | 2010-10-19 | Pickapin.Com | Search engine providing an option to win the item sought |
JP2002210252A (en) | 2001-01-18 | 2002-07-30 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc | Communication system, entertainment device, recording medium and program |
JP2002273060A (en) | 2001-03-21 | 2002-09-24 | Tsubasa System Co Ltd | System, program and method for advertisement using network game |
JP2002304144A (en) * | 2001-04-04 | 2002-10-18 | Aruze Corp | Advertisement distribution system |
US6569017B2 (en) | 2001-04-18 | 2003-05-27 | Multimedia Games, Inc. | Method for assigning prizes in bingo-type games |
US7510475B2 (en) | 2001-05-22 | 2009-03-31 | Wms Gaming, Inc. | Gaming machine with superimposed display image |
US6786824B2 (en) * | 2001-05-25 | 2004-09-07 | Igt | Method, apparatus, and system for providing a player with opportunities to win a feature event award |
CA2350224A1 (en) * | 2001-06-12 | 2002-12-12 | Stuart Squires | System and method for internet advertising through on-line games |
KR20020007261A (en) | 2001-11-22 | 2002-01-26 | 장승웅 | Method for managing the advertising impression inducing type game |
JP2003199971A (en) | 2002-01-09 | 2003-07-15 | Taito Corp | Video game device provided with advertisement function |
US6908390B2 (en) * | 2002-03-29 | 2005-06-21 | Igt | Apparatus and method for a gaming tournament network |
US6834856B2 (en) | 2002-05-08 | 2004-12-28 | Timothy Wilson | Racing game and method of playing thereof |
JP2003330397A (en) | 2002-05-14 | 2003-11-19 | Access Joho Kk | Advertisement method by bingo game and bingo game with advertisement |
US8611919B2 (en) * | 2002-05-23 | 2013-12-17 | Wounder Gmbh., Llc | System, method, and computer program product for providing location based services and mobile e-commerce |
JP2004049746A (en) | 2002-07-23 | 2004-02-19 | Sun Corp | Information management device for game parlor |
JP2004188096A (en) | 2002-12-13 | 2004-07-08 | Shingo Takeuchi | Game machine using advertisement or advertisement-associated element, or the like |
US20060247037A1 (en) | 2003-07-09 | 2006-11-02 | Park Kyung Y | Advertising system and method for slot machine game using image ad symbols on the internet |
US9118812B2 (en) * | 2003-08-01 | 2015-08-25 | Advertising.Com Llc | Audience server |
US20060161474A1 (en) * | 2003-08-06 | 2006-07-20 | David Diamond | Delivery of targeted offers for move theaters and other retail stores |
US7979877B2 (en) * | 2003-12-23 | 2011-07-12 | Intellocity Usa Inc. | Advertising methods for advertising time slots and embedded objects |
JP2005323789A (en) | 2004-05-14 | 2005-11-24 | Taito Corp | Crane game machine and prize product advertisement system thereof |
US20050261962A1 (en) * | 2004-05-18 | 2005-11-24 | Khai Gan Chuah | Anonymous page recognition |
WO2005119566A2 (en) * | 2004-05-27 | 2005-12-15 | Clay Stevens | Apparatus and method for developing a game from selectable content |
US20050282614A1 (en) * | 2004-06-17 | 2005-12-22 | Atronic International Gmbh | Gaming machine providing pop-up advertising |
US7455586B2 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2008-11-25 | Igt | Method and system for gaming and brand association |
US20060095325A1 (en) * | 2004-11-04 | 2006-05-04 | Bell Kevin H | Method and system for tracking purchasing habits |
US20060167747A1 (en) * | 2005-01-25 | 2006-07-27 | Microsoft Corporation | Content-targeted advertising for interactive computer-based applications |
US8195512B2 (en) * | 2006-11-03 | 2012-06-05 | Joseph Franklin Shuhy | System and method for serving relevant question-based advertisements |
US20100069151A1 (en) * | 2008-09-18 | 2010-03-18 | Edward Suchocki | Gaming device with integrated advertising |
US8814643B2 (en) * | 2010-10-27 | 2014-08-26 | Microsoft Corporation | Challenge search query game |
-
2004
- 2004-09-21 US US10/946,719 patent/US7455586B2/en active Active
-
2005
- 2005-09-01 WO PCT/US2005/031215 patent/WO2006033805A1/en active Application Filing
-
2006
- 2006-11-07 US US11/557,403 patent/US20070077981A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2008
- 2008-11-12 US US12/269,470 patent/US7997972B2/en active Active
-
2011
- 2011-07-06 US US13/177,214 patent/US9105150B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (99)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3129004A (en) * | 1962-10-24 | 1964-04-14 | George A Ritzler | Gaming device comprising aligned word-forming discs rotatable in opposite directions |
US3468476A (en) * | 1967-06-06 | 1969-09-23 | Robert J Keegan | Sales control indicator |
US4592546A (en) * | 1984-04-26 | 1986-06-03 | David B. Lockton | Game of skill playable by remote participants in conjunction with a live event |
US4815741A (en) * | 1984-11-05 | 1989-03-28 | Small Maynard E | Automated marketing and gaming systems |
US4869500A (en) * | 1986-06-12 | 1989-09-26 | Rodstock Leisure Limited | Combination vending machine and amusement game |
US4854590A (en) * | 1987-05-08 | 1989-08-08 | Continental Brokers And Consultants, Inc. | Cash register gaming device |
US5099232A (en) * | 1988-09-28 | 1992-03-24 | Howes James P | Prize holding container assemblies |
US5231578A (en) * | 1988-11-01 | 1993-07-27 | Wang Laboratories, Inc. | Apparatus for document annotation and manipulation using images from a window source |
US4890842A (en) * | 1988-11-08 | 1990-01-02 | Plange Wim C | Board game apparatus |
US4982346A (en) * | 1988-12-16 | 1991-01-01 | Expertel Communications Incorporated | Mall promotion network apparatus and method |
US5080364A (en) * | 1989-09-20 | 1992-01-14 | Take One Marketing Group, Inc. | Gaming method |
US5620182A (en) * | 1990-08-22 | 1997-04-15 | Rossides; Michael T. | Expected value payment method and system for reducing the expected per unit costs of paying and/or receiving a given ammount of a commodity |
US5137278A (en) * | 1991-03-14 | 1992-08-11 | Williams Electronics Games, Inc. | Amusement device with trading card dispenser |
US6048268A (en) * | 1992-04-02 | 2000-04-11 | Advanced Promotion Technologies | Electronic promotional game |
US5928082A (en) * | 1992-05-06 | 1999-07-27 | Clapper, Jr.; Ronald C. | Voucher and game ticket combination and apparatus and method used therewith |
US5392066A (en) * | 1992-11-19 | 1995-02-21 | Parker Communication Systems, Inc. | In-store advertising system |
US5555991A (en) * | 1993-09-17 | 1996-09-17 | Hart; Kevin A. | Product-supported advertising display and method |
US5946646A (en) * | 1994-03-23 | 1999-08-31 | Digital Broadband Applications Corp. | Interactive advertising system and device |
US5551692A (en) * | 1994-08-02 | 1996-09-03 | Casino Coin Company, Inc. | Electronic game promotion device |
US5933813A (en) * | 1995-04-13 | 1999-08-03 | Eldat Communication Ltd. | Sales promotion data processor system and interactive changeable display particularly useful therein |
US5813913A (en) * | 1995-05-30 | 1998-09-29 | Interactive Network, Inc. | Game of skill playable by remote participants in conjunction with a common game event where participants are grouped as to skill level |
US5643088A (en) * | 1995-05-31 | 1997-07-01 | Interactive Network, Inc. | Game of skill or chance playable by remote participants in conjunction with a common game event including inserted interactive advertising |
US5946664A (en) * | 1995-06-30 | 1999-08-31 | Sony Corporation | Apparatus and method for executing a game program having advertisements therein |
US6882978B2 (en) * | 1995-06-30 | 2005-04-19 | Sony Corporation | Apparatus and method for executing a game program having advertisements therein |
US7085733B2 (en) * | 1995-06-30 | 2006-08-01 | Sony Corporation | Apparatus and method for executing a game program having advertisements therein |
US5857175A (en) * | 1995-08-11 | 1999-01-05 | Micro Enhancement International | System and method for offering targeted discounts to customers |
US5722890A (en) * | 1995-10-20 | 1998-03-03 | Telecom Productions, Inc. | Lottery system |
US5791991A (en) * | 1995-11-15 | 1998-08-11 | Small; Maynard E. | Interactive consumer product promotion method and match game |
US6712702B2 (en) * | 1996-01-19 | 2004-03-30 | Sheldon F. Goldberg | Method and system for playing games on a network |
US6183366B1 (en) * | 1996-01-19 | 2001-02-06 | Sheldon Goldberg | Network gaming system |
US5806852A (en) * | 1996-02-12 | 1998-09-15 | Howes; James P. | Method and apparatus for randomly distributing prize awards |
US6015344A (en) * | 1996-04-05 | 2000-01-18 | Rlt Acquisition, Inc. | Prize redemption system for games |
US6024642A (en) * | 1996-04-10 | 2000-02-15 | Stupak; Bob | Game of chance |
US5918211A (en) * | 1996-05-30 | 1999-06-29 | Retail Multimedia Corporation | Method and apparatus for promoting products and influencing consumer purchasing decisions at the point-of-purchase |
US5933811A (en) * | 1996-08-20 | 1999-08-03 | Paul D. Angles | System and method for delivering customized advertisements within interactive communication systems |
US5883620A (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 1999-03-16 | Fort James Corporation | Electronic prize verification and display apparatus |
US5950173A (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 1999-09-07 | Ipf, Inc. | System and method for delivering consumer product related information to consumers within retail environments using internet-based information servers and sales agents |
US20020077169A1 (en) * | 1996-11-14 | 2002-06-20 | Matthew F. Kelly | Prize redemption system for games executed over a wide area network |
US5941772A (en) * | 1996-12-02 | 1999-08-24 | Paige; Elena Launzel | Apparatus and method for enhancing gambling devices with commercial advertising indicia |
US6540609B1 (en) * | 1996-12-02 | 2003-04-01 | Elena Launzel Paige | Apparatus and method for enhancing gambling devices with commercial advertising indicia |
US6390917B1 (en) * | 1996-12-18 | 2002-05-21 | Walker Digital, Llc | Slot machine advertising/sales system and method |
US7094149B2 (en) * | 1996-12-18 | 2006-08-22 | Walker Digital, Llc | Methods and systems for facilitating play at a gaming device by means of third party offers |
US6186893B1 (en) * | 1996-12-18 | 2001-02-13 | Walker Digital, Llc | Slot machine advertising/sales system and method |
US6890256B2 (en) * | 1996-12-18 | 2005-05-10 | Walker Digital, Llc | System and method for advertising/sales at a gaming device |
US20040106449A1 (en) * | 1996-12-30 | 2004-06-03 | Walker Jay S. | Method and apparatus for deriving information from a gaming device |
US6379251B1 (en) * | 1997-02-24 | 2002-04-30 | Realtime Media | System and method for increasing click through rates of internet banner advertisements |
US6039648A (en) * | 1997-03-04 | 2000-03-21 | Casino Data Systems | Automated tournament gaming system: apparatus and method |
US6234897B1 (en) * | 1997-04-23 | 2001-05-22 | Wms Gaming Inc. | Gaming device with variable bonus payout feature |
US6213874B1 (en) * | 1997-09-09 | 2001-04-10 | Keith Heflin | Collector card/phone card dispensing system with promotional free spin/free draw game feature |
US6102799A (en) * | 1998-01-20 | 2000-08-15 | Stupak; Bob | Method for providing a super jackpot for gaming machines |
US6173267B1 (en) * | 1998-02-24 | 2001-01-09 | Laurie Cairns | Method for product promotion |
US6625578B2 (en) * | 1998-03-31 | 2003-09-23 | Masque Publishing, Inc. | On-line game playing with advertising |
US6196920B1 (en) * | 1998-03-31 | 2001-03-06 | Masque Publishing, Inc. | On-line game playing with advertising |
US6447395B1 (en) * | 1998-08-27 | 2002-09-10 | International Gamco, Inc. | Game ticket system to be played with keno |
US6267672B1 (en) * | 1998-10-21 | 2001-07-31 | Ayecon Entertainment, L.L.C. | Product sales enhancing internet game system |
US6036601A (en) * | 1999-02-24 | 2000-03-14 | Adaboy, Inc. | Method for advertising over a computer network utilizing virtual environments of games |
US6885995B2 (en) * | 1999-03-12 | 2005-04-26 | Webloyalty.Com | Method and system for cross-marketing products and services over a distributed communication network |
US6595859B2 (en) * | 1999-04-21 | 2003-07-22 | Virtumundo, Inc. | Internet marketing method and game |
US6381626B1 (en) * | 1999-04-22 | 2002-04-30 | Electronic Data Systems Corporation | ATM video advertising |
US7038637B1 (en) * | 1999-04-22 | 2006-05-02 | Si Diamond Technology, Inc. | System and method for selling advertising space on electronic billboards over the internet |
US6567842B2 (en) * | 1999-04-22 | 2003-05-20 | Electronic Data Systems | ATM video advertising |
US20030109306A1 (en) * | 1999-06-18 | 2003-06-12 | Karmarkar Jayant S. | Restricted episode distribution with repeated biometric authentication |
US7054831B2 (en) * | 1999-07-07 | 2006-05-30 | Eric Koenig | System and method for combining interactive game with interactive advertising |
US6609969B1 (en) * | 1999-09-13 | 2003-08-26 | Sierra Design Group | Apparatus and method for dispensing of awards |
US6899626B1 (en) * | 1999-09-13 | 2005-05-31 | Sierra Design Group | Apparatus and method for dispensing prizes |
US6567786B1 (en) * | 1999-09-16 | 2003-05-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for increasing the effectiveness of customer contact strategies |
US6267675B1 (en) * | 1999-09-28 | 2001-07-31 | Icorea Co. Ltd. | Advertising game |
US7025674B2 (en) * | 2000-01-21 | 2006-04-11 | Igt | Method and apparatus for awarding and redeeming promotional points at an electronic game |
US6907400B1 (en) * | 2000-02-18 | 2005-06-14 | Ncr Corporation | Promotion apparatus and method |
US6928414B1 (en) * | 2000-04-12 | 2005-08-09 | Jae Heon Kim | Advertisement method using game program on the internet and method for executing the game program having the advertisement according to the advertisement method |
US6764395B1 (en) * | 2000-04-21 | 2004-07-20 | Irvin P. R. Guyett | Method and apparatus for playing advertisement promotion game |
US6912504B1 (en) * | 2000-04-28 | 2005-06-28 | Blackarrow, Inc. | Distributing television advertisements over the internet |
US20030054888A1 (en) * | 2000-05-17 | 2003-03-20 | Walker Jay S. | Method and system to incorporate game play into product transactions |
US6443843B1 (en) * | 2000-05-17 | 2002-09-03 | Walker Digital, Llc | System to provide game play for products |
US6616533B1 (en) * | 2000-05-31 | 2003-09-09 | Intel Corporation | Providing advertising with video games |
US7168617B2 (en) * | 2000-06-07 | 2007-01-30 | Walker Digital, Llc | Game presentation in a retail establishment |
US7076445B1 (en) * | 2000-06-20 | 2006-07-11 | Cartwright Shawn D | System and methods for obtaining advantages and transacting the same in a computer gaming environment |
US6749511B2 (en) * | 2000-08-17 | 2004-06-15 | Adam S. Day | Website promotional applet process |
US20020039923A1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2002-04-04 | Cannon Lee E. | Method and apparatus for gaming machines with a tournament play bonus feature |
US6749504B2 (en) * | 2000-10-11 | 2004-06-15 | Igt | Gaming device having multiple selection large award bonus scheme |
US6606745B2 (en) * | 2000-10-12 | 2003-08-12 | Frank S. Maggio | Method and system for communicating advertising and entertainment content and gathering consumer information |
US20030064788A1 (en) * | 2001-06-13 | 2003-04-03 | Walker Jay S. | Method and apparatus for processing a reward offer for a self-forming group |
US20060194631A1 (en) * | 2001-07-10 | 2006-08-31 | Igt | Method and system for issuing gaming machine receipts |
US20030054881A1 (en) * | 2001-08-03 | 2003-03-20 | Igt | Player tracking communication mechanisms in a gaming machine |
US6523824B1 (en) * | 2001-08-23 | 2003-02-25 | Gerald P. Colapinto | Business model algorithm |
US20030141660A1 (en) * | 2001-08-23 | 2003-07-31 | Colapinto Gerald P. | Business model algorithm |
US6729884B1 (en) * | 2001-11-13 | 2004-05-04 | Metavante Corporation | E-Critter game for teaching personal values and financial responsibility to a child |
US7052392B2 (en) * | 2001-12-31 | 2006-05-30 | Igt | Method and apparatus for providing an advantage to a player in a bonus game |
US20030148812A1 (en) * | 2002-02-01 | 2003-08-07 | Paulsen Craig A. | Gaming system and gaming method |
US20040002385A1 (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2004-01-01 | Igt | Redundant gaming network mediation |
US20040077397A1 (en) * | 2002-07-29 | 2004-04-22 | Toshiyuki Hosaka | Display method, display apparatus for game machine, game machine and information display system |
US20040116183A1 (en) * | 2002-12-16 | 2004-06-17 | Prindle Joseph Charles | Digital advertisement insertion system and method for video games |
US20040152518A1 (en) * | 2003-01-09 | 2004-08-05 | Aruze Corp. | Network game system, network game server, and advertisement displaying method |
US20050037837A1 (en) * | 2003-08-14 | 2005-02-17 | Rowe Bruce C. | Progressive promotional marketing system |
US20050059494A1 (en) * | 2003-09-12 | 2005-03-17 | Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty, Ltd. | Adaptive display system and method for a gaming machine |
US7056208B2 (en) * | 2004-02-13 | 2006-06-06 | Mitchell Adams Cogert | No limit poker game |
US20060009284A1 (en) * | 2004-07-07 | 2006-01-12 | Schwartz Richard T | Method and apparatus for placement of a product or service in a gaming system |
US20060063587A1 (en) * | 2004-09-13 | 2006-03-23 | Manzo Anthony V | Gaming advertisement systems and methods |
US20060059046A1 (en) * | 2004-09-15 | 2006-03-16 | Mohr Gunther A | Method and system for assigning bonus-credits to the user of products |
Cited By (312)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20080319918A1 (en) * | 1999-06-30 | 2008-12-25 | Kyklos Entertainment S.R.I. | Methods and systems for generating product offers over electronic network systems |
US8401957B2 (en) | 1999-06-30 | 2013-03-19 | Black Tower Sa | Method and apparatus for generating a sale offer over an electronic network system |
US8515856B2 (en) | 1999-06-30 | 2013-08-20 | Black Tower Sa | Method and apparatus for generating a sale offer over an electronic network system |
US8515855B2 (en) | 1999-06-30 | 2013-08-20 | Black Tower Sa | Method and apparatus for generating a sale offer over an electronic network system |
US20070050256A1 (en) * | 2000-06-30 | 2007-03-01 | Jay Walker | Method and apparatus for compensating participation in marketing research |
US8690677B2 (en) | 2004-07-26 | 2014-04-08 | Mickey Roemer | Method and system for awarding bonuses via telecommunication links |
US20100004045A1 (en) * | 2004-07-26 | 2010-01-07 | Mickey Roemer | Method and system for awarding bonuses via telecommunication links |
US20080171586A1 (en) * | 2004-07-26 | 2008-07-17 | Mickey Roemer | Casino player loyalty system offering random player bonus opportunity |
US9105150B2 (en) | 2004-09-21 | 2015-08-11 | Igt | Method and system for gaming and brand association |
US20070239823A9 (en) * | 2005-04-14 | 2007-10-11 | Spyridon Pachnis | System and method for entertainment game |
US20060253528A1 (en) * | 2005-04-14 | 2006-11-09 | Spyridon Pachnis | System and method for entertainment game |
US20070218980A1 (en) * | 2005-04-14 | 2007-09-20 | Spyridon Pachnis | System and Method for Instant Ticket-Based Entertainment Game |
US7736233B2 (en) | 2005-04-14 | 2010-06-15 | Intralot S.A. | System and method for entertainment game |
US8632394B2 (en) | 2005-08-04 | 2014-01-21 | Igt | Methods and apparatus for auctioning an item via a gaming device |
US8167709B2 (en) | 2005-08-04 | 2012-05-01 | Igt | Methods and apparatus for auctioning an item via a gaming device |
US7905777B2 (en) | 2005-08-04 | 2011-03-15 | Igt | Methods and apparatus for auctioning an item via a gaming device |
US8216065B2 (en) | 2005-09-09 | 2012-07-10 | Igt | Gaming system having multiple adjacently arranged gaming machines which each provide a component for a multi-component game |
US8512121B2 (en) | 2005-09-09 | 2013-08-20 | Igt | Gaming system having multiple adjacently arranged gaming machines which each provide a component for a multi-component game |
US8224985B2 (en) | 2005-10-04 | 2012-07-17 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Peer-to-peer communication traversing symmetric network address translators |
US20070076729A1 (en) * | 2005-10-04 | 2007-04-05 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Peer-to-peer communication traversing symmetric network address translators |
US10585963B2 (en) * | 2006-04-13 | 2020-03-10 | Wgrs Licensing Company, Llc | Systems and methods for internet searching |
US11023552B2 (en) * | 2006-04-13 | 2021-06-01 | Wgrs Licensing Company, Llc | Systems and methods for enhancing search results with real-time content and input from brands |
US9997022B2 (en) | 2006-08-24 | 2018-06-12 | Cfph, Llc | Secondary game |
US11615673B2 (en) | 2006-08-24 | 2023-03-28 | Cfph, Llc | Secondary game |
US7833101B2 (en) | 2006-08-24 | 2010-11-16 | Cfph, Llc | Secondary game |
US9293003B2 (en) | 2006-08-24 | 2016-03-22 | Cfph, Llc | Secondary game |
US8535160B2 (en) | 2006-08-24 | 2013-09-17 | Cfph, Llc | Secondary game |
US10748383B2 (en) | 2006-08-24 | 2020-08-18 | Cfph, Llc | Secondary game |
US8932124B2 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2015-01-13 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US9595169B2 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2017-03-14 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US10235834B2 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2019-03-19 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US10515517B2 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2019-12-24 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US11210907B2 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2021-12-28 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US8398481B2 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2013-03-19 | Cfph, Llc | Secondary game |
US11030852B2 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2021-06-08 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US7997973B2 (en) | 2006-09-05 | 2011-08-16 | Cfph, Llc | Amusement device for secondary games |
US8668566B2 (en) | 2006-09-05 | 2014-03-11 | Cfph, Llc | Amusement device for secondary games |
US9330521B2 (en) | 2006-09-05 | 2016-05-03 | Cfph, Llc | Amusement device for secondary games |
US20090291732A1 (en) * | 2006-09-05 | 2009-11-26 | Lutnick Howard W | Amusement device for secondary games |
US8764541B2 (en) | 2006-09-19 | 2014-07-01 | Cfph, Llc | Secondary game |
US8764538B2 (en) | 2006-09-19 | 2014-07-01 | Cfph, Llc | Gaming devices and methods related to secondary gaming |
US20080263673A1 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2008-10-23 | Viewpoint Corporation | System and method for delivering promotional and information content during a computer-based application and collecting impression metrics |
US10777041B2 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2020-09-15 | Cfph, Llc | Card picks for progressive prize |
US8845415B2 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2014-09-30 | Cfph, Llc | Card picks for progressive prize |
US11501609B2 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2022-11-15 | Cfph, Llc | Card picks for progressive prize |
US9842467B2 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2017-12-12 | Cfph, Llc | Card picks for progressive prize |
US8323102B2 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2012-12-04 | Cfph, Llc | Remote play of a table game through a mobile device |
US7857699B2 (en) | 2006-11-01 | 2010-12-28 | Igt | Gaming system and method of operating a gaming system having a bonus participation bidding sequence |
US20220164820A1 (en) * | 2006-11-30 | 2022-05-26 | NEXRF Corp. | Player tracking using a wireless device for a casino property |
US10957151B2 (en) * | 2006-12-06 | 2021-03-23 | Cfph, Llc | Method and apparatus for advertising on a mobile gaming device |
US20190318572A1 (en) * | 2006-12-06 | 2019-10-17 | Cfph, Llc | Method and apparatus for advertising on a mobile gaming device |
US20080139306A1 (en) * | 2006-12-06 | 2008-06-12 | Lutnick Howard W | Method and apparatus for advertising on a mobile gaming device |
US11501606B2 (en) * | 2006-12-06 | 2022-11-15 | Cfph, Llc | Method and apparatus for advertising on a mobile gaming device |
US20230074412A1 (en) * | 2006-12-06 | 2023-03-09 | Cfph, Llc | Method and apparatus for advertising on a mobile gaming device |
US10373424B2 (en) * | 2006-12-06 | 2019-08-06 | Cfph, Llc | Method and apparatus for advertising on a mobile gaming device |
US9754444B2 (en) * | 2006-12-06 | 2017-09-05 | Cfph, Llc | Method and apparatus for advertising on a mobile gaming device |
US11961360B2 (en) * | 2006-12-06 | 2024-04-16 | Cfph, Llc | Method and apparatus for advertising on a mobile gaming device |
US20130005447A1 (en) * | 2006-12-06 | 2013-01-03 | Lutnick Howard W | Method and apparatus for advertising on a mobile gaming device |
US11583758B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2023-02-21 | Cfph, Llc | Top performers |
US10799787B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2020-10-13 | Cfph, Llc | Top performers |
US8393954B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2013-03-12 | Cfph, Llc | Top performers |
US10902698B2 (en) | 2007-01-09 | 2021-01-26 | Cfph, Llc | System for managing promotions |
US9818254B2 (en) | 2007-01-09 | 2017-11-14 | Cfph, Llc | System for managing promotions |
US9600959B2 (en) | 2007-01-09 | 2017-03-21 | Cfph, Llp | System for managing promotions |
US20080167106A1 (en) * | 2007-01-09 | 2008-07-10 | Lutnick Howard W | System for managing promotions |
US11704964B2 (en) | 2007-01-09 | 2023-07-18 | Cfph, Llc | System for managing promotions |
US8216056B2 (en) | 2007-02-13 | 2012-07-10 | Cfph, Llc | Card picks for progressive prize |
US8771058B2 (en) | 2007-02-15 | 2014-07-08 | Cfph, Llc | Zone dependent payout percentage |
US8070582B2 (en) | 2007-03-01 | 2011-12-06 | Cfph, Llc | Automatic game play |
US20080214286A1 (en) * | 2007-03-01 | 2008-09-04 | Lutnick Howard W | Automatic Game Play |
US8636575B2 (en) | 2007-03-01 | 2014-01-28 | Cfph, Llc | Automatic game play |
US11244539B2 (en) | 2007-03-01 | 2022-02-08 | Cfph, Llc | Automatic game play |
US11398126B2 (en) | 2007-04-05 | 2022-07-26 | Cfph, Llc | Sorting games of chance |
US10102707B2 (en) | 2007-04-05 | 2018-10-16 | Cfph, Llc | Sorting games of chance |
US8834255B2 (en) | 2007-04-05 | 2014-09-16 | Cfph, Llc | Sorting games of chance |
US10769880B2 (en) | 2007-04-05 | 2020-09-08 | Cfph, Llc | Sporting game of chance |
US8398489B2 (en) | 2007-04-05 | 2013-03-19 | Cfph, Llc | Sorting games of chance |
US11361610B2 (en) | 2007-04-11 | 2022-06-14 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance display |
US10607435B2 (en) | 2007-04-11 | 2020-03-31 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance display |
US7995478B2 (en) | 2007-05-30 | 2011-08-09 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Network communication with path MTU size discovery |
US8360841B2 (en) | 2007-06-11 | 2013-01-29 | Igt | Facilitating a payout at a gaming device using audiovisual content |
US8814649B2 (en) | 2007-06-11 | 2014-08-26 | Igt | Facilitating a payout at a gaming device using audiovisual content |
US20080305856A1 (en) * | 2007-06-11 | 2008-12-11 | Walker Jay S | Facilitating a payout at a gaming device using audiovisual content |
US9640038B2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2017-05-02 | Cfph, Llc | Game with chance element and strategy component that can be copied |
US10339762B2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2019-07-02 | Cfph, Llc | Game with chance element and strategy component that can be copied |
US10997826B2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2021-05-04 | Cfph, Llc | Game with chance element and strategy component that can be copied |
US8500533B2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2013-08-06 | Cfph, Llc | Game with chance element and strategy component that can be copied |
US20090093300A1 (en) * | 2007-10-05 | 2009-04-09 | Lutnick Howard W | Game of chance processing apparatus |
US20100075739A1 (en) * | 2007-10-11 | 2010-03-25 | Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty Limited | Gaming system and a method of gaming |
US8986111B2 (en) | 2007-11-08 | 2015-03-24 | Igt | Gaming system having multiple progressive awards and a bonus game available in a base game operable upon a wager |
US8357034B2 (en) | 2007-11-08 | 2013-01-22 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing third party promotions |
US10388108B2 (en) | 2007-11-08 | 2019-08-20 | Igt | Gaming system having multiple progressive awards and a bonus game available in a base game operable upon a wager |
US8821262B2 (en) | 2007-11-08 | 2014-09-02 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing third party promotions |
US9767648B2 (en) | 2007-11-09 | 2017-09-19 | Igt | Gaming system and method having configurable bonus game triggering outcomes |
US9378617B2 (en) | 2007-11-09 | 2016-06-28 | Igt | Gaming system and method having configurable bonus game triggering outcomes |
US8998703B2 (en) | 2007-11-09 | 2015-04-07 | Igt | Gaming system and method having configurable bonus game triggering outcomes |
US8360850B2 (en) | 2007-11-09 | 2013-01-29 | Igt | Gaming system and method having configurable bonus game triggering outcomes |
US7976379B2 (en) | 2007-11-09 | 2011-07-12 | Igt | Gaming system and method having configurable bonus game triggering outcomes |
US20090144424A1 (en) * | 2007-12-04 | 2009-06-04 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Network bandwidth detection and distribution |
US8171123B2 (en) | 2007-12-04 | 2012-05-01 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Network bandwidth detection and distribution |
US8005957B2 (en) | 2007-12-04 | 2011-08-23 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Network traffic prioritization |
US8943206B2 (en) | 2007-12-04 | 2015-01-27 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Network bandwidth detection and distribution |
US20110099278A1 (en) * | 2007-12-04 | 2011-04-28 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Network traffic prioritization |
US20090209327A1 (en) * | 2008-02-20 | 2009-08-20 | Herrington Brian D | Method and System for Tracking Wagering Relation Donations |
US8930545B2 (en) | 2008-03-05 | 2015-01-06 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Traversal of symmetric network address translator for multiple simultaneous connections |
US8403760B2 (en) | 2008-03-05 | 2013-03-26 | Howard Hung Yin | Advertising funded gaming system |
US8015300B2 (en) | 2008-03-05 | 2011-09-06 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Traversal of symmetric network address translator for multiple simultaneous connections |
US20110035501A1 (en) * | 2008-03-05 | 2011-02-10 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Traversal of symmetric network address translator for multiple simultaneous connections |
US7946922B2 (en) | 2008-03-05 | 2011-05-24 | Howard Hung Yin | Advertising funded gaming system |
US20100019453A1 (en) * | 2008-07-25 | 2010-01-28 | Roboreus Limited | Systems and methods for lottery-style games |
US20100022290A1 (en) * | 2008-07-25 | 2010-01-28 | Roboreus Limited | Systems and methods for lottery-style games |
US8771059B2 (en) | 2008-07-25 | 2014-07-08 | Geonomics Global Games Limited | Systems and methods for prize discovery games |
US8167701B2 (en) | 2008-07-25 | 2012-05-01 | Roboreus Limited | Systems and methods for lottery-style games |
US8296417B1 (en) * | 2008-07-29 | 2012-10-23 | Alexander Gershon | Peak traffic management |
US9959145B1 (en) | 2008-07-29 | 2018-05-01 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Scalable game space |
US9118722B1 (en) | 2008-07-29 | 2015-08-25 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Peak traffic management |
US8142283B2 (en) | 2008-08-20 | 2012-03-27 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance processing apparatus |
US10535230B2 (en) | 2008-08-20 | 2020-01-14 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US8480471B2 (en) | 2008-08-20 | 2013-07-09 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US20100048302A1 (en) * | 2008-08-20 | 2010-02-25 | Lutnick Howard W | Game of chance processing apparatus |
US11132870B2 (en) | 2008-08-20 | 2021-09-28 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US10460567B2 (en) | 2008-08-20 | 2019-10-29 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US8758111B2 (en) | 2008-08-20 | 2014-06-24 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US8758109B2 (en) | 2008-08-20 | 2014-06-24 | Cfph, Llc | Game of chance systems and methods |
US20100062838A1 (en) * | 2008-09-11 | 2010-03-11 | Igt | Flexible determination of gaming and services |
US8060626B2 (en) | 2008-09-22 | 2011-11-15 | Sony Computer Entertainment America Llc. | Method for host selection based on discovered NAT type |
US20100077087A1 (en) * | 2008-09-22 | 2010-03-25 | Sony Computer Entertainment Amercica Inc. | Method for host selection based on discovered nat type |
US20100099471A1 (en) * | 2008-10-17 | 2010-04-22 | Feeney Robert J | Network-Based Contests Having Multiple Participating Sponsors |
US8231470B2 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2012-07-31 | Vergence Entertainment Llc | Network-based contests having multiple participating sponsors |
US20100120486A1 (en) * | 2008-11-10 | 2010-05-13 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method providing server based configurable game presentations |
US8602883B2 (en) | 2008-11-12 | 2013-12-10 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method providing tiered progressive bonusing system |
US9626833B2 (en) | 2008-11-12 | 2017-04-18 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method providing tiered progressive bonusing system |
US8092302B2 (en) | 2008-11-12 | 2012-01-10 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method providing tiered progressive bonusing system |
US8342958B2 (en) | 2008-11-12 | 2013-01-01 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method providing tiered progressive bonusing system |
US9177444B2 (en) | 2008-11-12 | 2015-11-03 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method providing tiered progressive bonusing system |
US8152630B2 (en) | 2008-11-13 | 2012-04-10 | Igt | Gaming system and method having bonus event and bonus event award in accordance with a current wager and one or more accumulated bonus event points |
US8393958B2 (en) | 2008-11-13 | 2013-03-12 | Igt | Gaming system and method having bonus event and bonus event award in accordance with a current wager and one or more accumulated bonus event points |
US8298076B2 (en) * | 2009-01-27 | 2012-10-30 | Aruze Gaming America, Inc. | Gaming machine and control device capable of collecting advertisement cost from sponsor, and method of collecting the advertisement cost |
US20100190547A1 (en) * | 2009-01-27 | 2010-07-29 | Aruze Gaming America, Inc. | Gaming machine and control device capable of collecting advertisement cost from sponsor, and method of collecting the advertisement cost |
US8688517B2 (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2014-04-01 | Cfph, Llc | Method and apparatus for advertising on a mobile gaming device |
US11341538B2 (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2022-05-24 | Cfph, Llc | Method and apparatus for advertising on a mobile gaming device |
US9940643B2 (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2018-04-10 | Cfph, Llc | Method and apparatus for advertising on a mobile gaming device |
US20120329555A1 (en) * | 2009-03-03 | 2012-12-27 | E3,Llc | System and method for gaming using wireless communication devices |
US10244393B2 (en) * | 2009-03-03 | 2019-03-26 | Mobilitie, Llc | System and method for gaming using wireless communication devices |
WO2010104740A1 (en) * | 2009-03-09 | 2010-09-16 | Sony Computer Entertainment America Llc. | System and method for sponsorship recognition |
US20100228600A1 (en) * | 2009-03-09 | 2010-09-09 | Eric Lempel | System and method for sponsorship recognition |
CN102369047A (en) * | 2009-03-09 | 2012-03-07 | 美国索尼电脑娱乐有限责任公司 | System and method for sponsorship recognition |
US20100250385A1 (en) * | 2009-03-31 | 2010-09-30 | Eric Lempel | Method and system for a combination voucher |
US20100261520A1 (en) * | 2009-04-08 | 2010-10-14 | Eric Lempel | System and method for wagering badges |
US9047736B2 (en) | 2009-04-08 | 2015-06-02 | Sony Computer Entertainment America Llc | System and method for wagering badges |
US20110015976A1 (en) * | 2009-07-20 | 2011-01-20 | Eric Lempel | Method and system for a customized voucher |
US20110077070A1 (en) * | 2009-09-29 | 2011-03-31 | Rajendrasinh Jadeja | Apparatus and method for gaming |
US9892588B2 (en) * | 2009-09-29 | 2018-02-13 | Aristocrat Technologies Australia Pty Limited | Apparatus and method for gaming |
US10878662B2 (en) | 2009-10-17 | 2020-12-29 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Asynchronous persistent group bonus games with preserved game state data |
US8602875B2 (en) | 2009-10-17 | 2013-12-10 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Preserving game state data for asynchronous persistent group bonus games |
US10140816B2 (en) | 2009-10-17 | 2018-11-27 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Asynchronous persistent group bonus games with preserved game state data |
US9486697B2 (en) | 2009-10-17 | 2016-11-08 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Asynchronous persistent group bonus games with preserved game state data |
US20110111860A1 (en) * | 2009-11-12 | 2011-05-12 | Intellectual Garden, Llc | Gaming Systems Including Viral Gaming Events |
US11990005B2 (en) | 2009-11-12 | 2024-05-21 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Gaming system supporting data distribution to gaming devices |
US8864586B2 (en) | 2009-11-12 | 2014-10-21 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Gaming systems including viral gaming events |
US20110111843A1 (en) * | 2009-11-12 | 2011-05-12 | Igt | Gaming system and method for dynamically grouping gaming devices to provide progressive awards |
US10068430B2 (en) | 2009-11-12 | 2018-09-04 | Igt | Gaming system and method for dynamically grouping gaming devices to provide progressive awards |
US8968083B2 (en) | 2009-11-12 | 2015-03-03 | Igt | Gaming system and method for dynamically grouping gaming devices to provide progressive awards |
US10438446B2 (en) | 2009-11-12 | 2019-10-08 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Viral benefit distribution using electronic devices |
US11682266B2 (en) | 2009-11-12 | 2023-06-20 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Gaming systems including viral benefit distribution |
US9336654B2 (en) | 2009-11-12 | 2016-05-10 | Igt | Gaming system and method for dynamically grouping gaming devices to provide progressive awards |
US11704971B2 (en) | 2009-11-12 | 2023-07-18 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Gaming system supporting data distribution to gaming devices |
US20110117982A1 (en) * | 2009-11-16 | 2011-05-19 | Intellectual Garden, Llc | Asynchronous Persistent Group Bonus Game |
US8597108B2 (en) | 2009-11-16 | 2013-12-03 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Asynchronous persistent group bonus game |
US11393287B2 (en) | 2009-11-16 | 2022-07-19 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Asynchronous persistent group bonus game |
US9741205B2 (en) | 2009-11-16 | 2017-08-22 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Asynchronous persistent group bonus game |
US10504125B2 (en) * | 2009-12-21 | 2019-12-10 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Methods, systems, and products for targeting content |
US9600978B2 (en) | 2010-03-05 | 2017-03-21 | Patent Investment & Licensing Company | Entertainment game-based gaming device |
US10373422B2 (en) | 2010-03-05 | 2019-08-06 | Patent Investment & Licensing Company | Entertainment game-based gaming device |
US20110218028A1 (en) * | 2010-03-05 | 2011-09-08 | Acres John F | Entertainment game-based gaming device |
US11715343B2 (en) | 2010-03-05 | 2023-08-01 | Acres Technology | Entertainment game-based gaming device |
US10121309B2 (en) | 2010-03-05 | 2018-11-06 | Patent Investment & Licensing Company | Entertainment game-based gaming device |
US11011011B2 (en) | 2010-03-05 | 2021-05-18 | Acres Technology | Entertainment game-based gaming device |
US9886817B2 (en) | 2010-03-05 | 2018-02-06 | Patent Investment & Licensing Company | Entertainment game-based gaming device |
US9875606B2 (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2018-01-23 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Spontaneous player preferences |
US8696470B2 (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2014-04-15 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Spontaneous player preferences |
US11631297B1 (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2023-04-18 | Aristorcrat Technologies, Inc. (Ati) | Spontaneous player preferences |
US9666021B2 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2017-05-30 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Location based real-time casino data |
US9607474B2 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2017-03-28 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Reconfigurable gaming zone |
US10818133B2 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2020-10-27 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Location based real-time casino data |
US11983989B2 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2024-05-14 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Configurable virtual gaming zone |
US9626826B2 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2017-04-18 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Location-based real-time casino data |
US10657762B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2020-05-19 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Social gaming |
US10186110B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2019-01-22 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Gaming system with social award management |
US11922767B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2024-03-05 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Remote participation in wager-based games |
US10096209B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2018-10-09 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Temporary grant of real-time bonus feature |
US10052551B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2018-08-21 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Multi-functional peripheral device |
US11232673B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2022-01-25 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Interactive gaming with local and remote participants |
US9235952B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2016-01-12 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Peripheral management device for virtual game interaction |
US11127252B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2021-09-21 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Remote participation in wager-based games |
US10614660B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2020-04-07 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Peripheral management device for virtual game interaction |
US11024117B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2021-06-01 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Gaming system with social award management |
US11055960B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2021-07-06 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Gaming apparatus supporting virtual peripherals and funds transfer |
US11232676B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2022-01-25 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Gaming apparatus supporting virtual peripherals and funds transfer |
US9486704B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2016-11-08 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Social gaming |
US10497212B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2019-12-03 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Gaming apparatus supporting virtual peripherals and funds transfer |
US10467857B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2019-11-05 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Peripheral management device for virtual game interaction |
US10235831B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2019-03-19 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Social gaming |
US9842462B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2017-12-12 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Social gaming |
US9564018B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2017-02-07 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Temporary grant of real-time bonus feature |
US9595161B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2017-03-14 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Social gaming |
US11488440B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2022-11-01 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Method and system for transferring value for wagering using a portable electronic device |
US11532204B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2022-12-20 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Social game play with games of chance |
US11544999B2 (en) | 2010-11-14 | 2023-01-03 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Gaming apparatus supporting virtual peripherals and funds transfer |
US11232675B2 (en) | 2011-01-28 | 2022-01-25 | Ronnie W. Harris | Promotional gaming events and awards |
US10445979B2 (en) | 2011-01-28 | 2019-10-15 | Ronnie W. Harris | Promotional gaming events and awards |
US9619966B2 (en) | 2011-01-28 | 2017-04-11 | Ronnie W. Harris | Promotional gaming events and awards |
US9105155B1 (en) | 2011-01-28 | 2015-08-11 | Ronnie W. Harris | Promotional gaming events and awards |
US20120209668A1 (en) * | 2011-02-15 | 2012-08-16 | Terry Angelos | Dynamically serving content to social network members |
US20120310761A1 (en) * | 2011-05-31 | 2012-12-06 | Matt Flynn | Electronic Commercial Transaction Systems and Methods for Soliciting and Collecting Gratuities and Donations |
US20120310779A1 (en) * | 2011-05-31 | 2012-12-06 | Matt Flynn | Electronic Commercial Transaction Systems and Methods for Soliciting and Collecting Gratuities and Donations |
US11967201B2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2024-04-23 | Igt | Redemption of virtual tickets using a portable electronic device |
US20190272704A1 (en) * | 2011-09-09 | 2019-09-05 | Igt | Redemption of virtual tickets using a portable electronic device |
US8506378B2 (en) | 2011-09-21 | 2013-08-13 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device, and method providing advertising messages to players based on a determination of a positive winning gaming session |
US8622820B2 (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2014-01-07 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for displaying multiple concurrent games using dynamic focal points |
US10825300B2 (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2020-11-03 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for displaying multiple concurrent games using dynamic focal points |
US9286769B2 (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2016-03-15 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for displaying multiple concurrent games using dynamic focal points |
US10152849B2 (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2018-12-11 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for displaying multiple concurrent games using dynamic focal points |
US8932128B2 (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2015-01-13 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for displaying multiple concurrent games using dynamic focal points |
US9600957B2 (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2017-03-21 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for displaying multiple concurrent games using dynamic focal points |
US8333657B1 (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2012-12-18 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for displaying multiple concurrent games using dynamic focal points |
US9905081B2 (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2018-02-27 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for displaying multiple concurrent games using dynamic focal points |
US8790177B2 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2014-07-29 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing a multiple player, multiple game bonusing environment |
US8545313B2 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2013-10-01 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing a multiple player, multiple game bonusing environment |
US9514605B2 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2016-12-06 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing a multiple player, multiple game bonusing environment with a multiple player coin drop game |
US8986107B2 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2015-03-24 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing a multiple player, multiple game bonusing environment |
US8491381B2 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2013-07-23 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing a multiple player, multiple game bonusing environment |
US8517818B2 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2013-08-27 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing a multiple player, multiple game bonusing environment |
US10600289B2 (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2020-03-24 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device and method for providing game bonusing environment |
US10586425B2 (en) | 2011-10-03 | 2020-03-10 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Electronic fund transfer for mobile gaming |
US11458403B2 (en) | 2011-10-03 | 2022-10-04 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Control of mobile game play on a mobile vehicle |
US10537808B2 (en) | 2011-10-03 | 2020-01-21 | Nguyem Gaming LLC | Control of mobile game play on a mobile vehicle |
US9672686B2 (en) | 2011-10-03 | 2017-06-06 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Electronic fund transfer for mobile gaming |
US11495090B2 (en) | 2011-10-03 | 2022-11-08 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Electronic fund transfer for mobile gaming |
US10777038B2 (en) | 2011-10-03 | 2020-09-15 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Electronic fund transfer for mobile gaming |
US9630096B2 (en) | 2011-10-03 | 2017-04-25 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Control of mobile game play on a mobile vessel |
US8460090B1 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2013-06-11 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device, and method providing an estimated emotional state of a player based on the occurrence of one or more designated events |
US8911287B2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2014-12-16 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device, and method providing an estimated emotional state of a player based on the occurrence of one or more designated events |
US8998709B2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2015-04-07 | Igt | Gaming system, gaming device, and method providing an estimated emotional state of a player based on the occurrence of one or more designated events |
US9177440B2 (en) | 2012-02-23 | 2015-11-03 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing one or more incentives to delay expected termination of a gaming session |
US8784190B2 (en) | 2012-02-23 | 2014-07-22 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing optimized incentives to delay expected termination of a gaming session |
US10198915B2 (en) | 2012-02-23 | 2019-02-05 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing one or more incentives to delay expected termination of a gaming session |
US8834261B2 (en) | 2012-02-23 | 2014-09-16 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing one or more incentives to delay expected termination of a gaming session |
US9626839B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2017-04-18 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing an additional award opportunity when a designated quantity of displayed symbols is associated with a displayed background |
US20170109959A1 (en) * | 2012-06-04 | 2017-04-20 | Bally Gaming, Inc. | Wagering game content based on locations of player check-in |
US20130324219A1 (en) * | 2012-06-04 | 2013-12-05 | Wms Gaming, Inc. | Location aware-based wagering games |
US20130324220A1 (en) * | 2012-06-04 | 2013-12-05 | Wms Gaming, Inc. | Wagering game content based on locations of player check-in |
US9564007B2 (en) * | 2012-06-04 | 2017-02-07 | Bally Gaming, Inc. | Wagering game content based on locations of player check-in |
US10339759B2 (en) * | 2012-06-04 | 2019-07-02 | Bally Gaming, Inc. | Wagering game content based on locations of player check-in |
WO2014015002A1 (en) * | 2012-07-20 | 2014-01-23 | Toshiba Global Commerce Solutions Holdings Corporation | Tracking pre-purchase/post-purchase shopping activity |
US20140025465A1 (en) * | 2012-07-20 | 2014-01-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Tracking Pre-Purchase/Post-Purchase Shopping Activity |
US11380158B2 (en) | 2012-07-24 | 2022-07-05 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Optimized power consumption in a gaming establishment having gaming devices |
US9325203B2 (en) | 2012-07-24 | 2016-04-26 | Binh Nguyen | Optimized power consumption in a gaming device |
US11816954B2 (en) | 2012-07-24 | 2023-11-14 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Optimized power consumption in a gaming establishment having gaming devices |
US10249134B2 (en) | 2012-07-24 | 2019-04-02 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Optimized power consumption in a network of gaming devices |
US10339764B2 (en) | 2012-09-26 | 2019-07-02 | Igt Global Solutions Corporation | Social media lottery game with player profile wagering selections |
US9443396B2 (en) | 2012-09-26 | 2016-09-13 | Igt Global Solutions Corporation | Social media lottery game with player profile wagering selections |
US10176666B2 (en) | 2012-10-01 | 2019-01-08 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Viral benefit distribution using mobile devices |
US20140256408A1 (en) * | 2013-03-06 | 2014-09-11 | Igt | System and method for determining the volatility of a game based on one or more external data feeds |
US9552690B2 (en) * | 2013-03-06 | 2017-01-24 | Igt | System and method for determining the volatility of a game based on one or more external data feeds |
US10421010B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-09-24 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Determination of advertisement based on player physiology |
US10186113B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-01-22 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Portable intermediary trusted device |
US10755523B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-08-25 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Gaming device docking station for authorized game play |
US10706678B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-07-07 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Portable intermediary trusted device |
US11161043B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2021-11-02 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Gaming environment having advertisements based on player physiology |
US11132863B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2021-09-28 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Location-based mobile gaming system and method |
US9814970B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-11-14 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Authentication of mobile servers |
US9875609B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-01-23 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Portable intermediary trusted device |
US11861979B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2024-01-02 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Gaming device docking station for authorized game play |
US9483901B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-11-01 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Gaming device docking station |
US9811973B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-11-07 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Gaming device docking station for authorized game play |
US11020669B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2021-06-01 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Authentication of mobile servers |
US11783666B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2023-10-10 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Method and system for localized mobile gaming |
US11398131B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2022-07-26 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Method and system for localized mobile gaming |
US10115263B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-10-30 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Adaptive mobile device gaming system |
US11670134B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2023-06-06 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Adaptive mobile device gaming system |
US11443589B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2022-09-13 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Gaming device docking station for authorized game play |
US10445978B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-10-15 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Adaptive mobile device gaming system |
US11004304B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2021-05-11 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Adaptive mobile device gaming system |
US9576425B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-02-21 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Portable intermediary trusted device |
US10380840B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-08-13 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Adaptive mobile device gaming system |
US11636732B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2023-04-25 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Location-based mobile gaming system and method |
US9600976B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-03-21 | Nguyen Gaming Llc | Adaptive mobile device gaming system |
US11532206B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2022-12-20 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Gaming machines having portable device docking station |
US11571627B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2023-02-07 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Method and system for authenticating mobile servers for play of games of chance |
US10373434B2 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2019-08-06 | Patent Investment & Licensing Company | Drawing with participant interaction |
US10223868B2 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2019-03-05 | Patent Investment & Licensing Company | Drawing with participant interaction |
US10937272B2 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2021-03-02 | Acres Technology | Drawing with participant interaction |
US9576429B2 (en) | 2013-11-21 | 2017-02-21 | Gamesys Ltd. | Systems and methods for site-wide jackpots |
US10373423B2 (en) | 2014-04-08 | 2019-08-06 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing a multiplayer secondary game having an outcome determined based on play of a primary game of at least one, but not all, of the multiplayer secondary game players |
US10068415B2 (en) | 2014-04-08 | 2018-09-04 | Igt | Gaming system and method providing a multiplayer secondary game having an outcome determined based on play of a primary game of at least one, but not all, of the multiplayer secondary game players |
US9721429B2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2017-08-01 | Patent Investment & Licensing Company | Optimizing drawing prize awards |
US11308760B2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2022-04-19 | Acres Technology | Optimizing drawing prize awards |
US10553074B2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2020-02-04 | Patent Investment & Licensing Company | Optimizing drawing prize awards |
US10777040B2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2020-09-15 | Acres Technology | Optimizing drawing prize awards |
US9984533B2 (en) | 2014-11-11 | 2018-05-29 | Patent Investment & Licensing Company | Optimizing drawing prize awards |
US20190228611A1 (en) * | 2015-12-10 | 2019-07-25 | Sega Sammy Creation Inc. | Game device, game method, and program |
US11049366B2 (en) * | 2015-12-10 | 2021-06-29 | Sega Sammy Creation Inc. | Game machine with sorted outcomes |
US10916090B2 (en) | 2016-08-23 | 2021-02-09 | Igt | System and method for transferring funds from a financial institution device to a cashless wagering account accessible via a mobile device |
US10540855B2 (en) | 2016-09-21 | 2020-01-21 | Igt | Gaming system and method for redistributing funds amongst players of skill games |
US11386747B2 (en) | 2017-10-23 | 2022-07-12 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Gaming monetary instrument tracking system |
US11790725B2 (en) | 2017-10-23 | 2023-10-17 | Aristocrat Technologies, Inc. (ATI) | Gaming monetary instrument tracking system |
US10475293B2 (en) | 2017-12-11 | 2019-11-12 | Igt | Gaming system and method for redistributing funds amongst players of skill games |
US10922921B2 (en) | 2018-09-13 | 2021-02-16 | Igt | Gaming system and method for adding player influence to game outcomes |
US11636734B2 (en) | 2020-03-05 | 2023-04-25 | Igt | Gaming benefits provided in association with accumulated advertising loyalty points |
USD1013783S1 (en) | 2021-07-21 | 2024-02-06 | Speedfind, Inc. | Display sign |
USD959552S1 (en) | 2021-07-21 | 2022-08-02 | Speedfind, Inc | Display sign |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2006033805A1 (en) | 2006-03-30 |
US7997972B2 (en) | 2011-08-16 |
US9105150B2 (en) | 2015-08-11 |
US20110281646A1 (en) | 2011-11-17 |
US20090069078A1 (en) | 2009-03-12 |
US7455586B2 (en) | 2008-11-25 |
US20060063580A1 (en) | 2006-03-23 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7997972B2 (en) | Method and system for gaming and brand association | |
US7025674B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for awarding and redeeming promotional points at an electronic game | |
US10482712B2 (en) | System and method for providing loyalty-based virtual objects across various media including gaming devices | |
US8821262B2 (en) | Gaming system and method providing third party promotions | |
US10902699B2 (en) | Player bonus choice | |
US8795065B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for outputting a message at a game machine | |
US7192350B2 (en) | Payout exchange method and system | |
US20060046838A1 (en) | Method and system for gaming and e-materials distribution | |
US8672742B2 (en) | Merchandising and gaming method and system | |
US11676449B2 (en) | Communicating information about networked gaming machines to prospective players | |
AU2013260718B2 (en) | Player bonus choice |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: IGT, NEVADA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:HUNGATE, YULIYA;NGUYEN, BINH T.;REEL/FRAME:018598/0159 Effective date: 20061130 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |